Erindale College University of Toronto 1993-94

~ -' ..

1'rom tfie Principal

rto new anti prospective sttuknts, wefcome to 'Erindale. :Tor retuminlJ sttuknt.s, faculty anti staff, wefcome 6ack., 'I'fiis is tfu 27tft year tftat we ft.ave offered 'University of 'Toronto programmes antf courses on our campus in a 6entf of tfu Credit 'f<jver in Afississauga, one of Canada s mo.st tfynamic citU.s. Onl of tfu sians of our tfynamism, tfu 'J(p.neff Centre for Afanage.ment antf tfu Social Sciences, was

opened in 1992. 'I'fiis 6eau.tiful 6uiUing was made po.ssi6u 6y tfu.gtruro.sity of many of Afississauga s UadinlJ citi.uns antf corporations, Utf 6y '}.fr. !gnat 'l(ptujf.

'F-rintfak offers you tfu 6est of 6otft worUfs: a 6eautiful campus antf a cofkge mall enougli. tftat you cange.t to k._tWUI peopk. Jils an integral part of an intemationa[[y. recogniutf researcli. university, it also offe.rs you a cliafftnge.. 'llniversitU.s art communitU.s ofscli.ofa.rs antf scientists engaged in tfu pursuit of ~ffdge. Some are. 6eginrurs in tftat pursuit, otfte.rs ftave. 6een involve.cf for mast of tkir fQng fir1es. 'We. assume tftat you 6egin witft strong motivation to {earn; almost et rytftinlJ foffows from tftat assumption. 'Wt ftave. faculty, faDorotorU.s, a [j[,rary tl1Uf

equipment to maK:! uaming easiu, 6ut tfu commitment 6t!gins witfi you.

'Tliis ca(.erufar te{{s you aEout wur. ~, programmes antf rqµJfations. It is an important 6oof:._6ecaust. it tf.t.scri6e.s tlie. organizational cart. of yaur fife. as a ttuknt, an instroctoror a tnlm6e.r of tfu administrative.. taff. !Jfowever tfun ·r re to Gft at 'Erintfaft tlian acatkmic s tutfy. 'Tliue arr friou£s to · , itUas to e.tPfort, activitU.s to enjoy. Pfan to five a fuU fife.. au rill ntv r fi ve a get invofvul in Cift·~anJJ"IJ opportunities. '.But rt er tliat re.sponsi6ifity to cfioast sensibfy antf to ept t cc equ ts 'Tliis is tfu 6e9innin9 of tlie rest cf your fijt.

Prindp

Contents

1. Sesslonal Oat s ...................................................................................................... 6-7

2. Adm sslon Information Admission Requirements .............................................................................................. 8 Degree Students ................. .. ....................................................................................... 8 Special Students ....................................................................................................... 8 V"rs1ting Students ......................................................................................................... 9 Senior Citizens .......................................................................................................... 9 On Probation ..................................................................................................... 9 Applica ·on Deadlines ............................................................................................ 9 Secondary School Prerequrs1tes ••.•••••.• ..... •••.••••••••••••.•••• • ....................................... 1 o

3. Fees and Scholarships Paymen of Fees ........................ •• ......... ......... ••••• • ••••••..•••••••.•••••.••••••••••••••....•.. 11 Foreign Students ••. ....•...••.• .••••••.. •.••.• ........ ............ • • ........................................ 12 Scholarships ......................................................................................................... 12 Government Financial Aid (OSAP) • . •..• ..... •• •.•.•.••.•• • ·····-·········· ..................... 11 -12 Bursaries ............... ........................................... ...................................................... 12 Faculty Scholars ........................................................................................... 12 0ean·s Honour List -·-· ········-····· ..... . .•••... ·····-· ............................................... 12 Dis nction •• --······ -·- • ••• • •• .. ..... ••····••••••·••···•·········••··· ............................... 12

4. Student Organizations -·······-···· ......................................................................... 13

5. Student Services Athletics and Recrea ·on •.••. . ................................................................................... 14 Career Centre ... ·---··---······ .................................................................................... 14 Counselling

Academic .. ·~ ................................................................................. 14 Financial ·-··· .• ·-·· •••• - • • ................................................................ 14 Personal ........ ······-· . • ••• .••• • .•• . • .. .. .. . ............................................ 15

Health Service ... .. ......... ... ............... ................ .................... ... . .. . ........................ 15 Library . .................. . . ..................................................... ..... •.• • • ••....•.•. ...••........• 15 Registrar's Office • .• . •.•••••. .••••...••• . .................................................................. 15 Residence ···- ... .. ............ .. . .. ... ......... ........... . ......••....•.. .. ........ . .. .. . . ... 15 Special Services, f0t Students wi a o· ·ry •................. .. ..•..•.. ••... • .. . .• . •.. 16 Teaching- learning Centre ............. . .......•..•..•..•.............................. 16 S George CalllPUS Sefvices . . ...... .... . .• .. ......... ........... ..•.. ..... ..... ..•. . .. . .• . .. 1 7

I. Degree Requirements Degrees Offered ........ ...... .. ......... •..•.. •. ................ •• •• • ......................................... 18 Degree Requirements .... .............•.. .... .............. ••••.• ...... .. .. . ...••...••......•...•... 19 20 Programme Requirement........ ......... •• .• ......... .. •• .......... •• .••••••• ••••••• .. ................ 20 Distribution Requirement................... .. .................. . •....•.•...•..... ._ ....•.•..........•.. 2 t

7. G9Mral Regulations Responsibilities of Students ... •• ••...•.•• ........ ... .... • .......................................... 22 Regl5tration Regulations . .. . ........................................................................ 22· 23

Registration ••. •• ........ ... • . ...... • •• ••• • • .................................................... 22 Reregistration . . .. .... . ... .. • ...... • ............................................................ 22 Dropping Courges & Financial Implications ........................................................ 22 Withdrawal • • • ...... ..• .• . . • .. .............................................................. 23 S1udent T elephooe SefvlCG •.• • ••• • ................................................................ 23

Transfer lo St George Campus •• • . ................................................................... 23

2

7. General Regulatlona (Continued) Course Regulations

Definition ............ ................. . .................................................................. 24 Course Selection ........... . .... .. .................................................................... 24 Prerequisites, Exclusions, Extra Courses, Corequisltes ...................................... 24 Course Loads ...... ............. .. . . ................................................................. 24 Courses on St George Campus .......................................................................... 25 Courses of Other Divisions .................................................................................. 25 Course of Other Universities ............................................................................... 25 Transfer Credits • . .............................................................................................. 25

Transcripts ............ ····-····················· ........................................................................... 25 Grades

Grading Scheme .............................................................................. _ ••..•............. 26 Grade Point Average ........................................................................ ··-·· .............. 26 Grade Review Procedure ..................................................................................... 27 Academic Status .................................................................................................. 27 Probation, Suspension, in Good Standing ........................................................... 27 Exceptional Academic Status ........................................ _ .................................... 27 Distinction ............................................................................................................ 27

Pell lions Definition .............................................................................................................. 28 Term Work ....................................................................................................... 28 Final Examinations .................................................. ····-·········· .... ·---· ·······-··· 28 Appeals. Committee on Standing ................................................................ ._ .•... 28 Appeals, Departmental. ................................................................................... 28 St George Campus Courses, Deferred Examinations ..................................... 29

8. Programmes Programme Enrolment .................................. •.••• •••• • . ..... .... .. .. •• --· •. 30 Symbols Used in Programme Descriptions •.. ...................... • ...... • ...... •• . .......... 30 Alphabetical Listing of Programmes ....................... ·····-··-····-·· ..... ·-···· ···--·- 31 Study Elsewhere Programme ........................................................... ._ .............. 57

9. Course Descriptions Course Key .................................................................................................................. 58 Symbols Used in Course DescrptiOns ...................................................................... 58 Alphabetical Listing of Departments and Cours .............••.... .••..•.. .... ..• .•..•..••••.. 59

10. Codes and Polle ea Grading Practices Policy ........................................................................................... 179

Term Work ....................................................................................................... 164 Final Exam1na110ns .................................. ...................... .••• . ...• ..... •• • .... • 164 Checking of Marks ... ....••..•.. ..•.....•..•......• ... .. •.•.• .... ••.. .••.••. .• .••. .... ...... • 165

Access to Student Academic Record .•.•.••••.. ····-·· ............... ••• • •.••••. 166 D' ciphne Codes

Code of BehavlOUr on Academic tt .•..• •• • •• •• • • •• • ..... 170 Code of Student Conduct . ........... . • •• ••••••••••••.•• • . •••.. ..... •....• .•• • •. .• .• 175

11. Officers, Erlndale Coll g , F culty of Arts nd Sc nc:., University of Toronto ..... ........................................... ... . .. ... .. . .. . .. . ..•........ 185

12. Index ............................................................................................................ ··-· 1

13. Erlndale Campu M p ........................................................................... 188

Important Information

1. Cheng a In Programmes of Study The programmes of study that our ca ndar sis and describes are available fOr the years to ich the calendar applies . They may not necessarily be available n latec years . If the University or the College must change the content of programmes of study or thdraw them, all reasonably possible adv!lfloe notice and alternatiye instruction Wiii be given. The University, howewr, · not be liab e for any loss, damages, or o er expenses that such changes mig t cause.

2. Cheng• In Courses For each programme of study offered by

e Univel'Slty throug the College, e courses necessary to oomplete the ITllrnmum requirements of the programme

· be made av lable annually. We must, howeVer, reserve the right otherwise to change the content o courses. instructors and instruction assignments . enrolment mitallOns, prEHequisi es and co­

reqvis1tes, grading policies, and timetables without prior notice.

3. Chang• In Regulations and Policies The Unrvers ty has several policies that are approved by tile Governing Couna1 and which apply to al stvclen . Each student must beeome lam ar with the poliaes The Urwerslty · assume that he or she has done so. The rules and regulations of the College are displayed here . Applicable University policies are either displayed here or lisled here In applying to the College the student assumes certain responsibi - ·es to the University and the College and, if admitted and r8915tered, shall subject to the rules, regulabOns, and policies ciled n the calendar.

4. Calendar Limitations

4

The University makes S'tlety reasonable effort to plan and control enro ment to ensure that al of ou students are qu ied to complete the programmes to which they are admitted, and to str ea practicable balance between enrolment and available instructional resources . Some mes such a balance cannot be struck and the number of qualified students exceeds the instructJonal resources that we can reasonably make available while at the same lime maintalntng the qualrty of inslructioo In such cases, we mu t reserve the nght to limit enrolmen an the programs, oourses, or sect>Ons isled n the calendar, and to draw courses or 58COOos or which enrolment or re&ources are 1nsufficient

5. Copyright In Course Lectures If a student wishes to tape-record, photograph, video-record or otherwise reproduce lecture presentations, course notes or similar materials provided by instructors, he or she must obtain the instructor's written consent beforehand. Otherwise all such reproduction is an infringement of copyright and is absolutely prohibited . In the case of private use by physically d' abled students. the instructor's consent will not be unreasonably withheld .

6. Student Number Each student at the University is assigned a unique iden fication number. The number 1s confidential. The University, through the Policy on Access to Student Records, strictty controls access to student numbers. The UniverS1ty assumes and expects that students will protect the confidentiality ot their student numbers.

7. Limitation of Enrolment University policy stipulates that the number of students in a course may not exceed the number permitted by fire regulations. The College also limits the number of students in any course or any section of a course if the number wishing to take the course should exceed resources available . However every effort is made to accommodate students in 100-senes courses.

8. The University reserves the right to alter the fees and other charges described in the Calendar.

9. This Calendar provides information for Erindale College only. Separate calendars are published by the University of Toronto for the St. George campus and Scarborough College.

10. ACADEMIC OFFENCES ARE A SERIOUS MATTER. (see page 170)

11. Receipt of reg1stra1Jon material or any college publ1cati0n, submission of a registration form or payment of fees does not necessarily constitute elig1bll1ty to register in the coming session. Students who are suspended as a result of the May or August examinations will be so informed on the Statement of Results and will not be permitted to register. Any fees paid toward the session w1U be refunded in full .

12. RegtStrallOn tn any session may be cance ed at any time tor students with outstanding arrear from a prevtou session

13. No Smoking Pol cy Smo ng s not allowed 1n any buildings at Enndale Colleg except 1n d 1gnated areas . Students who wish to smoke should acquaint them olves with the locabons of these areas

CALENDAR

January SMTWTFS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

May SMTWTFS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112131415

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 3031

September SMTWTFS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11

12 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 212223 24 25 2627 28 2930

CALENDAR

January SMTWTFS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

16171819202122 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 3031

May SMTWTFS 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 91011121314

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 2 27 28 29 3031

S ptember SMTWTFS

1 2 3 4 5 7 8 10

11121314151617 181 20212 2324 25 272 2930

February SMTWTFS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14151617181920 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

June SMTWTFS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 2829 30

October SMTWTFS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

February SM T WT F S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 1819 20212223242526 2728

June s T WT s

1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 1617 18 19202122232 25 26 27 26 29 30

October MTWTFS

2 3 4 5 7 10 11 12 1314 1

1 171 19202122 2 24 25 27 3031

March SMTWTFS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 151617181920 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28293031

July SMTWTFS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910

11121314151617 1819 20 212223 24 25 26 27 28 293031

November SMTWTFS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 111213

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 282930

March SM T WT F S

1 2 3 4 s 6 7 8 9101112

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 2829 3031

July s T T F s

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 H 18 1920212223 24 27 30 31

1993

Apnl SMTWTFS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910

1112131415 617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

August SMTWTFS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15161718192021 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 293031

December SMTWTFS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11

12131415161718 9202 22232425

26 27 28 29 3031

1994

Apnl s T T F S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9

10 11 12 13 14 1516 17 1 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

August s T T F S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9101112 3

14 15 ti 17 1 19 20 2122232 25 28 3031

Oecem r S T T

2

5

G sessional Dates 1993-94

1993 April 5 51..rnmQ' Session regisn.lion J~19 Deadline tor students

begils enrolled in Summer Session

April g Good Friday - Ul'Wersity who expect to gradua at

c:losed Fan Convcx:ation lo nobly

Api130 Last date tor students lo Registrar's Office by using

request llH9QIStration tor 1he Student Telephone

Sll'nmer SessiOn (trst •m). Service.

May 1-' ust date tor registration J~23 ust date to drop H and Y

tor V ,H end Y counes . courses from academic

After 1his dcna, a laa record and GPA*.

regista!ion lee be J~30 Last date to drop B and s imposed. courses from academic

May 17 Summer Session classes record and GPA•.

begin In A.F ,H .nd Y August2 CMc Hohday - University

courses. c:losed .

May21 ust dale to add V,H and Augusts Arst Registration Period

YCOW'MS. for 1993 Winter Session

May24 VicOia Day - UnNersity ends.

doled. August 13 Classes end In B,H,S Ind y

June 1 Last date '° request r.w'5ter courses; all term won< must

., St George~ tor August 15

be submitted by this daa .

tll-time slldies. Last date tor students lo

June 11 Last date to drop A end F submi a request tor re-

counes trom Kademlc reg istratioo for Winier

record and GP A.• Sessbn ( rst arm) .

June 17 Ertndlle College August 16-20 Anal Examlnationl In B,H,

Convocation. S, and Y courses. Deferred

June 18 Last date tor 5'Jdenls ., excrnina!lonS may be held

request nHegislrallon for from 1993 Spring Term.

SUm'9 Se6aion (aeaind Aug 30 - Sept 10 Second Registration

am). Period for 1993 Winter

June25 a.uea end In A end F Session.

courMS; al term wori< must SeptemberS Labour Day - Uriversity be submitted by !his dcna. Closed.

June~2 Flnll eumlnatlona In A Sepanber 10 ust date for registration

end F courses. Deterred for the 1993 Winter mawni lillion& may be held Session. Aher !IVs date, a

tom 1993 ~erm laa registration fee wift be Reeding Week H end Y imposed. counes. No ctasses Statements at Res~ts mailed

June28 First Reglatrallon Period beginning loday. tor 1993 WlnW Senion September 13 Winter Session dassea

-1 ~Day- UrWerMt begin In A.F,H and Y courses.

c:baed. • September 17 Last daa '°' students -2 Last ... tor r.glahllon expedlng lo graduaa at Fal tor B and S couran. After Convoc:a!IOO lo nobfy tis daM, a late regislralion Reg1&trar's Office and lo -5 lee wll be imposed ~theirpr~. Second term c:1as ... begin September 2-' ust date to 1 A,F,H end In B end S courses. Y courses and to submM ., Last dllle to edd B end S Programme enrolment COUNeS. forms to Registrar.

Oc%lber 11 Th~iv~ -

Nowmbef 5 University ust date to drop A .nd F cour ... from academic record and GP A• •

•

November 12 uat date to request corTectlona to 1992-93 Winter academic record. After !his dale no fUrther requests for corrections t> !his academic penod wtl be considered.

November 22 Erlndale College Fall Convocation.

December 10 Aral term ends; all tenn work In A and F courses must be aubmltted by thla date. Last date for students t> request re-registration tor Winter Sessi>n (secood

December 13-23 termj-Ana examinations In A and F courses. Term tests may be held in mufti-section H and Y COIXSEIS. Deferred examinations ~ be held from August 1 .

Dec24- Jan2 Christmas Holidays -UIWefsity dosed.

1994 Jaiuay3 Second •rm beglna.. Jaiuay 14 uat c1a1e to edd e and s

courses. Second tees Instalment due.

February 11 uat date to drop H and Y courses from academic NCOfd and GPA* . uat date to request to ~um at the Spring

voe.lion and to change programme enrolmenl

February 14-18 R•dlng Week. De'9rred exEminations may be held from December 1993

February 25 uat date to drop B and S COuraetl from ac.demlc r.cord and GPA*.

February 28 uat date to request cornctlona to 1993 SUmmer ecademlc record.

April 1 Good Friday - Ul]IV8rSlty closed.

April 8 Second term enda; all term WOflc In B,H,S and Y counu muat be

April 11 -15 aubmltted by thle da•. Study period; no or examinations may held In

April 1 s.. May 6 this period. Final ex.-nlnatlona In B.H,

May 16 S end Y cour.s. &.nmer Seulon c..._• begin In A,F ,H and Y OOUl'MI.

May23

May 'lJ

June 1

June 13-17

June 24

June 27 · 30

Jlij 1

Jlij 4

August 1

August 12

August 1~19

Vict>ria Day - UrWYersily dosed.

ing of Statements d ResU begins ~. Last da'9 to request transfer t> St George Campus for ful-tme s1Udles. Arts & Science 1994 Sprln~ Convocations (tentatiVe). Claaaea end In A and F courM1; at lerm work rrust be submitted by !his dale Reading week for H and Y cowses. Final e:umlnatlona In A and F CCU'9e&. Deterred exaninalions may be held from 1994 Spring Tam. cana::ta Day - UrWersity closed Second term clas98I begin In 8 and S COU'9M. CMc Holiday • Uriversity do&ed a.a... and In B,H,S and Y counes; al am work must be sutmillied by tis da&. RMI namlnallona In B,H, s and y courMa. Deferred exaninalions may be held from 1994 Spring Term.

NOTE: • Aftef thla deedlne • martt la r.corded for eech COUFM, whether oour.. work la completed or na1 (•·er II 889lgrled tor Incomplete work), and calculmeed Into the GPA.

7

e Admission Information

The handboo A Great Tradition: The University of Toronto contains comple

formation on req · ements. To ob ·n this handbook. contact Admissions and Awards, 315 Bloor Street West. Toronto, Ontario, M5S 1A3, lelephone 978-2190. The entrance req emen ID Erindale are those of the University ol TOfonto, indud g the regulations tor admission as a non-ma iculant.

Yoo may be admitted to the Univers ty of Toronto in one of Iha lo wing ways, depending upon whe you have a sutfic:ienlly high stiWldlng in your previous academic . 1 Upon suocessful completion of the tu

Onlario Secondary School Diploma (OSSO) (or equivalen) and six Ontano Academic Courses as ned below.

2 Wi an acoepeable degree from a recogrized university

3. preYious degree studies at a recogrued U'liversity.

4 As a HO ·MATRICULANT STUOE T lh less lhCWI lhe admlSSion requll'ements .

Candidates Applying from an Ontario Secondary School -1993-94 • Appicalls must be ehgible to receive the

Onlario Secondary School Diploma OSSO).

• Appicalls must present al least six Ontario Academic Courses (OACs). One aed must be English I OAC (E GOAO} or OAC Anglais I °' 11.

• Appicants most present cred to satisfy any prerequisites of specific c:ourses °'

ich !hey intend 10 en ol Please consult page 10 of lhe Erindale College Academic: Calendar l 993·94 and Individual COIXSe descriptions outlined Ill Section 9

• Applicants nding to enrol n science CCX#5eS shOtAd WlcftJde OAC Cak:u1us and OAC Algebra & Geometry in lhe subject selediOOs Chem try reqwes OAC Chemis1ry, Astronomy and Physics requll'e OAC Physics

• Applicai intending to enrol in Commerce & FNnce and Eoooormcs should de OAC Calculus

• ~ wt}058 rs language not English and who have s died me 1t1 an Engli&h language school system for two years or leu must present proof of Engl fad

n adddlOn to ma tn OAC aUbjects, a SIUdell s overal aca<Jemlc record may be taken into consideration .AppticatJons be CC>n5idered from candida whose qualifications do not meet nor reqUl'emenl&, but such candidates have to offer wnnen evidence of excepllOOal ability °' of ex1enuatlng arcumslance5

8

Admission with Transfer Credit CMdida19S woo have aoceplable standing at other uniWrsl , or at other Facuties or Schools of . UM'ef"Sity including Scart>orough College may be considered for admisst0n with trans ' aedit provided that the con t of the studies for which a-edit is sought is equivalent to that of cxuses offered by the Fac:Uly. The Facolty grants a maxini.m of live transfer c:radrts for sb.Jdies for which a preY!OUS degree or diploma was conferred, and a maximum of len lransf aedlts for sb.Jdies for which a degree has not been coofooed. Nole: Regardless of the number of transl credi grai'9d, at least t.w of the four 30CV400 sanes CX>tXSeS required for a Three-Year degree or SIX of the eight 300/400 series courses ' reqWed for an Honours degree must be c:anple'9d wrtl slitable standing in this Fa::ully.

Admission of External candidates to a Second Degree Programme ~ v.flo hold a degree om another t.nlYerslly be oltered admission as Special Shldents (see Admission as Speaal Students). Upon completion of lot.I' credits , tley may apply t> the Faruty for degree st!u (see Admission w TICl'lSfet Credt) .

Admission as Noo-Matriculants Caldidales at feast twenly-<ine years of age wno are Caladia'l c:ttizens or pennal90t residents of Ca\ada and do not hold the pl.t>ished adnlssion reqWemen!s, and woo have been resident ll Onlario for at least one yea, may apply for admssion as norl-matnaAants. They must present proof of age, and rrust complete, with ligh standng, at least one of the Pre-Urwersity oouses oflered by WoodsWOOh College. Two of tiese oouses are offered at Enndale. Al candidales should consult the Col.alselling Staff at Admssions and Awards, 978-2190 before enrollllg ., a-iy Pre-Uni'vefsjty cxuse

Admission as Special Students Special Students are studen rogisued in the College but not proceeding towards a deg offered by the Farully of Arts and Science. Mlst special SIUden have completed degree sb.JdlOS and are ng flXthor courses tor J>IMposcs ot heW own, including admission to graduate slid Ftl'ther intorma!Jon and apphcanons are avala:ile from the Offic:e of the R trar, Room 2122, Telephone 828 5399 [Erlodale College may not atNa'jS havo dent capiaty t> admt Spoc:ial S!Udonl!s I

Admission as Visiting Students Sb.Jdents wilh valid Letters Of PermlSSion from other ac:credilad North Americ<Vl unrvers1bes may regislef at Enndale College as Visiting Students, taking courses for transfer credit at their home university. Visiting Student status does NOT Imply automatic future acceptance as either a degree student or a special student .Further Information and applications are available from lhe Office of the Registrar, Room 2122, Telephone: 828-5399. [Erindale College may not atways have sufficient capaaty to admit Visibng Students.)

Admission of Senior Citizens Canadian citizens or permanent residents of Canada who are at least sixty· five years of age by the first day of the ~rm may apply for admission ID the College as part-!Jme Special Students. They do not have ID meet 1he academic requirements for admtssion and, when admined, Wiii be exempt from the payment of academic fees_ Funher informatiOn is available from the Office of the Registrar, Room 2122, Telephone: 828-5399.

Admission "On Probation" Students who have previously studied in other FBOJlties or Institutions and who do not meet the Farulty's requirements for admission may on appeal be admitted subject lo the following conditions. 1. They win be "On Probation" oo the end of

the session in which they anempt the founh course in the Faculty, excluding transfer credits.

2. At lhe end of the session in which the fourth C01XSe is atlemp'9d they wil be assessed as folows: a) students wilh a CumulabVe Grade Point

Aver~e (CGPA) of 1.50 or more w I oontrnue in good standing ;

b) students wttfi a CGPA of than 1.50 but a Sessional GPA (SGPA) cl 1.70 or more wtl oonlilUe "On ProbatJon";

c) studen With a CGPA of less than 1.50 andaSGPAoflesslhai 1.70 be suspended for one calendar year On retum to the FBOJ they wil remari "Q'I Probation", and wi be under the regul lions for academe tatus outlined on page 27 of the Erindale Colege Calendar.

3. While on probation students i lo enrol for transfer credit in courses outs of the Unil.'el"Slty.

Applications and lnfonnation APPJ!cations and further nlormalion are ava able from

Admissions and Awards Office of 1he Registrar University of Toronto Erindale Colege 315 Bloor Street West University of Toronk> Toronto, Ontario Room 2122 M5S 1 K3 issauga Road Tel: (416) 978-2190 Mis&lssauga. Ontario

LSL 1C6 Tel: (416) 828-5400

Effedlve Oc:t>ber 4, 1993 - (900) 828-5400

Deadline Dates Appl cation should be made H early as pos ble In the r for which edmiulon Is sought. The final dates are:

For Summet' Session 1993 First Term: March 15, 1993 Second Term: Maj 15, 1993

For Win r Session 1993 Fu tme studies Apil 1, 1993 Part-11me s!J.des: June 1, 1993

NOTE: Overseas applicants shOOd apply by March 1993.

Candlda!es who use 1te applcatJor1 torm issued by 1he Ontario Univers' • Application Cen!re are warned that 1he completed loons and amendments to programme choic:es must be received by 1he Cefltre on or ore 1te dam isled aboYe.

Residence Please see flA ~ on page 15 For nformabon, l9lephooe 828-5286

Secondary School Prerequisites

The CXU9M s9ld below have 0.A.C. or equtvaleot pre< es:

BI0151Y 0.A.C. 8IOIOgy Bl0202H O.A C. Biology BI0203H 0.A.C. Biology ~ OA.C. Biology Bl0205H O.A.C. Biology BaoeH O.A C. 8iology

CHM135Y O.A.C. Chemislry + O.A.C. C8lc + A&G CHM150Y OAC. Chemslry + O.A C . C8lc + A&G

CSCtoeH G...O. 2 Malhema.tles CSC1'8ti Two O.A.C. MathemabCS

FSL 63H O.A.C. Freodl FREtllOY O.AC. French FSl262H O.A.C. French (Immersion) FSL2e3H O.A.C. Freoch (llTvnerslOn) FSl.282H O.A.C. Freoch (Immersion) FSL283H O.A.C. French (Immersion)

GER202Y O.A.C Gemwi GER204Y O.AC.Gemwi

GRK20 H OAC.G~

GSCZ15H O.AC. Che

ITA200Y OAC ITA2 OY O.A.C ITA221Y O.A.C llllim ITAnDV O.A..C llllllwi ITA23SY O.AC ITA243Y O.AC ITAVrf O.AC

l.AT20 H OAC l..alln l.AT2211't O.A C Lalin

*T 3Z'f 0 c caic *T "1V 0.A.C. Cale, A&G

T222H O.AC

PHY 35Y O.A.C Pnysk:.I + O.A.C Clilc, A&G'FM PHY «l't 0.A.C flhrllc:I • O.A.C c.lc, A&GIFM

PSY20tH lint OA C MaWI PSY252H linfOAC Ml

SPA22/JY 0.A c Spanish Sl'A25ft O.AC~

STAtcmt O.A.C.c.ic

SUA201H O.A..C A&G

Applla• - ~ ... Nr lhlMd lnc::am In OAC ltbjecl selectloo the c.bM 91'1/JJA I G lar lrst ,_ .aera ~ _., lhe Ot.C COUtSe In relevant aubjec

".-an. lljlplca• inllndng ID aa.dy Corrvnetc. Of Eex>no!TO are acMN<I to Include I OAC ClbU

10

e Fees and Scholarships

Tuition fees are established by the Governing Council and set out in detail in the Fe,es Schedule. Tuition fees normally _consist of two parts· academic fees (including instruction and libra,Y) and incidental fees (including Hart Houso Health Service, athletics, and student organlzallons). Additional fees may also be assessed to cover such items as instruments, microscopes and field trips. Fees are subject to change at any tim.e by approval of the Governing Council. . .

The following information IS intended only as a general guide and may be superseded by that in the Fees Information Booklet. w.h ch should be consulted for accurate, detailed information.

Enquiries regarding fees matters may be made by phoning the Fees Department at 978-2142.

Payment of Fees Beginning In the 1993 Summer Session all tees payments are to be made at a bank. Consult the Fees Information Booklet for details.

Use of Awards to Pay Fees a) Ontario Student Assistance Programme

(OSAP) Students may pay their fees out of their own funds without jeopardizing their OSAP. Students wishing to use thetr OSAP to pay thetr fees should enclose the Notice of Assessment, which they will receive from the Ministry of Colleges and Universities, with their fees invoice and send to the Fees Office . Payment of lees will then be deferred until the loan 1s received by the student

Student• who have applied for OSAP but have not received their Notice of Assessment should contact the Office of Admissions and Award• or the Schohirshlps end Financial Aid Office at Erlndale College to obtain a deferral form. The signed deferral form must be sent to the Fees Office, 215 Huron Str t, Toronto, Ontario, MSS 1A2. Fee deferrals must be submitted well In advance of paym nt deadlines publish d In the Reg stratlon Booklets.

Payment Deadlines (For the Winter Session) Fees are due pr'°' to registratJon and may be paid 1n full or a minimum ~ayment consisting of 60% of academic fees and 100% of incidental fees may be made as indicated on the Fees Schedule All accounts must be paid n ful by January 15th.

In order to avoid delays students are advised to pay their fees early.

All outs nding balances, regardless of the source of payment. are subject to a s0fV1ce charge of 1 112% per month compounded, which is rst assessed on October 15th and on the 15th of each month thereafter un I the account is paid ·n

Students who have outstanding accounts may not receive official transcr pts or diplomas and may not re-reg ter at the University unbl these accounts are paid Registration of students owing fees · be cancelled at any time.

11

Fees for International Students In acootdance th lhe recommendalions of the Govemmoot o Ontario, certain categories of students who are ne lher canad1an citizens nor permanent residoots of canada are charged academic fees of approximately $6,700.00 per session. Re er to lhe Fees Schedule for current fees charges.

Scholarships and Awards Scholarships are awarded on lhe basrs of academic ment and fa no lhe follow·ng caagories: 1. Admrssion Scholarsh·ps :

Value: $800.00-$2,500.00 2. In-Course Awards :

Value: $50.()()..$2,000.00 a) General awards b\ Orvision of Human· ·es awards c Division o Sciences awards d Division ol Social Sciences awards e) University awards t) Faculty of Ans and Science awards g) The 0ean·s Honour list h) Faculty Scholar Awards may be monetary, medals and In

some cases a ce cate Fub forma on on scholars · ps and ()(her awards 1s available !Tom lhe Scholarships and Financial Aid Office, South Building (828-5234).

Government Financial Aid lnlormation concerning lhe eligibility and assessment cri ria may be obtained lrom lhe Oflice of AdmtSSions and Awards , 214 College St, Toronto (978-7950). Apphcation forms are available in lhe Scholarships and Financial Aid otlice, South Building, Ertndale College or from 1he Office of Admissions and Awards Studen from o1tler Canadian provinces shouid apply through their pro naal nanciaJ aid aulhonty.

Bursaries SUpplementary financial assistance Ii available lo students on lhe basis of financial need. Appicalior1 terms may be obtained from the Scholaship& and Finanaal Aid Office, Erindale College (828-5234).

5'Jdan1S may wish to apply for one of the burs.an. offered through the Office of Admi&lions and Awards, 214 College Street, ==·7950). Please see lhe

· and Financial Aid notice boards at Erindme Collage.

12

Recognition of Exceptional Academic Achievement

Facvlty Scholar This designation is given to students in the Faculty of Arts and Science having a Cumufalive Grade Point Average of 3 50 or higher, at the end of each session in which th fifth, tenth, fitteenth and twentieth course has been passed. (For students enrolled In the pre· 1992 Commerce and Finance Programme, the designation is given when the fifth, eleventh, seventeenth and twenty-third course is completed.)

A oertiflcate signed by the Dean of tho Faculty will be sent to each student. Students who feel they satisfy the above criteria but do not recetVe the certificate at the end of the appropriate session, should write the Faculty Registrar, Faculty of Arts and Science, Sidney Smith Hall, 100 St. George St, Toronto, Ont., M5S 1A1.

Dean's Honour Ust The criteria are the same as tor the Faculty Scholar. A certificate signed by the Principal of Erindale Co lege will be sent to eligible students.

Distinction Students who graduate with a Cumulalive Grade Point Average of 3.20 to 3.49 are described as graduates "With Distinction".

High Distinction Students who graduate with a Cumulalive Grade Point Average of 3.50 ex above are described as graduates "With High Orsbnction".

G Student Organizations

The Students' Administrative Council (SAC) SAC Is the central student government for al full time undergraduates. Members are elected from their IOCal oolloge or faculty. Office 12 Hert Hoose Crcle (978-4911).

The Association of Part-Time Undergraduate Students (APUS) The AssociabOn of Part-time Und0fgraduate Students represents all part·bme undergraduate students at the UniVers1ty of Toronto. Office. Room 1089 Sidney Sm1th Hal, (978·3003).

The ErindaJe Co lege Student Union (ECSU) The Erindale College Student Union serves as an lmportait link between students and the administration of the College and University. ECSU ONnS and operates the Blind Duck Pl.b, and CFRE·Radio Erindale ECSU also &pOOSOfS concerts, lectures, and various student dubs.

Al ful-bme undergraduate sOJdents of the College are members of ECSU and are entilled to attend meetings, sit on commltkles and vote in the general election of officers to the Union. The ECSU office is open al yf!/a/, (828-5249).

The Erindale Part-Time Undergradu­ate Students' Association (EPUS) EPUS is an independent organization of part-line students at Erindale Col~ is funded ttYougl the APUS fees paid by Emdale pen time students. EPUS has a IOU" person ExectJllve Commit!ee and operates on a class representatrves sysmm similar to thal of APUS. Offioe hol.ws are . Monday - Trursday: 1 :00 pm to 9·00 pm. Ollice: Room 72, Crossroads Bldg (828-5422).

0 Student Services

Athletics and Recreation The Department of AthletiCS and Recre lion In cooperation with the student-run Erindale College Athlebcs and Recr ation Association (ECARA) plan and operate for the Enndale College community. l'!1e Department IS . rosponsible tor the maintenance and effioont operation of a I ·c facil'ties which include a gymnasium, weight tr rnng centre, teaching! dance stucfo, three squash courts, and a ecreabOn room.

OutdOOI' 1ties nclude two playing fields, . so d'amond. two sand volleyball courts, six

m oourts (lour lig ted) and outdoor s mm1ng poo . A · e range of sport, d ce, 'tness and martial arts lnstrucbonal in add1 on

ID ness activities and services are offered by the Athletics Department. Support from at tiCS staff is provided to ECARA student·run which include: On-<:ampus tramural sport leagues and tournaments: lnterfaculty team competltk>n against other U of T colleges and faculties on the doWntown SI George campus ; sport and recreational clubs; as well as special event programming such as lhe Annual ECARA Bed Race and the Athletic Awards Banquet In addition to the faci fties and on the Enndale campus, students may ize the same on the S George Campus. . For Inquiries regarding AlhletJcs and Recreali<>n, lielephone 828-5268.

career Centre Career Exploration: individual appointments and group workshops to help you career and lob search concerns. Res~applicatJons a1ttqued

career Information: a libray of materials oo careers, employment opporunilies. calendars on educational programs. Wat:h tor Professiona School Few i'1 ~and Caeers Nqtt ii Jaooay Par1iclpate 1t1 OU' Extern Career Expenence Program tn Aeadrig W or May.

Permanent Employment Setvices On-campus Recruitment Programme: for permanent and summer employment Representatives from medium to large organizations Y1S1t the University of Toronto to recruit both graduating slUdents and undergraduate slUdents for summer obs . Check eat1y in September.

Permanent Employment SerVice: curre permanent job openings available

to new gradua year round

14

Summer Employment SeNices: begin to rec:eiW listJngs as early Septem r. Many GoYemment Employment are advertised through tis servioe.

Part-time Employment Listing Service: lists part-time jobs availablo throughout Toronto and Mississauga areas and on the University of Toronto campuses.

St George Erindafe Campus Campus Koff er Centre South Bldg. 214 College St Room 3094 (College & 828-5451 St George) 978-8000

Counselling Academic

Scarborough campus Student Serv. Room S-302F 287-7552

Academic counsening is avai able in the Registrar's Office. lndiVidual counselli!lg is available throughout the year by appomtment Small group counsel ing 1s available for new students during July and August The Registrar's Office is the focal point for Information and advice of all kinds and should be consulted whenever students have questions concerning rules, regulations, degree requirements or problems of a personal or academic nature Room 2122, 828-5399.

Students who have problems relating to the conduct of courses Qectures, tutorials, evaluation, work-load, etc.) and who find that they cannot resolve these d1tfict.llties with the instructor concerned, can obtain advice and assistance either from the Faculty Advisor, or the Registrar, Dr LT McCormick.

Departmental Faculty Adv1&ors and Discipline Representatives can give detailed advice on

dividual courses and that are centred n th · Departments. Many departments publish brochures or handbooks which are available at their offices . The names and telephone numbers of departmental advisors will be found at the beginning of the essay for each department in this Calendar.

Financial F ancial counselling is available from the Office of Student Awards. Students can obtain informatiOn and apphcations regarding 6cholarsh1ps, government t1nanc al ls ta nee, and bursaries Room 3095, 828-5234.

Personal This student service provides counselling for personal problems that students may encounter during their undergraduate years of study. Talking with a counsellor can help students see their own situation more clearly and find ways of coping with personal and Interpersonal problems. This is a strictly confidential service. Room 2095A, 828-3944.

Health Service The University Health Service offers a comprehensive medical service for students on the Erindale Campus; treatment and advice are available throughout the year. Students are encouraged to discuss concerns about contraception, substance abuSe, unplanned pregnancies, sexual life and sexually transmitted disease. Contraceptive medications are available at a modest cost

Psychiatric consultation and counselling to assist students with emotional and social problems are available.

Students seek counselling for a Wide range of concerns, including feelings of despondency, apathy, inadequacy or inferiority and with problems in areas of sexuahty, substance abuse, parental confltct, dating, peer relabonships, inability to concentrate and examination anxiety.

The primary responsibility of the Health Service IS to the student, therefore. ALL CONSULTATIONS, MEDICAL AND PSYCHIATRIC, ARE STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL and form no part of any university record. Information acquired from students will not be given to anyone at any time without the written permission of the student Office hours: Monday to Friday 900 am. - 500 pm. Telephone 828-5255 After 5 00 pm. - Telephone 978·8030

Library The Erindale College Library has a collection of books, journals, maps, slides and other materials . Of special note are the CD-ROM data-bases, the largest number available in one locabon at the University of Toronto. A Special Services Resource Room (21098) provides equipment such as a Kurtzw ti mactline. Excellent staff are avatl ble to asstst the student with the u e ol the l.Jbr ry's resources and fac1hties.

In addition to the College Library, students and faculty have access to the holdings of the University of Toronto l1br on the St. George Campus Ther regular document delivery service to the Ennd Campus

Loan Desk 828-5236 Inform bon Desk. 828 5237

Ubrarlana E. Goettler, BA., M.LS. M. Hawthorn, B.A., M.LS. P. King, B.A, M.LS. D McLean-Lowe, B A., M. LS. S. Mccaskil, BA., BLS .. M.L.S. J . Seel, BA., B LS , M.LS.

Registrar's Office As well as providing academic counsel ng, the Reg1&trar's 0 ce provides "nformabon and material concerning registration in courses and , examination schedu es, petitions, admission and recruitment, graduation requests, certifica on letters, Letters of PermlSSion and maintains student records The following are published by the Office of the Registrar; the College Calendar; tJmetables and registration booklets; the Student Guide to Success; information brochures about degree requirements, and graduation. South Bldg .. Room 2122, telephone 828-5399

Residences With 240 places reserved IOf freshmen and 419 reserved for senior students, Erindale College boasts lhe largest on-campus residence faality at e University of Toronto Situated on the bea ful treed campus, Erindale residents enjoy the commun ty atmosphere created by the commercial townhouse development in which they e

Depending on the unit, either four or s· students share one house on a coopera e basis. There are also sue 2-person units lor seniors. Not being restrtcted by a food plan. students find they can save at least $600 per year by purchas ng and preparifl9 th ·r own load. The North ding cafetena, Spigel Ha I. Colman Lounge and Harvey's are also available for meals Each ouse ls furnished and equipped 'th a refriQefa and sto e. Llv'ng room. sto<aQO room, kitctien and dining area are on the ma.in floor; bedrooms

d a bathroom are on the upper level. All residences are in m nutes of

classrooms. athletics and other student services Once n residence, students are eligible to apply the following yew and slay together, f they so ctloose, until graduaton after meeting the academic and adminestratlYe requ11ements

There are 84 2 bedroom apar1ments (800 sq feet) for married and graduat students at an appro ma cost of $650 per month plus hydro Two units e equipped tor disabled persons and the offic&1ounge is fuly aoces ible

15

FOi' 1992193, from Sep ember to May, residence fees were $2500 for Ire men, boHt ng on of the lo st rates In Ontario. For the summer months from May to September, resicleoce is appro ·mately ~ 125. Conference income from the summer assists in preserving affordable, wen-main ed houses.

Ari off-campus housing list is av labia at ttre Residence Centre In the summer months (CIPPfOX ate cost $300-$350 per room) IO s table local homes

We also have recently renovated Thomas Cottage, a cosy 2 bedroom y equipped/ tur shed cottage, which is av ·able on campus, for VIS · g parents, at $60.00ln_ight.

Colman Lounge IS oow open to provide a safe, fun place for studying , relaxing and doing laundry.

For lurttler in ormation conlaet the Residence O!Tloe, Colm P ce, Erindale Campus, 3359 1SSissauga Road,

ss1Ssauga, Ontario LSL 1 C6 or 9elephone 828-5286, or FAX 828-5473.

Special Services (for Persons with a Disability) Erlndale rs comrruned to working th students who have d' abi es to ensure access to c;wnpus faalities, services and programmes. A variety of accommodations can be arranged

at I enable the student to have an equal opport\Xlity to participate n a aspects of campus life . We pravide a on wilh spec:iarists, faculty staff and community re&OUrces as req ed OU' rapidly expanding programme assists students who have tear · g disab 'ties, sensory or mobi impairments, chronic medical c:onclltions or arrt o er disabl ty that aeates a barrier to the studenls' abi ty to pursue a universily educat.ron. OU' services include: provision of adaptive equipment; setting up altematlve testing and noEtaldng plans; and arran$Jing access to tutors, oounsel1ofs and speoaftSts in lhe field of learning dlsabilrties. In add1110n, we offer ~.seminars and study groups from lime to ame as required or requested

F« fur1her nformalioo contact 828-3847.

16

Teaching - Learning Centre Located in Room 3091 in the Soulh Building, the Teaching-Learning Centre offers free advice about writing, learning and teaching . Hours: Monday - Thursday, 10 - 12 noon, t -4 p.m. September to May. An appointment is required . Telephone 828-5444

Regular services Include: Wnting Laboratory Individual help and small group seminars on:

assessing your wribng strengths and weaknesses

organizing essays and repOl'ts improving writing style avoiding grammatical errors study skills

START Seminars The Teaching - Learning Centre, in conjunction with the Library, offers seminars on researching and planning your essays and reports.

In-Class Seminars and Teaching Skills A Teaching - Learning Centre writing specialist wi speak to students 1n-dass about written assignments. Teaching assistants can get advice on teaching techniques and on setting assignments.

For addibonal information visit room 3091 , South Building, or telephone 828-3858.

Student Services on the St. George Campus

Counselling and Learning Skills Service Koffler Student Services Centre Mall Level (416) 978-7970

International Student Centre 33 St. George St. (416) 978-2564

Office of Aboriginal Student Services and Programs 1st Nations House, 3rd Floor 563 Spadina Ave. (416) 978-8227

Office of the University Ombudsperson 16 Hart House Circle (416) 978-4874

Sexual Harassment Education, Counselling and Complaint Office 455 Spadina Avenue Room 302 (416) 978-3908

0 Degree Requirements

Returning Students Students registered as B.A. or 8.Se. degree students at Erfndale College prior to September 1992 have the following choices concerning degree end programme requlf9ments:

1. CtlRRENT DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: You may choose to follow the degrff requirements listed In the 1993·94 Calendar for the B.A., B.Sc., or Honours B.A., or Honours B.Sc. IF YOU CHOOSE THIS OPTION, PICK UP THE REQUIRED FORM IN THE REGISTRAR"S OFFICE.

You must meet ALL the degree and programme requirements as isted in this calend•, including meeting any new progrsnme enrolment cmeria in th1S calands. You cannot sub&titute the degree and programme requirements s1aled in previous Calendars for the degree and progranwne requirements stated in lhis Calendar.

2. OLD DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Unless you chooM the option above, you must lolow the degrM requirements tor the Three-YMr B.A. or B.Sc .. or the Four· y.., B.A. or B.Sc. Hated In the 1991·92 (or appropriate earller) Calendar. You do. ho•ever, have • choice ebout which ~•)lo follow:

•

a) You may folow the old Programme requhments In the 1991-82 (or appropriate Hrtier) Calenct.r. H you ...U lhla choice, note the foQowlng:

IF YOU ARE ALREADY ENROLlEO IN 199 ·92 , 0 FURTHER ACTION IS

ECESSARY. • YOU MAY E AOL I A PROGRAMME

THE 991-92 (OR EARLIER) CALENDAR, PRO DEO THE ~HAS NOT BEEN 10ISOONTll"'I ED •

Degrees Offered The faculty offers the following degrees:

Honours Bachelor of Arts; Bachelor of Arts; Honours Bachelor of Science: Bachelor of Science; Bachelor of Commerce:

Studen may choose to receive either the Bachelor of Commerce, Honours B.A., or Honours B.Sc., or BA or B.Sc. degree after completing the appropriate requirements listed below. Whether a student receives a BA or a B.Sc. depends on the Programme(s) the student completes In the Programme Section each Programme lists the degree received (for instance, i..INGUISTICS (B.A.)9, "GEOLOGY (B.Sc.)9, etc.).

The word •course· as used in the Ustmg of degree requirements means a full course or lhe equivalent In full and/or half courses. In order to "obtain slandlllg• in a course, a student must receive at least a passing grade (50%) in that course.

Students who obtain a B.A. or B.Sc. degree who continue their studies win not graduate a second time but will be able to exchange the 15-course diploma for an Honours diploma. A B.A. or B.Sc. degree leads only to an honours degree In the same field, le., a B.A. leads only to an honours B.A. etc., although five courses taken towards a degree in one field may, on petition, be counted towards a degree in a different field (see below under "Second Degree· Requirements).

Requirements for an Honours B.A. (Hon.B.A.) or Honours B.Sc. (Hon. B.Sc.) The degree received depends on the Programme(s) a student completes. To qualily for an honours degree, a student must (a) Obtain standing in at least 20 full course

equivalents meeting the following criteria : 1. No more than six courses may be 1 ~

series; 2. At least eight courses must be 300/

400-series (no more than two 300/400· series transfer credits may be counted toward these eight) ;

3. No more than fifteen courses may have the same three-letter designator ;

(b) Complete the requirements of: a Specialist Programme; or two Major ; or a Major and two Minor ; or three Minor (see Notes below and Section 8 for detailed information)

(c) Complete the Distribution requirement which consists of at least one full course equivalent from each of the following divisions: Humanities, Science, Social Science (see page 21)

(d) Achieve a Cumulative GPA of 1.85 or more.

NOTES: 1. The minimum acceptable programme

combinations for an Honours degree are : 1 Specialist 2 Majors (12 different ax.rses) 3 Mnors ( 12 different cxuses) 1 Major, 2 Mnors (12 different COU'se&) Noe 1he minim001 number of dlffefent ccuses required with each oombinallon Add~ programmes wll be oer1ified t, a maximum t>tal of three programmes.

2. For an Honours B.Sc .. two programmes of ~ three-programme combination must be in the sciences .

3 Consult 1he Registrar's Office counsellors regarding degree requ rem nts Onciuding acceptable programme combinations), consult the relevant Department regarding specific programme requirements

Requirements for a B.A. or B.Sc. Degree The degree received depends on the Programme(s) a s tudent completes To quaf1ly for a B.A. or B.Sc .• a student must (a) Obtain standing in at least 15 fuU course

equivalents meetinQ the fo wing criteria : 1. No more than six courses may be

100-senes; 2. At least four courses must be 300/

400-series courses (no more than two 300/4~series transfer credits may be counted towards these four):

3 . No more than ten courses may have the same three-letter designator,

(b) Complete the requirements of a Maier Programme or two M nor (see otes below and Section 8 for de ed information)

(c) Complete the 01Stribution requirement which cons1Sts of at least one tu course equivalent from each of the following divisions: Humanities, Science, Social Science (see page 21)

(d) Achieve a Cumulative GPA of 1.50 or more.

NOTES: 1. The minimum acceptable programme

combinations for a BA. or B.Sc. degree are: 1 Maj<>( 2 Minors (8 cHerent cowses) Note the mintmum number of different courses required with each oombinallOn. Additional programmes · be certified to a maxllllum total of three programmes

2. To be ehgible lot a B.Sc. degree. s~nts must complete either one B.Sc. Major pr09ramme or two B.Sc. Minof •

3 To be eligible for a B A degree, students must complete one of the lol ng: one B.A . Major: or two Minors, at least one of which is a B.A . nor.

• Consult the Registr 's Office counsellors regarding degree requirements (including accept ble programme combinabOns): consult the relevant Department regarding specific programme requirements .

19

Bachelor of Commerce Degree CB.Com.) to quaify tOr a Badlekx" of Commerce degree, a student must: (a) Obtain standing in at least 20 full-oourse

equivalents, including no more than six 100-series courses

(b) Complete lhe requirements of lhe Specialist Programme in Commerce and Flllance (see Seclion 8)

(c) Complete the Dislribu ·on req rement which conS1Sts of at least one course equivalent from eacti of the foGowing Div ons: Human· ·es Science, Soci Science (see page 21)

(d) Comple e tun course equivalents from disciplines other than Management (MGT} and Economics (ECO); (courses taken to

(b) and (c) may be also counted towards meeting 1his requirement)•

(e) ObCain standing In a least eig t 300- or 400-series fu1I course equiv ents (no more an two trans et credits may be counted) AchieYe a c:umutative GPA of 1 85 or more.

NOTES: 1. Studen registered befOre September

1992 and Intending to complete the requirements of the Bachelor of Cammerce degree must follow ALL degree~ programme requirements of the 1991-92 (or approprfaw earlier) C.lendar OR may chooM to follow ALL degree mil programme requirements of the 1993-94 C.lendar.

2 No more than 8 MGT and 7 ECO or 7 MGT and 8 ECO courses may be taken (See Commerce and Finance Programme Section 8). •

3. ·-eua· courses may not be used to satisfy (cf) above

4. <:on.At the Registrar's Office counsenors regmding degree requirements; consult lhe relevant Department regarding specific programme requirements

20

Programme Requirement

Programme Enrolment AR degree students entenng Erindale must enrol in a programme when they have passed their fourltl course. If admitted with transfer aedit for four courses or more they must do this when they first register in ihe Fawlty. Programme Enrolment forms are available from the Reg1strar'S Office.

Entry to is based on successful completion of tour courses including prer~uisite courses. Some also require speofic standing in individual courses and/or a minimum grade point average. See 1nd1Vidual programme ouUines in Section 8 for detailed information.

The maximum lowable number of programmes that will be certified on a student's transcript wiA be three .

Types of Programmes Available:

Specialist - conS1stJng of nine to fourteen courses induding at least lour 300/400 series CC>l!rses one of which must be at the 400+ sen es

~a)or - cons1& g of six to eight course including at east two 300J400 series courses

Minor - consisting of four courses incluchng at !east one 300/400 series course (some Science Minors may have a Mathematics

nor as a coraquisite)

Any variation made In Programme details for lndlVidual students does not n any way affect the Faculty's Degree requll'ements. Students should be aware that completion of the Programme Requirement does not ensure that Degree Requirements have beon mel Studen are required to complete 8 full course equivalents at the 3001400 level for an Honours degree or Bachelor of ~merce (4 for a BA or B.Sc. degree) 1ndudlng courses required for a programme. If lhe programme requires fewer courses at this level, any other 3001400 level courses may be counted toward fulfillment of th. degree requirement.

Con ult lhe Reg' tr s Office coun llors regarding degree reqU1rements (Including acceptable programme combinations); consult the r vant Department regarding speclhc programme requiremon .

Distribution Requirement

To qualify tor a degree, students must complete at least one full or two half courses from each of the following divisions (Humanities, Social Sciences, Sciences)

Humanities Classics Drama English ERl112Y Fine Art French German History Italian Linguistics Philosophy Religion Spanish

Social Sciences Anthropol~y· Economics Geography• Management Political Science Sociology• SUA251 H,352H,353H, SUA454H,455H,456H.458H WDW260Y WRl305H

·Some courses offefed by the Social Science departments are des1gnated as Science credits, they are listed individually under Sciences.

Sciences ANT203Y,228H.229H.231H,311H,311Y,312H, 327H,330H.332Y,334Y,339H,412H,415H,415Y, 416H .430Y,433H,434H,438H,439Y Astronomy Biology Chemistry Computef Science EC0220Y Geological Sciences GGA117Y,217Y,219H,276H,304H, 305H,307H,312H,313H,316H,319H,335H, 355H,374H,376H,379H,479H,491Y JBG230Y Mathemabcs Physics Psychology SOC201Y/300Y Stabstics Surveying Science ..

··some Surveying Science courses have been designated as Social Sciences for the purpose of the distributlOf'I requirement they are led tn the Social Science column

21

0 General Regulations

Responsibilities of Students le Depar1ment oouosellors and the

Registrar's Office staff are always available to grve advice and guidance, it must be clearly uoderslOOd that it is the responsi 1ty of the student lo ensure that:

ab) course selection is correct and oomplete, ) they have complied wi all prerequisite,

exclusion and oorequlsi e requirements, c) programme, distributiOn and other degree

requirements have been met, d) dead nes and other regulations have been

observed.

If there ts any doubt students should seek guidance from a responS1ble o cer of the C ege. Misunderstanding, misapprehension. 01 advice receiVed from another student will not be accepted as a reason for exemption from any regulation, dead-line, programme or degree requirement

Registration re ers to the process of estab · ng membership in the College for the purpose of anending courses and f owing a Programme of Study.

Students register by submltbng a Registration loml lis ng the courses to be undertaken or by en'9ring lheir course reQUests using the Student Telephone Service and by providing proof of payment of the tees befOf'e the last dale lo reg· ter. (See SesSIOflal Oates) .

Detailed inlomla ·on about registra on prooedures is outlined in e Timetable and RogiStratiOn lnformauon booklet i&suecl to S1Udents in June

The last dates for registration and withdrawal from courses are n lhe "Sessional 0ates• sec1iOn of this calendar and on the front CCNer of 1he Timetable and Registration lnformatJOn booklet.

AI'ff student allowed to register after the end of lhe registration period wi1fbe charged a la registration lee of $43 00 for the first day plus $5 oo for each additJOnal day thereafter, up to the last day to add.

Students should be aware that perm ion lo regisli9r in the Faculty after the end of lhe registration period may be refused at any time

22

Reregistration refers to former students who have not registered in the Faculty in two or more consecutive sessions ('Mnmr a Summer) and OON wish tD resume !heir studies . They may request reregistration by oompleting a Request for Reregistration fOf'm. Consult the Sessional Oates for the deadline for submitting such requests. Students who, during the absence from this University, studied elsewhere and now wish transfer credit should follow the procedure outlined in the section ·courses of Other Universities".

Deletion of Courses Students who are deletlng a course or oourses must do so by oompletlng a Course Change form or otherwise notifying the Registrar 1n writing, or by using the Student Telephone Service, before the final date to drop oourses as specified In the Sessional Oates. (For information regarding deletion of oourses after the deadline dates see Petitions).

Students are Responsible for Monitoring their Records Students who are still registered in a course after the final date to withdraw will receive a grade for that oourse, even 1f they have never attended, have stopped attending or did not write the final examination. They are responsible for applicable tuition fees regardless of any subsequent changes .

Financial Implications of Deletion of Courses Students who drop a oourse or courses before the deadline may be entitled to a fees refund, the amount of which is determined by the det the Course Cheng• form or other written notification la received by the Reglatrer or IS recorded by use of the Student Telephone Service. The amount of the fees refund is based on the informatJon ou tned the Schedule of Fees. Students should pay strict attention to these da s to ensure that they receive the maximum refund.

PLEASE NOTE: EVEN IF YOU DO NOT ATTEND OR STOP ATIENDING COURSES, YOU WILL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ALL FEES OWING. EVEN A SUCCESSFUL PETITION FOR LATE WITHDRAWAL WITHOUT ACADEMIC PENAL TY WILL NOT ELIMINATE THE OBLIGATION TO PAY FULL FEES.

Withdrawal from a Session Stud nts who find it necessary to stop attending all of their courses are considered to have withdrawn trom the University for the Session. They must nobly the Registrar, in writing , or by using the Student Telephone Service, of their Intent before the last date to drop courses. Merely ceasing to attend classes will result in a falltng grade for each course. Before a refund of fees will be issued to students wrthdraw1ng from a Session, they must: - pay any outstanding lees,

return any books to the Library and pay any outstanding lines, surrender their student card to the Registrar, vacate any laboratory or athletic lockers and return any equipment in lhe1r possession .

Student Telephone Service Students have access to lhe University of Toronto Student Telephone Service. It allows students to use a touch-tone telephone to perform many procedures associated with the enrolment process. The system can be used to add and drop courses, change seet1ons, list the current course enrolments and record degree requests . All students pay a sessional lee which Is refundable if the Service is not used during lhe Session. A Student Telephone Service Rebate form must be completed and submitted to the Registrar's Office before the end of the final examination period of the applicable Session . Refer to the Timetable and Registration Information booklet for further details

Transfer to a St. George College Students who wrsh to transfer to a College on the St George campus for full-time studies must submit their written request to the Registrar before June 1. They must have completed the equivalent of four full courses and have a CGPA of at least 2.50 Refer to the Information Sheet avail ble from the Registrar's Office for further details. Transfers to Woodsworth College for part time may be requested by wnttng to the Registrar.

23

Courses

Courses The WOfd ·course· used in two senses In retereoce ID a single course (such as "stan<fing in a course• etc.) ·course· refers equally to a fu course or a half course. In reference ID a given number of courses (such as the reqtiirement of obtain' g standing In at least twenty courses for an Honours degree) ·courses• refers to ful courses or the equivalent number in ful and half courses.

To "pass a course· or •obtain standing in a course· normally means to obtain a mark of 50 or more in that course (-Cred1r 1n -Credit/No Cfedir COIXSeS).

Choosing Courses 1. Students may plan their own programme,

selecting from among a courses offered, subject to the following rules : a) The degree and programme

requirements, distribution requirements and o er regulations set out in the Calendar and its supplements must be satisfied .

b) All prereq · ite, corequislte and exdusion req · emeots must be me

c) No more than six 100 series courses may be tallen for degree cred Additional courses completed will be designated as •extra· and I not count for degree credit or be included in lhe grade point average.

2. SIUdents may not repeat any course in which they have already obtained standing The ooy exceptioo occurs when students req e a 100 series course with a specific grade higher than ·o· for entry ID a limited enrolment programme. SIUdents may repeat such a course once as an •extra• course, ch wl have no eftec:t on the student's 6la!uS or Grade Point Average. There are no supplementa examinallonS or provisions to "upgrade" a mark.

Prerequisites, Corequlsites, Exclusions, Extra Courses Exclwlon: Students may not ervol for degree Cf8dit in a course which ts as an eJCclUSlon a course ~:~ are taking or wtik::h they have already . If allowed by special pennluion ID enrol in an excluded course, the MCOnd courM taken will be listed as an •extra• counie. Prerequisite: A course (or other qua cation) '8qWed as preparation for a course. It slldenls eonsider that they have equ111alent preparation, they may ask 1he Department concerned IO waive lhe stated prerequisite. 51Udents who enrol in a course for which they l8c:k the prerequisite may be removed from the course Ill 8IJ'f time at the request of the ~t

24

Corequlalte: A requirement to be undertaken concurrently with another course. The corequis1te will be waived if a student has Pfeviously obtained standing in it or if the Department consents.

A student who withdraws from a course must also withdraw from any course for which it is a corequisite unless the Department giving the latter course agrees to waive the corequisite. Recommended Preparation: Background material or courses which may enhance a student's understanding of a course. Extra Courses appear on official transcripts with the notation "XTR". Extra courses do not count towards the total number of credits required for a degree and are not included in lhe GPA, but may be used to satisfy programme or prerequisite requ·rements.

Course Loads Students may proceed towards the dearee at a rate of their own choosing, and should attempt to balance their course load between the two terms of any session.

The recommended course load for full­time students in the Winter Session Is 5.0 courses. The maximum course load in the Winter Session ls 6.0 courses.

A full-lime student who is on Academic Probation may take no more than 5 o courses in the Winter Session.

A part-time course load is defined by enrolment n less than 4 .0 courses in a Winter Sasson .

The maximum course load during the Summer Session is no more than 2.0 courses.

To calculate Session and Term course loads, students should consult this Calendar together with the Timetable and Registration Information booklet Calendar course descriptions bear the suffix "Y" (a full course), or ·w (a half course). The course sufftJCes, "A,B.F,S", appear only in the Timetable; tor a full eJCplanatJon, see Key to Course Desa1p110ns, Section 9. The following table may be helpful 1n calculating course load :

Suffix Load Per Load per Session Term

y 1 1 H 112 1/2 A,B 1 2 F,S 112 1

Permission to take Courses on the St. George Campus A student may take a course on the St George Campus, provided that: a) five full courses have been completed at

Erindale, b) neither the course nor an equivalent

course is available at Erindale, c) the same course at Erindale is In timetable

conflict with a course required for a specialist or major programme and there is no suitable equivalent course available at Erindale. In each subsequent Winter Session, until

14 credits have been completed, students may take no more than two courses on the St. George Campus unless more courses are needed to meet programme requirements. Students must file a request for such overloads with the Registrar, prior to registration. Students may be removed from courses which exceed these limits.

Courses of Other Divisions Certain courses offered in other Faculties and Schools of the University may be appropriate for degree credit in the Faculty of Arts and Science. After consulting an academic advisor, students should petition through the Office of the Registrar well before the beginning of the oourse(s) concerned . Permission to take such courses for degree credit will be granted when students can establish that the requirements for an Ans and Science programme cannot be met by courses offered within the Faculty. Acceptance of petitions to take graduate courses is further subject to the requirements ot the School of Graduate Studies Special Students may enrol through this Faculty only in courses given by this Faculty or Scarborough College

Courses of Other Universities (Letters of Pennisslon) A Letter of Permission is prior contirmatJon that an Intended course at another university Is acoeptable for transfer credit Students may take a maximum of 5 courses els r tor transfer credit but only two transfer credits may be used to satisfy the requirement of 300/ 400 level courses for the Curnculum Ren degree (See Section 6 for degree requirements) . To be eltg1ble tor a Lettef of Permission, students must have a cumulative Grade Point Average ot 1.50 or more.

Students admitted with transfer credit should consult a counsellor In the Reg! tr r's Office about the number of courses they may take on a Letter of Permission

Transcripts

Transfer Credits Students who study elsewhere without a pnor Letter of Permission may request transfer credit after completing the course(s). Credi will be granted it: a) the course is acceptable for credit in this

Faculty,

Cb) a grade of at least C- (60) Is attained, ) the student had a cumulative grade point

average of 1.50 or more in this Faculty at the time the course(s) were taken,

d) the courses · not exceed the maximum allowable ~mit of transfer credits. Requests for Le ers ot Permissioo and

Transfer Credit are available in the Registrars Office. "There s a $30.00 non·retundable service charge for er er type of request

Transcripts The transcript of a studenrs record reports the standing 1n all courses attempted , along with course size and course average, in ormabon about the studenrs academic status includ ng record of suspension and retusal of further regrstration, and completion of degree requirements and of a Programme.

Course results are added IO each studenrs record at the end of the session. TranSCfipts issued during the second eerm do not indude "A" and "F" courses completed In the first term.

Individual courses from which a student withdraws within the normal time limit are not shown. However, the date of withdrawal from a sessioo (i.e. withdrawal from the last oourse in which a student was enrolled) is recorded. Therefore, when a student ta ·ng only a S1ngle course withdraws from , the dale IS reciorded s nee it constitutes wtthdrawal trom a session

Copies ot the transcript be issued at the student's reques subject to reasonable notice Requests should be submitted in person or by writing the Faculty of Arts and Science, Sidney Smith Hal, 100 St George St , Toronto, 55 1A1 . Th&fe is no charge for transcnpts issued the Un ty tor in rnal use A ot 6 00 I be charged for transcripts to all other destinations. Payment ~ST accompany such requests Transcripts issued dir&dly to students bear the official I ot the Faculty but are stamped "Issued IO Student". The Oltloe of the Faculty Registrar cannot be responsible for transctiptS lost or delayed in the mall Transcripts are not issued for students who h outstandtng financial obligations th the Un1vers1ty.

fn accordanoe th the University's poky on ac:oess to student records, the sludanrs signature Is required tor lhe ,..._. of ht record Although tr necript request signature recelYed by mNf'8 of a FAX machine may be used to ~. the tran.c:ript wit not be ~ untl., originlll signature ,,,. beerJ ~

Grades

Grading Scheme Grade Point Average Students are assigned a grade in each rourse The Grade Point Average (GPA) Is the as follows: 1 weighted sum of the grade points earned, Percentllge Grade Value Grade divided by the number of courses in which

Definitions grade points were earned . "No Credir in a Cred1t1No Credit course will be included. A half-course will carry half the weight of a full course. Courses noted "AEG" or "PASS" or "Credir are not included in the average, nor are transfer credits, courses taken on a Letter of Permission, or courses designated as •extra·.

90 - 100 A+ 85-89 A 80- 84 A·

n-79 B+ 73 • 76 B 70-72 B-

67- 69 C+ 63-66 c 60 - 62 C-

57 • 59 O+ 53-56 D 50. 52 D-

Credit'No CR" Credit:

35. 49 0-34

E F

4 .3 4 .0 ExceUent 3.7

3 .3 3 .0 Good 2.7

2.3 2.0 Adequate 1.7

1.3 1.0 Marginal 07

No Value

0 .3 00

Inadequate Wholly nadequate

Credi o Credt:

NCR 00 No Value

Grades of "E" and ·p are both faHures There are no supplemental exam ation privileges in

e Faculty.

Olhef notabons which do not have grade point values are'. AEG AEGROTAT STANDING - on lhe basis

of term work and med cal evidence Authorized only by the Committoo on Standing by Pe llOO .

SDF STA DING DEFERRED · completion of course delayed by Pe non Authol'ized only by lhe Committee on Standing

WDR LATE WITHDRAWAL · thout academtc penalty .. Author zed only by 1he Commlnee on Standing by Petrtion

XTR EXTRA COURSE • not for degree credit.

GWR GRADE WITHHELD PE DING REVIEW • appfied to student charged wlltl an academic offence

""The petition in this case Is not for permi loo lo wilhdraw, but is for removal of the fa ing grade from lhe student's record Studen reman responsible for appficable tu111on f os

26

Each session you will recetve a GPA which Is the average of all your marks in the session (runmng from O 00 to 4 .30). For example, a letter grade of ·a· in a course would produce a grade point of 3 .00. The average of all your courses produces a 3 d1g1t GPA. To calculate : use the grade point values as listed on this page for each half course. Double 1t for each full course, and drvide the result by the equivalent number of half courses. So If you had 2.5 full course equivalents with a ·a· in a run course, C+ in a half course and A· in a full course:

Fun Course Half Course Fun Course

B 6.00 C+ - 2 .30 A- • 7.40

15 .70 + 5 - 3 14

Al courses, including failures, must be calculated this way to produce a cumulative average of your complete record A failed course remains on your record and In your GPA even If you pass It later.

Eve7 course In which you remain regls· tere after the LAST DATE TO WITHDRAW WITHOUT ACADEMIC PENAL TY will appear on your grade statement and be a permanent part of your transcript.

There are two types of Grado Point Average: a) The sessional GPA Is based on the

courses takon in a single session (Summer or Winter).

b) The cumulative GPA takes Into account all cours (other than extra courses) tak n in the Faculty. Both the sessional and cumulative GPA

are used at the end of each session (Summer or Winter) 1n assessing academic status and 1n determining the rat of progr toward the degree

The sessional GPA will be ldentlcal to th cumulattVe GPA for purposes of os inq a

tudenrs academic tatus in th first se ion The cumulawe GPA of speci I students

who have comp! led a dogree 1n the Faculty includes II courses ken both as a dogr student and a speci I stud nt

Academic Status

Academic Status The following Regulations apply to both Degree and Special students who have attempted at least four courses· In the Faculty. 1. Students who are neither On Probation,

Suspended nor Refused Further Registration are descnbed as In Good Standing.

2. A student shall be on academic probation who : a) has a cumulallVe GPA of less than

1,50 or b) returns from suspension .

3. A student who, at the end of any session (Winter or Summer) during which he IS on probation; a) has a cumulative GPA of 1.50 or more

shall be in good standing, b) has a cumulative GPA of less than

1. 50 but a sessional GPA of 1. 70 or more shall continue on probation,

c) has a cumulative GPA of less than 1.50 and a sessional GPA of less than 1. 70 shall be suspended for one calendar year unless he has been suspended previously, in which case he shall be suspended for three years.

4. A student who, havi119 been suspended for three years, is again liable for suspension shall be refused further registration in the Faculty,

NOTE: 1. There are two sessions (Summer and

Winter) in each ca ndar year and status · assessed following each of them.

2. ·Courses attempted are those n which a student was enrolled on the last dat for withdrawal, unless the academic penalty ha been removed by petlbon

3 . CGPA and SGPA will be col for stud nts who have oour s with SDF (Standing Deferred) nd Aead mic Status will be assessed.

Recognition of Exceptional Academic Achievement Fawlty Scholar This designabOn is given to students n the Faculty of Arts and Science having a Cumulative Grade Point AveraQS of 3 .50 or higher, at the end of each session in which the fifth , tenth, fifteenth and twenbeth CQurse has been passed. (For srudents enrolled in the pre-1992 Commerce and Finance Programme, the designation is gtVen when the filth , eleventh, seventeenth and twenty-I d course is completed)

A certificate signed by the Dean of the Faculty win be sent to each student. Srudents who feel they satisfy the above criteria but do not rece1Ve the ce cate at the end of the appropnate session. should write the Facu ty Registrar, Faculty of Arts and Science, Sidney Smith Han, 100 St George St., Toronto, On , M5S 1A1.

Dean's Honour Ust The criteria are the same as for the Fa ty Scholar. A certificate signed by the Principal of Enndale College be sent to eligible students .

Distmction Students who graduate ·th a Cumula e Grade Point Average of 3 20 10 3 49 are descr bed as graduates · oc:tioo"

High DistinctlQ() Students who raduate · a Cumula e Grade Point Average of 3 50 or abov are described as gradua H Ois nction"

Petitions

What is a Petition? A petition is a written request for waiver ,of a particular regulation. Petitions are submitted in lhe form of a leller to the Reg&Strar of the College or by completing a petition form availclble at the Registrar's Office and are considered in confidence by or on behalf of lhe Comm1ttee on Standing. This comlTllttee , which meets mon y, is charged with interpreting and adm· ister ng the rules of the Faculty and has the authority to grant exemptions'° the regulations and to attach condi110ns to the' dec:iS&ons. Pe tioos should be legible and completely documented. Incomplete or llegible petitions be returned to lhe student

The onus is on the pe boners to demonstrate the validity of the' requests ; the CommiUee may refuse any petJtioo by deciding that the grounds advanced do not support the request made.

Students who feel they have genuine dilficufties complying with a particular regutation(s) should oonsu a counsellor in e Registrar's Office as soon as they knOIN a problem exists.

The most common pe lions are those which oonoem the completion of term WO(k and the writing of al examinabons.

Extension of Time to Complete Tenn Wort< Al am W04'k must be submitted on or before the last day of dasses in the course couc:eined, unless an earlier date is specified by the ~. Students who for reasons beyond their control, cannot submit course wen by .. due date should (before that date) discuss M extensiOn of lime for the submisSIOl'I of the term W04'k wflh the instructor and provide medical oertificalion or other appropriale documentation In support of the request Sludenls who require additional lime '° camplele term W04'k beyond the date for the IMI ~of grade6 must file ape ·on lvough tl8lr Colegie ~ar before the last day of l'8 relevanl examnaaon penod and be ~-~.medical certific:Me or other

28

Students who are too ill to come to the Registrar's Office on the day of the examination should call 828-5399 to report the illness and come in as soon as possible to file the petition. Students who become Ill during the examination should report to the Health Service or the Registrar's Office immediately. If the petition is not based on medical grounds, all supporting documentation shouki be attached.

The Commlt1ee will not consider requests to defer final examlnatlona based on travel or personal plans.

SUCCESSFUL PETITIONS WILL NOT EXCUSE YOU FROM ANY OF THE WORK OF THE COURSE, BUT MAY ALLOW YOU TO WRITE YOUR EXAMINATION AT A LATER DATE AND/ OR AN EXTENSION OF TIME TO COMPLETE TERM WORK.

Appealing the Decision of the Committee on Standing Appeals against decisions must be filed within ninety days.

Appeals may be made to the Academic Appeals Board of the Faculty within nmety days of the date of the decision being appealed, and to the Academic Appeals Board of the Governing Council within ninety days of the decision being appealed

lnf()(mation about these procedures 1s available from the Office of the Registrar.

Note Concerning Tenn Wort< Disputes Issues arising within a course that concern lhe paedagogical relationship of the in&tructor and the student, guch as essays,

rm WO(k, term l96ts, grading practices, or conduct of instructors, fall within the aulhonty of the department. Students are en ed to seek resolution of the69 IS&ues, ecther or ly or in writing , through the folio ng success e stages· the course IOStructor; the 0 apl1ne R presentallve, the Chair of th department, the Dean of the Division

Deferred Examinations for St. George Campus Courses Students who miss a final exammabon will, by petition, be given .llilf1 opportunity to write a deferred examinatJon. No conflicts will be entertained for missing a deferred examination.

Final Examination

April/May

August

December

Deferred Examination

June examinatlon period, if course is offered in Summer Session I Au!1ust examination period, all others

December examination period

Reading Week

Students will be asked to confirm their intent to write a deferred examination and will be instructed to pay a fee of $30.00 for each deferred examination prior to the examinabon period. Those who do not respond will lose the privilege of a deferred examinatJon. The Office of the Faculty Reg1Strar will inform the students of the time and location of the deferred examination.

Students who miss the deferred examination will receive a wade of ·o· for the examination in the calculation of the final grade.

Students who miss a deferred examination will not be permitted a further deferred examination. but may petition fOf •aegrotat• standing (AEG) in the course. provided that they have earned a term mark of at least 60%. Students may petition for aegrotat standing 1n courses a maximum of TWO TIMES during their undergraduate career.

Stud nts who must wn a deferred examination n a course which serv a prerequls1 for subsequent courses m y enrol In those courses at the discretoo of the dopartm nt, and provided th t the rm m r In the prerequ1 11 (def rred) course I t I t 60%. Failure to pa the prerequ1 ti course or to m t other d partmen I gr stand rd will r ult In cancellation of enrolm nt In th su equ nt cour

Corrections to the Academic Record Students may request corrections to their record by petibon for the Winter Session up to the following 15 November, and correctiOns to their record by pe !Jon fOf the Summer Session up o the following 28129 February.

NOTE: Students are responsible fOf ensuring that they receive a Statement of Results at tne end of each sesS1on. Students who cease attending a course without officially withdrawing or after the thdrawal dead ·ne will be considered to be enrolled In that course and 1t will be Included In their official Statement of Results

G Programmes

Programme Enrolment Al ~ students entering Erfndale must enrol in a programme when they have passed tta lourlh course. If admitted with transfer credit tor tour courses or more, they must do this when ltley first register in the Faculty. Programme Enrolment forms are available from lhe Registrar's Office.

See Section 6 for regulatJons concer ·ng Programme and Degree requirements

Entry IO programmes is based on successful completion of folX courses ncludlllg prerequisite COW'S85. Some programmes also require specific standing ndividual courses and/or a minimum grade point ~verage . See individual programme outlines in Secbon 8 for detailed informatJon.

The maximum alowabkl number of programmes that be certified on a student's transcript be three.

Types of Programmes Avallable:

Specialist Programmes oousisting of nine IO fourteen courses induding at least four 300/400 series courses one of whicti must be It the 400• senes.

~r Programmes consisting or six IO eight courses lnduding at least two 300/400 aeries courses.

Minor Programme~slsting of four courses lnc:lucing at least one 300/400 series course (some Science Minors ~ have a Mahlmaacs t.tnor as a OOfeqU1S1te)

~ variallon made ., Progranvne deta foe lrdvidual AJdents does not in any way affect lhe Faculy's Degree requirement& Studen lhould be .... hit completiOlt of the Progrwnme Aequnment does not 8nSIK8 that Degree Requirements have been met StJdenls are required to complete 8 lul ccuse equivalents at the 300/400 level for an Honours degree OI' Bachelor of Commerce (4 lof a Three 'fear -ee) including courses requRd b a progranwne. If the programme l'9QUires teww ccuses at lhia leYel, any other 300f400 llwel cour.s may be counted toward l.mm.nt of ltli9 degree reqlM'ement.

"COURSES" : full courses or the equl'llllent In full and/or half courses.

In this cal ndar, courses are designated by their credit value as follows: Y Full aedit course H Half credit course

Symbols Used In Course Description and Programme Requirements: (P.L ) Permission of Instructor required to

enrol. (I) Open to first-year students (shown

after course number). (G)

i.) :) &)

(/)

Course available only on the St George Campus.

comma ~ semi-colon ampersand

means AND

solidas symbol means OR

Individual Areas of Study Students wish ng to pursue a programme other than (or in addi on to) those offered by the disciplines or lis ed bek:M may apply, through their Dean, for an Individual Approved Area of Study. Such students should submit a coherent grouping of courses designed to meet their individual needs.

See Section 6 for further information about programme and degree requirements.

Animal Behaviour (B.Sc) Consult Professor T.M Alloway

Speclallst Programme (Interdisciplinary) $24755 10.5 courses are required Including three 300/400 series and one 400+ series courses

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Candidates for admission to this programme must have completed four courses including one full course in biology with a mark of at least 60 and PSY100Y with a mark of at least 70 and must have a cumulative GPA of at least 1.50. Students In this programme will be admitted to balloted courses on the same basis as BIO and PSY specialists.

First Year: PSY100Y,BI0101Y/BI0151Y Higher Years: CHM135Y/150Y,MAT112Y/ 132Y/138Y,BI0203H,204H,205H,PSY290Y, BI0304H/PSY390H/399H,BI0318Y,360H, 361H,one additional BIO or PSY300-series half course,BI0481Y/PSY400Y

Anthropology (B.A.)

Speclallst Programme S1n55 9 courses are required. Arst Year: ANT100Y Higher Yeara: ANT203Y,204Y,200Y,207H/ 231Hl311H/412H and 4.5 additional ANT courses, 3 of which must be at the 300/400 series and 1 at the 400+ series.

Mafor Programme M1n55 6 courses are required First Veer: ANT100Y Higher Years: ANT203Y,204Y.200Y and 2 additional ANT courses at the 300/400 sanes.

Minor Programme R17755 4 courses are required First Year: ANT1 OOY Higher Years: 3 additional ANT courses Including 1 at the 3001400 ser . '

Anthropology (Physical) (B.Sc.)

Speclallat Programme 515105 9 courses are required. First Year: ANT100Y Higher Years: ANT203Y,204Y,200Y,231HI 311Hl412H nd 4 112 addition I cours

d from the h t of ANT s nc cour BI0360H/361H 3 of co must be t t 3001400 r nd t t 400

Major Programme M15105 6 courses are required. First Year: ANT100Y Higher Years: ANT203Y,204Y,200Y and 2 additional 300/400 series courses selected from the hst of ANT science courses/BI0360H/ 361H. NOTE: For ANT Science COUS66, see page 23

Applied Physical Science (B.Sc.) (Consult Department of Physics)

Speelallat Programme 812605 13 courses required . First Year: PHY135Y/140Y,CHM135YJ150Y, MAT(112Y,232H)/(132Y,232H)/138Y (recommended) Second Year: PHY224H.240Y,245H (or in third year),CHM211 H,221 H,MAT212H/258Y Third Year: PHY323H/324H,(257H.258H)/ (CHM321 H,322H),CHM311 H,391 H, CSC148H,158H Fourth Year: PHY341H,470Y/CHM489Y, CHM414H, one 300/400 level ful course equivalent In Physics and or Chemistry.

Art and Art History See Fine Art

Astronomy (B.Sc.)

Mafor Programme M22045 8 courses are req red First Year: AST110H MAT138Y/ (MAT112Y.232H)l(MAT132Y,232H), MAT222H.PHY140Y PHY135Y (70%) Second Year: AST221H G).222H G), MAT212H,311H/368H/334H,PHY240Y,257F Thlrd Year: AST320H(G), 2 courses from: PHY341 H/342H/343H/344H

Astronomical Sciences (B.Sc.)

Specialist Programme 510255 14.5 cour s are equlred Flrat Year: AST110H,CHM150Y/135Y

~0%).MA T138Y/( T112Y,232H)/

MAT132Y,232H),PHY140Y/t35Y (70%) eeond Ye r: AST221 G).222H(G),

CSC260Hl(CSC 14BH,270H),MAT212H, 222H.PHY~40Y,257H Third Y ar: AST320 G),CH 21H. MAT311H,368H.PH 258H, 1H G),352H(G

53H(G) Fourth Year: AST420H(G),425H, T334 PHY3 H(G),357H{G H G 457H(G 459H(G)l460H(G),STA250 (S A202H. 12H

31

Biochemistry (B.Sc.) Consult Oepar1ment of Chemistry

Speda Programme 517625 12 112 oourses are required .

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Enrolment in this Programme is restricted d selection II be based on complebon of 4 full oourse equivalents including CHM135Y (minimum grade ot 70%YCHM150Y,MAT112YI 132Y/ 138Y,one full BIO oourse equiv ent at 100 or 200 series level: and a minimum GPA ot 2.5 (or by ~tal permission).

CHM135Y/150Y,MAT112Y/132Y/138Y, PHY135 Y/140Y, BI0202H ,203H/204H/ 206H, CHM221 H.231H,240Y,341H/345H,347H, 360Y,371H and one 300 series BIOICHM' MGBIPSL ful course equivalent. BCH471Y(G) and lour of CHM461H, BCH421H(G) to 430H(G),MGB410H.420H, (CHM447H ·n the years when BCH424H IS not offered).

NOTES: 1. The rst ttvee years ot the Bioctiemistry

Specialist programme can be taken wholly at Eriodale but students must take some fourth year OOUfses on the St George Campus.

2 Ervo en In CHM371H and BCH471Y(G) s Ii fed .

Biology (B.Sc.)

Spec:Uillat Programme 523645 14 courses are required

ITED ENROLMENT· Enrotment ID progrwnme 16 mited to studen who oompleted j[u courses including one aedit II\ Bioic?9Y Wllh 60% Of bet1er. and who have achieved a a.imula GPA o at teat 1 50 The aciual GPA requrrement In any par1iaJlar year may sligh y exceed value in order to achieve a proper balance be1ween enrolments and teaching re&OUrces The Faculty AdVl$Clr may ma ahamalive arrangemems for adm1SS10n to fie Special Programme w.. special arcumstancea Students who have not attained slandard requ ed lo enter Che Speoia t Programme, may enrol In Che Ma)Of Programme II their GPA rises to 1 70, and lhev have compleled CHM135Yl150Y and Bj(j151v.202H.203H,204H and 205H, lhey

lhef'I be eligible to SWitch to the Specialist Programme, wilh written permission trom Che Faculty Advlsor

32

First YHr: 1 CHM135Y/150Y,MAT112Y/132Yl138Y 2 One lull oourse equivalent from the

following : PHY135Y/140Y/ gSC148H, 158H)IGGR117Y/ GSC 120H, 121 H)IPSY1 OOY.

3. ne full oourse equivalent from the following : 810151Y,202H,203H, 204H,205H.

Second Year: The remainder of the following courses Bl0151Y,202H,203H,204H,205H. Third and Fourth Years: Bl0360H, 7.5 add1tiooal BIO options. At least five of these opbons (full course equivalents) must be at the 300 level or above, of Which at least one FCE must be at the 400 level.

II is reoommended that students In the specialist programme lndude at least one halt course from each of four ot the following groups of courses: Ecology and Field Biology: JBG230Y, 810300H,301 H,3~2H",316H,330H,331 H, 332Y.417Y.433H . Biology of Whole Orgamsms: BI0206H,305H, 311H,319H0 ,325H.334H0 ,335H,336H 354H 355H 356H 456H" ' ' ' Genefics and Evolution: BI0314H,341H, 441H,442H,443H,475H. cen, Molecular and Developmental Biology: BI0315H,352H,353H,370Y,372H.452H" 4mH,4~H ' Physiology and Behaviour: BI0304H,310H, 312H,318Y,404H,420H",424H" Addi onal oourses: BI0361H 481Y JBG491Y. ' '

• Offered in alternate years

NOTES: 1 Students WJShing to emphasize ce

bi~y. molecular biology, miaobiology, physiology or genetics should ta e CHM 240Y 1n second year.

2. CHM240Y, CHM360Y, and JBG230Y w1 I automa cally be accep ed as equivalent to 810 course options 1n the Spea st programme

3 Addi onal cour in cogna studies such as Computer Science. Physics, Chem try, Geolog cal Sciences, P ychology and Anthropology are recommended as v e non· Biology options and m y also be a subs!Jtu for not more ltlan on Biology op on Studon 6hou d consult w th e faculty ad sor be ore reg trabon 11 they w h to su tu a non· Biology cour for a Biology opuon ( In 1h m or programme, no ub lltubon re lowed )

4 No sub lltu ta tics oourse will be lo'Nod tor 810360H except undor x uattng arcums

5. Certain Erlndale Biology courses will be treated as equivalent to corresponding St. George campus courses In satisfying requirements for the following St. George specialist programmes· Blology and Mathematics, B1ol<>_9Y and Physics , Microbiology, Nutrition and Food Science, Paleontology, Pharmacology and . Physiology. Students who intend to begin these programmes at Erindale should consult a Biology advisor as early as possible.

Major Programme M23645 7 courses are required. 1. CHM135Y/150Y,MAT112Y/132Y/138Y 2. BI0151 Y.202H,203H,204H,205H. 3. Two additional full-course equivalents in

Biology from the 300 or 400 series.

NOTE: No courses outside Biology are allowed as substitubons for the two required 3001400 level courses.

Canadian Studies (B.A.)

Faculty Advisor.· Professor J . Dutj(a Telephone : 828-3737

"The most valid and compelhng argument for Canadian Studies is the importance of self­knowtedge, the need to know and to understand ourselves." The Canadian Studies Programme at Enndale offers both a Specialist and a Major concentration drawn from courses in Anthropology, Commerce, Economics, English, Fine Art, French, Geography, History, Philosophy, Political Science, Religious Studies, and Sociology. Interdisciplinary In nature, the programme is nonetheless desiqned so that students can fulfill entrance requirements of the Faculty of Education or the School of Graduate Studies by a careful selection of courses in other areas. Students Wishing to complete a specialist or major C8f1ificatlon In Canadian Studies must notify and register with the Faculty Advisor.

Speclallst Programme 507285 11 courses are required. First and Second Years: HIS262Y;POL 100Y;ENG252Y ,FSL 160H, 182H (or, If exemption Is granted, a course in Fr nch Canadian Hterature ln the ongmal language) Third and Fourth Yeara: GGR263H,361H;ERl401Y,402Y: and 4 courses Cat least two of which must be I the 300/400 level) with a disaphnary, lhemabc or chronological coherence chosen, with the approval of the advisor of the programme, from the Hst of approved courses ottered on either lhe Erindale or the St. George Campueee,

Major Programme M07285 7 courses are required HIS262Y;POL 100Y;ENG252Y,FSL 160H, 182H (or, if exemption is granted. a course in French Canadian Utafature in lhe original language): GGR263H,361H, and 2 courses chosen from those approved for the Speciafi t programme, both of which must be at the 300/400 level.

For course descriptions of ERl401 Y and EA1402Y, see under Erindale College Courses

Chemistry (B.Sc.)

Specialist Programme $13765 13 courses are requ red

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Enro ment ' the Chemistry Specialist Programme is based on completJOn of 4 fu11 course equivalents 1nclud1ng CHM135Y (minimum grade of 70% or Departmenlal permission)/150Y and MAT112Y/132Y/138Y.

First Year: CHM135Y/150Y,MAT112Y/132Y/ 138Y,PHY135Y/140Y Higher Yeara: CHM211H 221H,231H,240Y, MAT212H/222Hl232Hl248Yt258Y,CHM311 H, 321 H,322H.331 H,332H,341 H/345H,391 H, 393H,CHM489Y; ree additional 400 series CHM half courses and one additional 300/400 sanes CHIWMAT/anolher Science half course.

NOTE: Additional 400 series CHM courses available include CHM414H,452H,453H, 461H,485H at Enndale, plus the selectiOO of CHM400 series courses at St George.

Major Programme M13765 7 courses are required

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Enrolment S1 the Chemistry Major Programme IS based on completion of 4 tun course equivalents including CHM135Y (min mum grade of 70% or Departmental perm1SSion)/150Y and MAT112Y/132YJ138Y.

First YNr: CHM135Y/150Y,MAT112Y/132Y/ 138Y Higher Yeara: CHM211 H,221 H,231 H,240Y, 371 H/391 H/393H, IWO additional 300 series CHM fuH·course equivalents

NOTES: 1. Um11 oos on CHM135Y as a prerequBle

tor c:er n 200 sene CHM courses. 2. MAT prereques· tor CHM321H. 3. For a balanced 1r ing in Chemistry,

students should I CHM311 H,321 H. 331H.341Hl345H.

33

nor Progrmnrne R13765 4 courses are required.

UlllTED ENROLMENT-Enrolment in the Chemistry r.tnor Programme is based on c:ompletioo of 4 full course equivalents including CHM135Y (minimum grade of 70% ot Departmental permission)/1 OOY and MAT112Y/132Y/138Y.

First YNr: CHM135Yt100Y,MAT112Y/132Y/ 138Y Higher y..,.: one additional 200 series CHM fufk:ourse equivalen one additional 300 series CHM full-course equivalent

NOTES: . 1. UmitationS on CHM135Y as a prerequ1S1te

tor oertain 200 senes CHM courses. 2. MAT inrequisite tor CHM321H.

Chemistry and Biochemistry (B.Sc.)

Spec:Wtst Programme S12135 ' OOl.rS8S are required

Chemistry and Geology (B.Sc.)

Spec:tallat Programme 505795 See Geology and Chemistry

The Chem stry and Geology programme Is intended for students with a strong chemistry bad({!round who wish to undertake graduate work in this area or who may be contemplating professional careers In the oil and mining industries 14 courses are required.

Chemistry (Physical) (B.Sc.)

Spec:lallat Programme S20985 13.5 courses are required .

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Enrolment in the Chemistry (Physical) Specialist Programme is based on completion of 4 full course

equivalents including CHM135Y (minimum grade of 70% or Departmental permission)/ CHM150Y, MAT138Y and PHY140Y

NOTES:

2

Cinema Studies (B.A.)

Programme Coordinator: Professor J . Biel rt (German) The programme treats film primarily as a unique and powerful twentieth century art with its own traditions, history, conventions and techniques . Understan<fing film, its properties, methods and aesthetics, Its impact on culture and society, IS the basis of the programme.

Minor Programme R07975 4 full courses are required Flrat Year: ERi 112Y Second Year: ITA240Y,GER251Y Third Year: ITA340Y

Classical Civilization (B.A.) Consult Department of Classics

The programme is designed to meet the needs both of students seeking a broad swvey of Greek and Roman culture and of specialists in other Humanities subjects who require background knowledge of Classtes for their particular interests, whether hterary, h1stoncal or philosophical. Major Programme M03825 6 full courses are required Arat Year: CLA160Y Higher Years: Three CLA courses at the 200-level, two at the 300/400 level

NOTE: ORE240H may be counted as a CLA course. Up to two courses in ancient art (e.g, FAH101Y/256H/258H) or ancient philosophy (e g. PHL200Y/300H) may be substituted for CLA courses.

Minor Programme R03825 Four full courses are required. Arat Year: CLA 160Y Higher Year•: Three CLA courses at the 200+ level, Including one at the 3001400 level.

NOTE: ORE240H may be counted as a CLA course Up to two courses in anC100t art (e g FAH101Y/256H/258H) or ancient philosophy (e.g. PHL200Y/300H) may be subsbtuted for CL.A courses

Commerce (B.Com.)

Commerce and Finance

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Enrolment in Commerce Programmes is limited. It all entry requirements will be met by the end of May, students normally apply for admission in the Spring of that year Check th the Commerce office for precise dates . There are two _entry a-iteria, the first concerning prerequ1S1 e courses and !he secood, the student's cumula e GPA as determined each year by the Commerce Programmes Office. Students require a minimum of four courses, which must nclude MGT120H,EC0100Y,MAT112Yl132Y. Required minimum grades are 63o/o for MGT120H and EC0100Y, 60% n MAT112Y and 50% in MAT132Y. The Cumulative GPA required wiH vary from one year to the next and IS based, in part, on the criteria of supplyf demand.

Enrolment In 200+ aeries MGT courses a restricted, with certain very Umlted exceptions, to student• enrolled In Commerce Programmes. Students aelect their 200+ series GT courses on a baUot form. Balloting tor Summer couraea tlikes place In March, and tor Winter courses In April of each year.

Specialist Programme 522735 (Limited Enrolment) ttus programme leads o the Bachelor of Commerce degree and reqwes a total of 20 credits.

First Year: 1. MGT120H 2. ECOtOOY 3 MAT112Y/132Y Students must e at least 4 courses 1ndUd1ng the ones I led bove be ore being considered for admission to ·s programme Students choosing a coocentra on in Accounting should consider MGT121H in FlfSt year However, In order to complete the Speoah t Programme anyone ing MGT121H ~also take MGT224H and MGT322H to ter years They ~ ta MGT222H

35

Higher YHra: A. Management Component (6 fu courses

Of their equivalent) (a) MGT120H,222H m

MGT120H, 121 H.224H,322H, (b) MGT223H,323H,337Y (c) 1.5courses from:

MGT352H,353H,362H,363H,371H, 393H

(d) One ~series MGT full-course equivalent

(e) No more than 8 MGTand 7 ECO~ 7 MGT and 8 ECO courses

(f) Additional 200+ series MGT courses to a minimum total of 6

B Economics Component (6 full courses or their eqU1Valent)

la} EC0100Y b EC0200Y/206Y c EC0202Y/208Y

(d) EC0220Y/227Y/STA242Y/262Y/ (STA250H + 257H)

(e) Two 300+ series ECO full-course equ alenlS

c. Mathematics Cof'rl>onent (1 tun course) MAT112Y/132Y

D. Writing Component (2 full courses or their equtvalent) Two tul course equivalents from the 1olowina: ANT,(one of EC0303Y/321Y/ 322Y/323Y),ENG,HIS,HPS,POL.PHL. SOC (200+ senes excluding SOC300Y), WRI

Major Programme (B.A.) Mt1115 7 full courses are required.

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Enrolment in Commerce Programmes ls limited. If all entry requirements will be met by the end of May, students normally apply for admission ln the Spring of that year. Check with the Commerce office for precise dates. There are two entry cnteria, the first concerning prerequisite courses and the second the student's cumulative GPA as determined each year by the Commerce Programmes Office. Students require a minimum of four courses, which must include MGT120H,EC0100Y, MAT112Y/132Y. Required minimum grades are 63% for MGT120H and EC0100Y, 60% n MAT112Y and 50% in MAT132Y. The CumulabVe GPA required II vary from one year to the next and is based, in part, on the criteria of supply/demand.

Enrolment In 200+ aerlea MGT courses la restricted, with certain vary limited exceptions, to students enrolled in Commerce Programmea. Students select their 200+ aeries MGT courses on a ballot form. Balloting for Summer couraaa takes place In March, and for Winter courses In April of each year. L First Year:

MGT120H EC0100Y MAT112Y/132Y

Students must take at least 4 courses lndud1ng the ones listed above before being considered for admisSIOn to this programme.

2. Higher Years: a) EC0220Y/227Y/STA242Y/262Y/

(STA250H + 257H) b) MGT121H/222H,223H,331Y/337Y,

352H,362H/363HNIOW260V c) If necessary, other MGT courses

may be en so that the total number of courses, iocfud1ng those

om 1, 2a, and 2b, equals 7.

Computer Science (B.Sc.)

Speclallst Programme 516885 11 fUll credits are requited .

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Enrolment in ~ Specialist Programme is limited. Admission requires at least 60% in CSC 148H and a combined average of 60% 1n MAT(112Y.232H)/(132Y,232H)/138Y and a GPA of 1.70.

First Year: CSC148H; MAT(112Y,232H)/ (132Y 232H)/138Y;STA107H First or Second Year: CSC228H,238H, 258H.260H/270H Second Year: MAT248Y,258Y Second or Third Year: STA250H/257H Third Year: CSC324H,350H,364H,378H; MAT300Y(G)/315H/334H/344H/448H/ 468H Third or Fourth Year: 1. Any one of CSC351H(G),446H(G) 2. Any one of CSC438H(G),448H(G),

465H(G),478H(G) 3. One from Group A, and one from either A

or B A. CSC408H(G),418H(G),428H(G),

434H(G),458H(G~,468H(G), 484H(G),485H(G ,488H(G).

B. CSC340H(G),35 H,372H(G), 444H(G),454H(G);ELE385H(G).

NOTE: Students are adVised to arrange their programme so as to co~pl~te the r~uirements for the Major 1n Computer Science by the end of the third year.

Major Programme M16885 7 full credits are required.

LIMITED ENROLMENT·Enrolment In the Major Programme is hm1ted. Admission requires at least 60% in CSC148H and in MAT112Y/132Y/138Y and a GPA of 1.70.

First Year: CSC148H.MAT112Y/132Y/138Y Firat or Second Year: CSC228H.258H, 260H/270H Second Year: MAT248Y Higher Years: 6 hall courses from the following groups : 1. Two from group A

A CSC324H,340H(G).354H,372H(G), 408~Gt418HiG),428H!G),434H(G), 444H G 454H G),458H G),468H(G), 484H G ,485H G),488H G); ELE 5H(G)

2 Two from group B B CSC238H,350H,351 H(G). 4H,

378H,438H(G),446H(G),448H(G), 465H(G),478H(G) .

3 Any other two from Group A or B or CSC300H(G),318H(G)

Minor Programme R16835 4 courses are required. First.Year: CSC148H; MAT112Y/132Y/

138Y First or second year: CSC228Hl260HI 270H,238H,258H Higher years: One of CSC324H,340H(G~, 354H,418H(G),~G),434H(GJi=(~ , 454H(G).~G). G).4851-(G). ~

One of CSC350H,364H,378H,438H(G), 448H(G),465H(G),478H(G)

Computer Science for Data Management (B.Sc.)

Specialist Programme 519225 13.5 ful credits are required

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Enrolment s programme is ·mited. Admission requires at least 60% in CSC148H and MAT112Y/ 132Y/138Y, at least 70"/o 111 EC0100Y, completJon of MGT120H, and a GPA of 1.70.

First Year: CSC148H; T112YJ132Y/ 138Y;MGT120H:EC01OOY;STA107H. First or Second Year: CSC228H,238H,258H, 260H/270H. Second Year: MA T(212H,232H)/258Y; EC0206Yt20eY. Third Year: CSC324H.350H.364H 378H, MGT223H,323H,MA T248Y·STA250H/257H Third or Fourth Ye r: 1. CSC434H(G) 2. Two ot CSC340H G).354H,372H G),

408H(G).418H(G).428H(G),(444 (G 4541-'(G)).458H(GJ.46&i(G1 1 G 488H(G),ELE385H(G), re at least one half course · at the 400 el

NOTE: Students hould arrange t r programme so to complete the requirements for the JOf u:1 Computer Science by the of the third ar.

Crime and Deviance (B.A.)

F. culty Coord tor: Prof sor 0 Brown Id (Sociology) T pnone· 828

941

7

b) students wanting to know m°'e about lhe IDpics of the sociology of crime, par1icutar!)' as these become iSSues of public policy.

M•lor Progr•mm• MOn75 A m1111mum of 7 ful course equivalents are required including at least two 300/400 series courses.

LIMITED ENROLMENT- Students enroling at the end of first ye<J6 (four courses) must obtain a CGPA of at least 1.80 and a mark of at least 62% in one SOC course Students applying to enrol after second year (eight courses) must obtain a CGPA of at least 2.00 and a mark of at least 65% In each of two SOC courses

First v .. : SOC101Y,PSY100Y Higher Y•ra: SOC212Y,200Y/300Y,306Y Optional Courses: Two ful course equivalents to be selected from the to lowing PH.271H,281H.37Q-1,PSV23)Y ~324H, 340Y,SOC301Y 303H,324Y,329H,346Y.

Drama Studies (B.A.)

Specialist ProgrM1me: 518805 ThNlre Md Oram8 Studies

12 courses are required. First Year: DRE120Y,DRS121Y Second Ye•: DRS221Y, and one !­course equwalent In Theatre HiStory (chaeen from DRE240H/242H/244H/246H) ll*d v .. : DRE340H,342H;DRS321Y, 325Y Fourth Y-: ORE400Y,DRS421Y,425Y

~wo additional cnurses are reqllll'ed to l88d'I 1'81otal ol 12 courses and they may be ..... from 1he tolowinQ: CLA30CW,ENG130V,220Y,2ZJH,0 332Y, "338Y,9339H,"409.'&H (when. dramatiSt), "42W421H (when a dramldiat).ERl112V, FNCD7f',FfE'317H, '3Bi, '3111-t.GER251Y,"43Ji, HIS354H,fT A242YI "243Y, "27'ZV, "273Y ,342Y/ "343Y.937'ZV,"SPA343H,"348Y. "• 0.,.1tnent11 ~ ...

31

Minor Programme: R24685 Drama Studies

R>ur full ·course equivalents, as follows: 1. DRE120Y. 2. Any two of DRE240Hl242H1244H/246H. 3 . DRE340H,342H. 4 . One course in Dramatic Literature.

Economics (B.A., B.COM.)

Enrolment in Economics programmes is based on grades tn EC0100Y and, in some cases. MAT112Y °' MAT132Y. There is no grade point average requirement and no restriction on the number of students entering any one programme. Departmental permission is required.

Speclallst Programmes

NOTE: Programme a) leads to the BA degree. Programme b) can only be taken conjointly with a specialist programme in Commerce and Finance (see page 35), and thus leads to a B.Com. degree. Enrolment in Programme b) is thus open only to those who have been admitted to the B.Com degree programme

a) Economics Specialist Programme S14785

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Enrolment In this programme IS limited to students with 7<:1'/o in EC0100Y and (60% In MAT132Y or 55% in MAT138Y)

13 courses are required . First YHr: EC0100Y,MAT132Y/138Y. Higher YHt•: 1. EC0206Y,208Y,227Y/(STA250H + 257H)

EC0322Y,325H,326H ,327Y. 2. EC0303Y/321Y/323Y. 3 . Four add1bonal 300+ series ECO courses,

including at least one 400 eries course 4. Students are strongly advised to tal\e

ENG100H before completing 15 courses.

Major Progr•mme M14785

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Enrolment In this programme 16 limited to students who have 63% in EC0100Y or who have passed EC0100Y and have a cumulative GPA of 250

7 courses are required Aral Veer: EC0100Y,MAT112Y(60%Y132Y/ 138Y Higher YNra: EC0200Yl206Y,202Y/208Y, 220Yt227Y/(STA250H 257H) Two addltlonal 300/400 681' ECO courMI,

one of which must iodUde EC0200Yl2<J2Y/ 206Yl208Y as a prerequisi .

Minor Programme R14785

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Enrolment in this programme Is limited to students who have 63% in EC0100Y or who have passed ECO 100Y and have a cumulatNe GPA of 2.50.

4 courses are required First Year: EC0100Y Higher Years: EC0200Y/202Y/206Y/208Y Two additional ECO courses, including at least one 300/400 senes course.

b) Speclallst Programme: Economics (Commerce and Finance) 501375

This programme can only be taken conjointly with the specialist programme in Commerce and Finance (see page 36), and thus leads to a B.Com. degree. Students must be accepted In the Commerce and Finance (B Com.) Programme to register in the Economics (Commerce and Finance) programme.

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Enrolment in this programme IS limited as follows: 700/o in EC0100Y and (60% in MAT132Y or 55% in MAT138Y) and 63% in MGT120H and a minimum cumulative GPA.

16 courses are required. First Year: EC0100Y,MGT120H, MAT132Y/ 138Y. Higher Years: 1 Management Component (6 full courses

or their equlvalent) (a) MGT120H,222H or MGT120H 121 H

224H,322H ' ' (b) MGT223H,323H (c) MGT337Y (d) 1 5 courses from : MGT352H.353H,

362H,363H,371 H,393H (e) One 400-senes MGT full-course

equivalent (I) If required, add1t1onal 200+ series MGT

courses to a minimum total of 6 MGT courses

2 Economics Component (7.5 full courMa or their equivalent) (a) EC0100Y,206Y,208Y,22'7Y,327Y (b) One Economic History course from

EC0303Y/321Y/322Y/323Y (c) One and 112 oth r ECO cour es t the

300/400 lev I, which mu t include t least one ot (EC0325H + 326H 432Y

3 Mathematica Component (1 course) MAT132Yl138Y

4 Writing Component (2 full couraea or their equivalent) Two full course equivalents from 1he following · ANT, (one of EC0303Y,321Y, 322Y,323Y),ENG,HIS,POL.PHL,SOC (200+ series excluding SOC300Y),WRI.

Major Programme: Economlca (Commerce and Finance) ComplebOn of the Commerce and Finance (B.Com.) SpecialSt Proganme by Itself fulfills the requirements of 1he Economics major programme. Students must, hO'Never, obtain departmental pet'mission for entry to the Economics Programme

Economics and Political Science (B.A.)

Combined Speclallst Programme 507515

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Enrolment this programme is mited Students enrol ng at the end of rst yea (fou courses) must obtam: ( 1) a mark of at least 62% in one POL

course and at least 63% in ECO OOY. and a m rnmum Cumula e Grade Point Average of 1.80

OR (2) a mar of at least 62% one POL

course and at least 50% in EC0100Y and a minimum Cumula!JVe Grade P~t Average of 2 50

Sl!Jdents enrolrng at the end of second year (eight courses) must obtain : ( 1) a mark of at least 65% each of two

OR

POL courses and at least 63% Ill EC0100Y, and a fTIUllmum Cumula Grade Pomt Average of 2 00

(2) a mark of at least 65% n each o two POL courses and at ast in EC0100Y, and a min um Cumula Grade Pomt Average ol 2.50

Th folloWlng course must be lnduded in the progr mme Economic• 8 courses EC0100Y,200Yl206Y 202'1' Y,303Y/ 321Y/323Y.220Y/227Y/(STA250H 257H), EC0322Y,MAT112Y(60 132Y/1 One 1t1onal 300/400 cour 1r1 Econom1

Polltk:al Science 7 tun courses n POL, lnduding at least two 300J400 series of which one must be a 400· series course. 1. POL100Y 2. POL200Y,309Y 3 One course rom two of the fonowing four

fields· Comparative Polibcs (Developing); Compara e Politics (Industrial); lnllemational Relations , Pubhc Policy and Public Administration (see Departmental Handbook for breakdown of courses into fields).

4. Two ackf onal oourse equiva ents in Political Science

English (B.A.)

Sped811at Programme S16455 At least 10 and not more than 14 ENG OOU'S8S fulfiDing lhe following requirements : 1. ENG201Y/202Y 2. At least lhree courses selecl8d from the

pre-1800 group of courses (Group A, below), at least two of lhem at the 300-level or higher.

3 . At least three courses selected from the post-1800 group of courses (Group B, below). at least two of them at the 300· level or higher.

4. At least one ooorse selected from the C8nadian Literature group of c:ourses {Group C, below).

5. At least one ooorse at lhe 400-level . 6. Only one 100-level course may be

coun'9d toward lhe programme requnmems; ENG100H may NOT be counted .

Group A· ENG220Y,240Y,300Y,302Y,304Y, 306Y,322Y,330H,332Y,334H,400Y,401 Y, 405H,406H,440Y.441 Y,442Y,455H,456H, 457H,,91 H,493Y.

Grouo B· ENG213H,214H,236H.237H,250Y, 253Y,275Y,276Y,308Y,309Y,31 OY,324 Y, 328Y ,329H,338Y,339H,34'8Y ,349H,358Y, 359Y ,361 H,366Y,420H.421 H,443Y,444Y, 458H,459H,471Y,485Y,488Y 489Y,492H

Grouo C· ENG215H.216Y 223H.252Y, 350H,354Y,356H,430H,431H,470Y.

ll9lor Ploglaw 1111451 At r..t 7 ENG CCUM& Ufillng ht lollowing requnmenas 1 ENG201Yl202Y. 2 At ie.1 a.o COUfMI Mled9d from the pre·

1800 "°""of CCUM& (Group A. above), • i.-t one of ttl8m •tie~ or

3. At least two oourses selected from the post-1800 group of cour es (Group B, above), at least one of them at the 300-level or higher.

4 At least one course selected from the Canadian Literature group of oourses (Group C, above).

5 . Only one 100-level course may be counted toward the programme requirements ; ENG100H may NOT be counted .

Minor Programm R16455 At least four ENG courses including at least 1 300/400 level, fulfilling ALL Of the following requirements : 1. ENG201Y/202Y. 2. Only one 100-level course may be

counted toward 11'8 programme requiremen : ENG100H may NOT be counted

NOTE: "Courses· refera to full (Y) courses or the equivalent in half (F,S,H) courses.

English and History (B.A.)

Combined Specialist Programme S04n5 14 fuft course equivalents are required.

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Enrolment in this programme is limited. Students may enrol after completing at least four courses, including two HIS courses with a mark or 70% In each.

I. English 1. ENG201Y/202Y 2. At least two courses selected from the

pre-1800 group of courses (Group A aboVe) , at least one of them at the 300/400 series.

3. At least two courses selected from the post-1800 group of courses (Group B aboVe). at feast one of lhem at the 300/400 series.

4. At least one course selected from the Canadian Literature gtoup of courses (Group C above)

5 Only one 1 OO-ser1es course may be counted; ENG100H may tiQI be counted

•• History First Year: !. 100-series HIS cour&e: an additional HIS course at lhe 100 or 200 level , Higher Years: Addi onal HIS courses to a total of at least seven n at least two WW as defined n H tory Handbook These courses must ndude t t three 300/4QO.aer cour 1n Britlsh, Canadian, or U S H tory

111. One course will be a senior essay (either ENG490Y or HIS497Y) In the final year of study on a topic chosen by the student and written under the supervision of the appropriate Department. Students emoting In either course must follow the procedures set out In the course descnption. NOTE: ENG490Y has a prerequisite of 4 ENG courses with an overall average of B. Specialists may substitute non-HIS courses taught elsewhere in the faculty for up to three of the HIS courses.

Students In the Programme are required to confirm their Programmes annually with the faculty adV1sor dunng the registration penod.

Environmental Analysis (B.Sc.) Coordinators: Chemistry -Prof U.J. Krull

Room 4060 828-5437

Physics -Prof. G.W.K. Moore Room 4038 828-3830

This programme will prepare students to become scientists who can provide a practical contribution to the front-line monitoring and research that is being done by government and industrial organizations at an accelerating pace. The programme Is designed so that all students have a common base of scientific training, but does permit specializatton 1n the areas of "biological processes· or ·earth processes· to accommodate specific interests and provide flexibility. Graduates of this programme will have a powerful combination of functional skllls and background perspectrve which will provide them with immediate value as perceived by potential employers . Equally important is that the programme will launch students into a satisfying career wh re they can make a genuine contribullon to the social and economte viability, and qua 1ty of hie in their communioos.

Speclellat Programme 510805 1~ 5 full course equivalents are req red First YHr: (B10101Y/151YY(GSC120H, 110H/121 H),CHM135Y/150Y,MAT112Y/132Y/ 138Y,PHY135Y/140Y Second Veer: (BI0204Hl206H, 205H)/ (GGR217Y,GSC215H),CHM211 H,221 H,240Y, JBG230Y Third end Fourth Year: Bl0360H, CHM311H,391H.JBG491Y/CHM489'/ GSC470Y/PHY470Y,PHY337H, nd 2 5 FCE courses relatod to one or other ot two tr ms· 1 Environmental Analysis· Blolog1 I

PfOC ( I led from r v nt BIO. CHM, nd GGR cour i) e g BI0300H/ 301Ht302Hl316H,304H.~1 OH,312H,330t.f. 331 H,332Y,361 H,370Y,417Y,420H,433H, CHM231 H,360Y,GGR305H

2. Environmental Analysis Earth processes (selected from relevant BIO. CHM, GGR and GSC courses) e.g 810361H, CHM231 H, GGR304H,307H,355H,37 4H, 376H,379H,479H,GSC230H,336H,337H .

The selection must be made 1n consultation with the appropriate coordinator. "Students selec ng CHM489Y will be required to take some 200 and 300 level CHM rourses In addition to those Msted in this programme.

NOTE: Students are recommended to take CSC108H/148H by the end of year IV. To accomplish this, courses for d1str1bution requirements may need to be selected from 200 level courses .

Special Recommendation: It is strongly recommended that students in this programme consider taking GGR 234H and GGR334HI 345Hl353H/393H as their Social Science distribution requirement s nee these are parllcularly relevant to the Pfogramme

Environmental Management (B.A.)

Faculty Coordinator: Professof A. Grima (Geography) 828-39281978-3486

As development continues to place resources and people at ris , we are faong gger challenges and opportun es to use our natural resource hentage sely. This PfOgramme alet1s students to the possibilities of wise use of the environment. It provides a saentific understanding of the problem and the pohtteal and legal tramewor in which management occurs and the range of policy optJons ava1 ble

Major Progremme M14255 7.5 full rourse equivalents are t&<{utred including at east two 300/400 seres oourses. First Year: GGR117Y.Bl0101Y/151Y, and ~of EC0100YIPOL100Y/ANT212Y/241Y Second Veer: 810205H JBG230Y, GGR234H,STA202 GGR276H Third YHr: GGR393H/493H,305H/307H/ 334H/345H/37 4 H/376H/489H, Bto305HI 330H ,331 Hl332Y, SUR251 H (PrereqU1S1tes w 1ved for students In this programmey "MGT393Hl394HIPHL271Hl370HIPOL317Y NOTE: Students m y h to consider o rour as u ful complements to this progr mme e.g. Bl0300H,301H.302H,316H,EC0200Y, 360Y,SUR241H,GSC120H, 121H,GGR255H 335H,355H ·students must ballot fOf MGToourses th t

gement Department and must meet Commerce Progr mm GPA requirements

41

Environmental Science (B.Sc.)

FactJ/ty Coordinators. Professor D.S Munro (Geography) - 828-3929 Pro essor J . Svoboda (Biology) - 823-5368

This cooperative pr<>Qramme between Biology and Geography is designed to prepare students tor employment or advanced study in a variety of envlronmental elcls by: 1. Fami iarizing students with the structure

and function of various types of natural and managed environments.

2 . Educating students about env onmental problems and the conceptual and pradical skiDs useful in developing and unplemen ·ng possible solutions.

Entry to arry ol lhe programmes In Environmenta Science requires lhat a student be in good academic standing .

Specialist Programme 510615 12 courses are required.

UUITED ENROLMENT-Enrolment In the Sped Programme I be · i eel to students who have completed four courses

· a CGPA of at least 1.85.

First Year: BI0101Y/151Y,GGR117Y, MAT112Y/132Y,CHM135Y/150Y/PHY135Y/ 140Y Second Year: JBG230Y,BI0205H,203H/ 204Hl206H,GGR217Y Third Year: 1. (BI0360H,361H)l(STA202H. 212H); 2 . One ha course from BI0300H,301H,

302H,316H,GGR379H .Z00304H(G) 3 One Ml course equivalent from

810330H,331 H,332Y,417Y; 4. One full course equivalent from

GGR304H,305H,307H,312H,313H,316H, 355H,374H,376H

FourthYe•: One add' onal 300f400 senes half course from Ile "relevant course option&• listed below, and JBG491Y.

Major Programme M10615 8 courses are required. Arst Year: BI0101YJ151Y,GGA117Y, MAT1 l2Y/132Y Second Year: JBG230Y,BI0205H,GGR217Y Third Veer: 1 Bl0360HISTA202H, 2 One course equ t om

Bl0300H.~1H,302H,316H,330H 31H, 332Y,417Y,433H Z00304 (G)

30 cou tom GGR304H,305H,307H312H,31 H 316H,

,374H,376H

Minor Progremme R10615 4 courses are required. First Year: BI0101Y/151Y Second Year: JBG230Y,BI0205H; one half course from the "relevant course opbons· listed below Third Year: One lull course equivalent from BI0300H,301 H,302H,305H,311 H,316H,330H, 331H,332Y,335H,360H,417Y,GGR305H,355H, 379H.Z00304H(G).

NOTE: Relevant cour .. options: for completion of a 15 or 20 course degree programme, students are recommended to take courses from the following lists: Biology courses: Bl0203H,204H,206H,305H, 311 H,312H,318Y,319H,334H,355H,370Y, 433H,442H,443H,456H Geography courses. GGA219H,243H,319H, 335H,479H Science courses CHM211 H,GSC215H, MAT212H,222H,PHY224H,235H

Special Recommendetlon: It ls strongly recommended that students in this programme consider taking GGR234H and GGA334H/ 345H/353H/393H as their Social Science distribution requirement, since these are particu arly relevant to lhe programme.

Exceptionality in Human Learning (B.A./B.Sc.)

Faculty Advisors: Professor S . Trehub, Room 3059 (by appointment) telephone 823-5415, and Professor M. Daneman. Room 3039 (by appointment), telephone 823-3965

This approved area of study Is designed to proV1de a broad foundation for students who may have a vocabonal , academic, and/or civic · terest In ssues concerning exceptional children and adults, both the gifted and the disabled The Faculty of Educabon at the University recommends this programme tor prospectrve apphcants .

Speclallst Programme 814405 1 ~ courses are required Including at least three 300/400 series and one 400 series courses

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Enrolment in the Exceptionality In Human Learning Specialist Programme Is limited to 20 students in each graduating year. Interested students must submit a written application (forms available in Room 2037B), together with documentation of their grades, to the Psychology Department. APPiicants must have completed at least four university courses including PSY100Y and one of ANT100Y/SOC101Y/810101Y/ B10151Y, obtaining a grade point average of 2.70 (70%) Of better. Although applications may be submitted at any time, it is advisable to apply as early as possible following the receipt of official grades.

First YHr: PSY100Y, (for BA Specialists SOC101Y/ANT100Y)/(lor B.Sc. Specialists BI0101Y/151Y/ one tun course equivalent at the 200-series level) Higher Year•: 1. PSY210Y,442Y 2. 2-112 from the following : PSY311 H/314H/

315H/331 H/340Y/341 H/374H/393H/41 OH 3. For B.A. Specialists:

2 other Sodolo11y or Anthropology courses at the 200+ senes For B.Sc. Specialists: 2 other Biology courses at the 200+ series

4. 4-1/2 additional courses to be selected from the following (no more than two from any one dlsciphne): ANT/SOC : any two courses from the combined areas BIO: any two courses CHM240Y/341H/347H/360Y ENG234H HIS308Y/354Hl417Y/452H/459H LIN 100Y/200H/228Ht232H/310Ht333Y I JAL252Y/253H/423Y/JLP315H PHL244H/255H/26 7Ht271H/272Hl274H/ 2nv12a1 Hl290H/356H/373H PSY201H/202Ht270Y/311H/314H/315H/ 316H/331 H/340Y/373H/374H/376Hl393H/ 410H/419H

Major Programme M14405 6 courses are required Including t ast two 300/400 series courses .

LIMITED ENAOLMENT-Ervoment in Ile Exoapllonallty in Ht.man Lewnng Maier Proornme Is lrntted ~ students who achieY9 a ~of 60% or better In PSY100Y or Mllequant PSY courses.

First Year: PSY100Y, (for BA. Majors SOC101Y/ANT100Y)/(for B.Sc Majors BI0101Y/151Y) Higher Years: 1. PSY210Y 2. 2 additional courses In Psychology to be

chosen from PSY311H/314H/315H/331HI 340Y/341 H/374Hl393H/410Hl419H

3 . For BA Majors, 1 addi 'onal course in Anthropology or Sociology at the 200+ series For B.Sc. Majors, 1 additional course in Biology at the 200+ senes

Fine Art (History of Art) (B.A.)

Specialist Programme 809085 12 courses are reqwed . At least 9 Art History courses Qncluding core surveys FAH101Y, 102Y,200Y.210Y, pfus at least 3 full courses at the 300 or 400 level). one FAS course and two courses ·n French, German or Italian. No more than a total of 13 FAH and FAS tun courses may be taken. In designing a curriculum students are advised to note the prerequis111es and corequlsitas of many FAH courses. The~progression of courses Is strongly recot-·-- ----: First YNr: FAH101Y, 102Y, one language course. Second Year: FAH200Y, other FAH200/300 level courses, one language course. Third Year: 4 tun courses or their equivalent chosen from the 300 or 400 series must Include 1 full course from the 400 level. Fourth Year: Further FAH courses chosen preferably from the FAH300 and 400 levels

NOTES: 1. Specialists or majors In art hisa or art

and art history are strongly ur to Include In thetr programmes AH101Y/ 102Y,200Y and 210Y n this sequence

2. Specialists in art history are strongly urged to take a half course In the history of architecture at the St George campus

3 Courses in other depanrnents, especially East·Aslan Studies, r Eastern Studies, Middle East and Islamic Studies, may be substituted tor up to two full FAH courses with permission of the Undergraduate Secretary.

4 . It is strongly recommended 1hat students acquire a reading knowledge of at least one of Rench. German, or Italian by the end of second y r.

5. Students may include up lo the equivalent of two iu. courses from FAH256H,258H, 265H,273H,278H

6 FAS330V Past and,,,_,, T~ open to History of Art and Specialists and tt Is strongly recommended.

7 Course sefectionS beyond the level of the core surveys should be made from at least two Of !he periods designated as Ancient, Mediaeval, Renaissane&-Baroque, and Modern.

8. Students who wish to complete !heir programmes at the St. George campus must apply to !he Department of Fine Art, where each application will be judged on ew1 individual basis.

Major Programme M09085 6 courses are required. 6 FAH courses of which 3 FAH courses must be selected from the core surveys and no more than one survey from the first year (see Specialist Programme) and an additional 2 from the FAH300 or 400 level courses. Up to one full course may be taken in other departments (see Specialist Note 1). No more than a combination of 10 FAH and FAS full courses may be taken of which no more than a l:ltal of 8 may be FAH.

Minor Programme R09085 4 courses Of which 3 must be from the core surveys and no more lhan one from first year. 1 ful course must be lrom 300 or higher level.

Art and Art History (B.A.)

Spedellst Programme 507145 At least 7 fu8 course equivalent FAS courses and 4 lul course equ aJent FAH cour.;es are reqund. A minimum of toor 300/400 series tut course equivalents, one of which must be at lhe 400+ serias, must be included Flrat Year: 1 One fulk:ourse equivalent FAH course 2 Two fu course equivalent FAS courses

from the followi . FAS143H, 145H,46H, 147H,232W

HlaherYe .. : 1. Tivee Ul-oourses equivalent FAH courses 2 ~FAS courses trom

FAS143H, 145H, 146H, 147H,232W,248H 3. Addillonal FAS courses., a total of at

least 7 ful-<lourse equivalents

NOTES: 1 No more than a combination of 15 FAH

and FAS ful courses may be taken 2 Three of !he FAH courses must be from

ht care suveys (See Fine Art History -Soec:iafist Programme)

3 Ail Ane Art 8hldlo courMS wlll be belloted Ballot tonna and detailed 1nAuctions ••available April 1st from the Fine Art~. Room 227, North Buildlng, Erindale Colege, Telephone ~~725 or from !he Visual Arts c;;:g;.-"' 'Room AtOO, Sheridan

4 . Newly admitted students must contact the Visual Arts Department, Sheridan College tmmediately for details on balloting . Contact Faculty of Visual Arts and Design, Sheridan College, 1430 Trafalgar Road, Oakville. Ontario, L6H 2L 1, Telephone (416) 845-9430, Ext 2571 .

5 . 'FAS232H is open to first year students .

Major Programme M07145 At least 4 lull course equivalent FAS courses and at least 3 full course equivalent FAH courses are required . A minimum of two 300/ 400 series full course equivalents must be included. First Year: 1. One full-course equivalent FAH course 2. Two full-course equivalent FAS courses

from the following: FAS143H, 145H, 146H, 147H,232W

Higher Years: 1. Two full-course equivalent FAH courses 2 . Remaining FAS courses from

FAS143H, 145H, 146H, 147H,232H',248H 3 . Additional FAS courses to a total of at

least 4 full-course equivalents

NOTES: 1. No more than a combination of 12 FAH

and FAS full courses may be taken. 2. Two out of the three FAH courses must be

from the core surveys (See Fine Art History - Specialist Programme)

3 . All Fine Art Studio courses will be balloted Balloting is !he process by which students interested in taking Fine Art Studio courses are granted permission to enrol. Although these courses are open to all students, pnonty wiN be given to students rn the Art and Art History program, as studio space is limited. Ballot forms and detailed instructions are ava;lable Apr I 1st from the Fine Art Department, Room 227, North Building, Erindale College, Telephone (416) 828-3725 or from the Visual Arts Department, Room A100, Sheridan College.

4 Newly admitted students must contact the Visual Arts Department, Sheridan College immediately for details on ballobng . Contact: Faculty of Visual Ar & Design

Sheridan College 1430 Trafalgar ~oad Oakville, Ontario, L6H 2L 1

Telephone · (416) 845-9430 Ext 2571

5. *FAS232H is open to first year students.

French Language and Literature (B.A.)

Specialist Programme 512955 10 courses, Including at least 4 300/400 series courses, one of which must be a 400-series course. First Year: FAE180Y(a FRE150H,FSL182H) Second Year: FAE240Y,272Y/273Y, FSL282H,283H Third/Fourth Years: 1. FSL382H and FSL383H 2. 5.0 FAE literature course including

a) at least 1.0 FAE course in pre-1800 literature

b) at least 1 0 FAE course In post-1800 literature

c) at least 1 O FAE course In Quebec literature

d) at least 1.0 400-level course

Major Programme M12955 7 courses, Including at least 2 300/400 series courses . First Year: FAE180Y(a FAE150H.FSL182H) Second Year: FAE240Y,272Y/273Y FSL282H,283H ' Third Year: 3.0 FAE literature courses including 1. at least 0.5 FAE course in pre-1800

literature 2. at least O 5 FAE course in post-1800

literature 3. at least 0.5 FAE course in Quebec

literature Group A (French Linguistics) ' FRE272Y,273Y,375Y,378H,J88H,488H Group B (Literature until 1800): FRE320Y,356H,363H Group C (Literature after 1800): FAE324Y,358H,364H,365H,367H,368H,401 H Group D (Quebec literature): FRE210V,312H,317H,400H Group unspecified in Literature courses FRE330H,435H.

French Language and French Linguistics (B.A.)

Mafor Programme M05255 7 courses, lncludlng at least 2 3001400 series courses . Flrat Year: FRE180Y(or FAE150H,FSL 182H) Second Year: FRE272Y FAE210Y/240Y FSL282H,283H ' ' Third Year: 3.0 FAE L1ngu1st1CS cour s lnc:iudtng at least 2 O at th 300/400 I I

French Studies Minor Programme R21565 4 courses, lnclud1ng at I t 1 300/400 r s course

French and Italian (B.A.)

Combined Speclsll t 508155 14 courses are required The programme must include a minimum of four 300/400 series full course equivalents (2 in Frendl and 2 in Italian) and one tun course equivalent at the 400 level (either in French or in Italian).

French 7 full course equivalents are requ ed . First Year: FRE180Y(or FSL182H FRE150H) • Higher Years: 1. FRE240Y 2. FSL282H.283H,382H,383H 3. 1 fu I course equivalent from Group A of

the FRENCH programme 4 1 full course equivalent from Group B, C,

D of the FRENCH programme.

ltallan 7 full course equ alents are required. First Year: ITA 100Y/110Y If students have already taken grade 12 or grade 13IOAC ltahan, they automabcally go to higher years and choose one extra course from the courses offered there. Higher Years: 1. Two courses from ITA200Y/210Y,

350Y,355Y 221Y,230Y,235Y. 2. ITA321Y. • 3 . One course from ITA324Y 372Y,390Y

436Y. ' 4. Two other ITA full course equivalents

except courses taught in English.

Geoarcheology (B.Sc.) Consult Professor H C Hals in Geological Sciences.

Specialist Programme 512555 12.5 full course equ alents are reqwed. First Year: ANT100Y,MAT112Yl 132Yll38Y, PHY135Yl 140Y/110Y(G);GSC 120H Second YHr: ANT200Y 203Y 204Y· GSC220H,270H. ' ' ' Third YHr: ANT30SV,311H.312H· GSC219H, 222H • Fourth Year: ANT412H,411H1416H· GSC336H,337H '

Geography (B.A.)

Specialist Programme S16665 10 courses are requ red. 1. Arst Year: GGR117Y;

Second Year: GGA217Y,218Y,219H; Third Year: GGA317Y,318Y,319H Fourth Year: GGR417Y;

2. 2 fu course eq1 · ents including at least 1/2 at the 300/400 level from the GGA "non-science" offerings; and

3. MA T112Y /(if student has an OAC malhematJcs course) one fu course eqUivalent from 810,CHM.GSC,MAT or PHY

Major Programme 16665 7 courses are required. 1. Arst Veer: GGR117Y;

Second Year: GGR217Y,218Y,219H; Third Year: GGR317Y,318Y;

2. 1/2 course from the GGR •non-science" offerings; and

3 MAT112Y/( s1Uden1 has an OAC ma!Mmalics course) one fun course equivalent from 810,CHM,GSC,MAT or PHY.

lnor Programme R16665 4 courses are required. 1. Arst Year: GGR117Y;

Second Year: GGR218Y; 2. 2 add1 onal fU course equivalents from

the st of GGR ·non-science" courses, includlllQ at least one at the 300/400 level.

Geography (B.Sc.)

Specialist Programme S16665 n COUfSeS are requ red 1. Rrat Year: GGR117Y;

Second Veer: GGA217Y,218Y 219H; Third Year: 317Y.318Y,319H, Fourth Year: GGR417Y,

2 2 full course equivalents including at least 112 at the 300/400 level from the llst of GGR science courses; and

3 IWo course equivalents from BIO, CHM.GSC,PHY; and

4 MAT112Y/132Y/138Y.

Mafor Programme M16665 7 courses are requ red. 1 First Year: GGR117Y;

Second Year: GGR217Y 218V,219H; Third Year: GGR317Y,318Y;

2. 112 course from the t of GGR scieoce courses; and

3. MAT112Yt132Y/138Y.

46

Minor Programme R16665 4 courses are required. 1. First Year: GGR117Y,

Second Year: GGA217Y; 2. 2 additional full course equivalents from

the list of GGR Science courses, including at least one at the 300/400 level .

Geoloay (B.Sc.) Consult Dndergraduate Secretary in Geological Sciences.

Specialist Programm 505095 13 5 full course equivalents are required First Year: CHM135Y/150Y,MAT112Y/ 132Y/ 138Y;PHY135Y/140Y/110Y(G); GSC120H;one-half course equivalent from GSC 103H/110H/121 H. Basic Science requ rement (to be taken as early as prac:tcal during the studenrs programme, typically in second year): 1 full course equivalent from:BIO/CHM! CSC/MAT/PHY/STA Second Year: GSC219H,220H,222H, 230H,270H. Third Ye•: GLG319H{G),GSC320H, 325H,332H/GLG332H(G),GSC375H; 1 full course equivalent from GsC336H,337H, PHY344H Fourth Year: GLG301H(G).401 H(G), 402H(G);GSC425H; one-half course equrvalent from GLGIGSC300/400 level.

MaJor Programme M05095 7.5 full course equivalents are required. First Year: MAT112Yl132Y/138V; CHM135Y/150Y/PHY135Y/140Y/110Y(G); GSC120H; one·haff course equrvalent from GSC103H/110H/121 H Second Year: GSC219H.220H,222H,230H, 270H . Third Year: GSC325H,332HIGLG332H(G); 1 tun course equivalent from GLG319H(G), 301 H(G) µ5C320H ,336H,337H.375H.PHY344H

Minor Programme R05095 4 course equivalents are required . First Year: GSC120H,one-half course equivalent from GSC103H/110H/121H Second Year: GSC219H.220H.222H,270H Third Veer: GSC325H,any one-half course equw aent ton GLG319H(G);GSC320H, 332H/GLG332H{G),GSC336H,337H,375H

Geoloay and Anthropology (B.Sc.) Consult l5rofessor H.C. Halls in Geological Sciences.

Speclallst Programme 510155 12 full course equivalents are required. First Year: ANT100Y;GSC120H,121H Second Year: ANT200Y,203Y/204Y; GSC219H,222H ,270H Third Veer: ANT231H/311H,312H, GSC375H Fourth Year: 1 FCE from ANT430Y,432Y, GSC470Y(471H, 472H)

4 addibonal FCE's in GSC or ANT, 2 of which must be at the 300 level.

Geology and Chemistry (B.Sc.) Consult Undergraduate Secretary in Geological Sciences.

Speclallat Programme 505795 14 full course equivalents are required First Year: CHM135Y (minimum grade of 70% or Departmental permission)/1SOY, MAT112Y/132Y/138Y;PHY135Y/140Y, GSC120H;one-half course equivalent from GSC103H/110H/121 H Second Year: GSC219H,222H,230H; CHM221H,231H,240Y;MAT212H/222H/232H/ 248Y/258Y Third Year: GSC220H,270H,320H, GLG319H(G); CHM211H,311H,331H Fourth Year: GSC325H,375H;CHM391 H; 1 full course equivalent from GLG/GSC/CHM 400 level

Geology and Geography (B.Sc.) Consult Undergraduate Secretary in Geological Sciences.

Speclallst Programme: 518855 12.5 full course equivalents are required First Year: GGA117Y,MAT112Y/132Y/ 138Y;1 full course equival nt from BIO/CHM/ PHY/STAIPHY135Y/140Y/110Y(G) or CHM135Y/150Y are recommended] GSC120H,ono-h If course equ1va ant from GSC103H/110H/121 H Second Year: GSC219H 220H 222H 270H · GGR217Y;JBG230Y ' ' . ' Third Year: GSC215H,325H,2.5 full cour equivalent from GGR304H,305H.307H 312H 313H,316H,355H,374H,376H 379H ' ' GSC336H,375H,GE0326H ( 't t 1 d w chmustbe Iran GGR) Fourth Year: 1 full course equiv ent from GGR491Y,GSC470Y,471H,GLG400H,480H

Major Programme M18855 8 full course equivalents are required First Year: GGR117Y,MAT112Y/132Y/ 138Y;GSC1 20H Second Year: GSC215H,219H,220H.222H 270H ;GGR217Y ' Third Year: GSC325H, 1.5 full course equivalent from GGA304H,305H,307H,312H, 313H,316H,355H.37 4H.376H,379H, GE0326H,GSC336H (at least 1 d wl'Ch stiOJldbefrom GGR)

Geology and Physics (B.Sc.) Consult Undergraduate Secretary in Geological Sciences

Specialist Programme 516505 13 5 (13') full course equivalents are required. First Year: CHM135Y/1SOY:MAT132Y-/ 138Y,PHY135Y/140Y;GSC120H Second Year: GSC219H,220H,222H , MAT212H,232H:PHY224H,240Y Third Year: GSC332H/GLG332H(G), GSC336H ,PHY341H,343H,344H MAT311H 334H ' ' Fourth Year: PHY420H,421H·1 cause equivalent from PHY465H,46iH.468H,cne­COl.#Se eqo.ivalent from GLGIGSC300J400 level.

•students who have taken MAT138Y. ra er than MAT132Y, do not need to take MA T232H; therefoce the r PfOQramme requires only 13 fu course equivalents

German Language and Literature (B.A.)

Specialist Programme S21355 10 courses eluding three 300'400 sere; and one 400+ ser s courses are required First Year: GER200Y/202Y,204Y Second Year: GEA220Y.300Y Thlrd!Fourth Years: GEA326H,430Y or 460Y; at least 2.5 cour es from GER251Y 280Y,350Y,415H,416H.450Y.490H; at I aSl 2 course fromGER320H,322H,331H,332H 420H,430Y,440H 460Y,490H '

47

Mlljor Programme M21355 7 courses are required including two 300l400 series courses. Arat Year: GER200Y/202Y,204Y. Second Year: GER220Y/300Y. Third Year: At feast 1.5 courses from: GER326H,350Y,415H,416H,450Y,490H; at least 1.5 courses from : GER320H,322H,331H, 332H,440H,460Y,490H.

NOTE: S1udents without OAC German wishing to major in German should arrange their programme n oonsultabon with the Department

Minor Programme R21355 FolK courses, including one 300-level course, in German forming a coherent series, which must be approved by lhe Department before enrolment in lhe second year. Possible minor programmes Include those in language and li'9r8ture.

History (B.A.)

Specialist Programme 506525 10 I course equivalents and a language requi'ement

Sbients rNl'j enrol in lhe Specialist Programme in History after completing at least tour courses, induding two HIS courses with a marl( of 70% in each.

First Y .. : A 100-series HIS course ; an ~ HIS course at lhe 100 or 200 level. HlgherY ... : I. Additional HIS ootnes lo a total of ten,

meeting the following req.irements: A At least five 300/400-senes HIS

courses including two 400-senes HIS courses.

B At least one course from eadl of three of "8 tolowing divisions: 1. Asla/Africall..alln America 2. Canada and Uniled States 3. Europe 4 Indus~ and labour history 5. Peace and conflict htSlory 6 . Social and a.t!Ual history

C. At least one pre-modern coUl'se· II. A reading knowledge of a language other

,_, Englilh, relevant to ht studenrs prograume of Hidy. Reading knowledge must be demo!Rated by two unMtraity· level courses 0t by a spec:lat exemption ex.ninalion to be Mt by ... Depstment of Hialory.

NOTE: Specialists may substitute non-HIS courses taught elsewhere in the faculty for up to three of the HIS courses

Major Programme M06525 7 full course equivalents. Ftrst Year: One 100-series History course; in addition, students may take one 200-senes HIS course. Higher Years: Additional HIS courses to a total of seven. meeting the following requirements: 1. Q[)il 400-series HIS seminar 2. :um additional 300l400-series HIS co 3. Q.Qil course from each of 1l:llmt of the

following divisions: a . Asia/Africallatin America b. Canada and United States c. Europe d. Industry and labour history e. Peace and conflict history f. Social and a.iltural history

4. One pre-modern course·

•The History Handbools identifies pre-modern courses and indicates courses satisfying the divisional requirements.

NOTE: Majors may substitute non-HIS courses taught elsewhere in lhe faculty for up to two of the HIS courses. These substitutes may be used ID fulfil 1 through 4 of the Major progranvne

Minor Programme R06525 4 full course equivalents .

4 HIS courses ; at least one of which must be 3001400-senes course

NOTE: nors may substitute non-HIS courses taught elsewhere in the faculty for up to two of the HIS courses .

History and English (See English & History)

History and Political Science (B.A.)

Specialist Programme S10455 14 lull course equivalents.

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Enrolment in the Specialist Programme in History and Political Science Is limited . 1. Students enroling at the end of first year

(four courses} must obtain a mark of at least 62% in one POL course and a mark of at least 70% in each of two HIS courses and a Cumulatlve Grade Point Average of 1.80.

2. Students enroling at the end of second year (eight courses) must obtain a mark of at least 65% in each of two POL courses and a mark of at least 70"/o•in each of two HIS courses and a Cumulative Grade Point Average of 2.00.

History First Year: A 100-series HIS course; an additional HIS course at the 100 or 200 level. Higher Yeara: Additional HIS courses to a total of at least seven courses from at least two areas of study. These must include HIS262Y: at least three courses at the 300/

400-series; and at least one pre-modem course. Two HIS courses must correspond in area and theme to two of the POL courses chosen. (Coosult the Hist>ry Handbook for Information about areas of study and pre-modem courses.)

NOTE: Specialists may substitute non-HIS courses taught elsewhere in the faculty for up 10 three of the HIS courses .

Polltlclil Science (seven full course equivalents) First Year: POL1 OOY Higher Years: 1. POL200Y 2. One course from each of two of the

following four fields: CorilparatiVe Politics (OeYeloplng) ComparatiVe Politics (Industrial) International Relations Public Policy and Public Administration (see Departmental Handbook for breakdown of cours Into fields)

3. Three additional POL courses . 4. One of the seven course must be a

300/400 series course, and one must be a 400 series course

Industrial Relations (B.A.)

Faculty Advisors Professor F Reid (Economics) Professor J Kervin (Sociology) Professor L MacOowell (History}

Interest In the field of industrial relations has grown over time as the employment relationship has increased 111 comple ty, partly due to OON legislative initiatiVes In areas such as employment standards, human rights and pay equity. The Industrial Relations programme is designed to enable students to focus on the study of lhe employment relationship and examine ·1 from the per~ives of the dlSClplines of 8COflOITllCS, history, sociology and organizational theay. The field of industrial relations encompasses a study of the na1ure of the institutions involved in the employment relationship and the practices and procedur~s gov~ng the relationship. The intention rs to provide undergradua e students with a theoretical ba<;f(groond and a knowledge of current developments In lhe labour field that serve as a basis tor a career in administration of industrial relations or for further tr · ing at lhe graduate level. The programme also provides vakJabla general training for lndivlduals seeking employment in positions which requ· e an understanding of industrial relations. lnlefested students should consult

Mrs P. Hynek, Department of Economics, Room 226, Kaneff Centre (Telephone; 828-5404)

Major Proar-mme 1111125

LIMITED ENROLMENT· Enrolment In ttirs programme is limitad ID students who have a cumulatiYe GPA of 2.00 nd have completed 2 of the lollo ng ooorses: EC01OOY,244Y,SOC101 Y~OW'l60Y.

7 tun course equivalents, ncluding at least two 300/400 series courses, are required

The. progr mme must lndude one ful COUfS8 equivalent from each of lhe lolowing six categories plus one additional tul course equivalent chosen from ea'8gofy number 1 or 5. 1. EC0100Y,361Y 2. EC0244Y 3. HIS313Y• 4. SOC101Y 5. SOC207YISOC206V/245V/317Y/346Y 6. WOW26J)Y/ (MGT362H,363H00

)

•If HIS313V Is unavailable EC0303Y Is an acceptable tiv wiltr lhe permission of lh Economics Department ··students must balot tor MGT courses and mu t meet the Commeroe Programme GPA requiremen

49

Italian (B.A.) See also C ema Studies

Specialist Programme S25245 10 full courses are required including at least three 300/400 senes fuU courses and one 400+ sanes tun course. First Ye : ITA 100Y/110Y. Ir students have taken grade 12 or OAC Italian, ey automabcally go to higher years and choose ooe extra course from the courses ottered there. Hgher Years: t . One fu course or equivalent from

ITA200Y/210Y,350Y,355Y,4SOY. 2. ITA321Y,436Y (or equivalent)l324Y. 3 One course or equivalent from

ITA324Y,421 H.427H. 4. One full course or equivalent from

ITA327H,372Y ,390Y,395H. 5 Four other full course equivalents In ITA

inducting those listed above. but ooly 1 course (ITA 243Y or 343Y) may be

chosen.

Major Programme 25245 7 courses are required ioclud1ng at least two 300/400 series courses . First Year: ITA100YJ110Y. II students have already ta en grade 12 or OAC Italian, they automa cally go to higher years and choose one extra course from the courses ottered

ere Higher Years: 1 One course om ITA200Y/210Y,350Y,

355Y,450Y 2 ITA321Y 3. Ru other ocxnse equ n ITA,

inducing those Bd al:Joo.-e. but orly 1 ause(ITA243Yor 343Y) rray becio;en

Minor Programme R25245 4 IT A courses are required including a least ooe 300/400+ senes l course Possible combinations. Two language courses and ITA243V and 343V (g en n Engl h); OR 4 consecowe language courses; OR 4 courses or equivalent selected n cons tatiOn Wlth and approved by the Italian Department

NOTE: Students ntend1ng to pursue gradua studies In Italian at the School of Graduate Studies tn Toronto should take three fu courses or equivalent covering three of the main penods of Italian literature (I e .. Middle Ages, the Renaissance, the 17th and 18th centuries, the modefn penod) and must obtain an overall average of at least 75% n tho" last two years of study

50

Italian and French See Frencti & Italian Combined Specialist

Latin American Studies (B.A.)

Faculty Coordinator. Professor E Neglia (Spanish)

Ma)or Programme M05525 A minimum of 7 full course equivalents. 7 full course equivalents (for students with OAC Spanish). 8 full course equivalents (without OAC Spanish) SPA220V-,280Y,320Y,HIS290Y, 484 Y,ANT21 OV,ERl390Y.

Supplementary Courses: The programme may be supplemented with one or more of the following courses: HIS324H ,335H,391 H,484 Y,SPA366H,382H,385

•NOTE: Natrve speakers of Spanish are required to subsbtute the equivalent of one tu course at the 300 level in Spanish American hterature for SPA220Y.

Logic (B.A.)

Ma)or Programme M17365 6 full course equivalents are required . 1. CSC148H,364H (For students n the

programme. the prerequisite for CSC364 will be satisfied by the combination of CSC148H,MAT222Ht248Y, and PHL344H)

2 MAT112V/ 132Y/ 138Y,222Ht248Y,309H 3 PHL245H,344H,345H. 4 Three of PHL246H,346H.347H,351H,

356H.

Mathematical Sciences (B.Sc.)

Specialist Programme 525115 12 full course equrvalents are required. First Year: STA107H.CSC148H.MAT104H, 138V. Second Year: MAT248Y,258Y,CSC270H, STA250H.257H Third Year: MAT309H,311 H,315H,334H, 368H.378H.388H Fourth Year: Two MAT h If courses at the 400 level Three half cours at the 200+ level rn ACT/APM/CSC/MAT/STA.

Major Programme M25115 7 full course equivalents are required. Flrat Year (preferably): MAT104H,138Y. (NOTE: The following replacements may be made· PHL245H for the first of these, and the combination of MAT112Y/132Y with MA T232H for the second). Second Year (preferably): MAT248Y,258Y Subsequent Years: MAT309H,311 H,315H,334H,368H,378H,388H .

Minor Programme R25115 4 full course equivalents are required . MAT112Y/132Y,212H,232H, and 2 courses chosen from PHL245H and MAT courses at the 300/400 level.

Molecular Biology (B.Sc.)

Faculty Advisors: Professor J .K. Reed (Chemistry) Rm. 4045, Phone: 828-3806 Dr. F. Szeicz (Biology) Rm 2043, Phone: 828-5366

Molecular Biology is an interdisciplinary science that draws its major themes from biochemistry, cell biology and genetics. It is distinctive in its emphasis on the structure, chemistry and functions of nucleic acids and In that sense focuses on the biochemical basis of cellular genetics. Molecular Biology IS also the cornerstone of contemporary biotechnology and provides some of the most successM experimental tools In med1cme and agriculture The Specialist Programme reflects the interdisciplinary nature of the field by providing a rigorous background of core courses up to the end of the third year covering chemistry, biochemistry, cen biology and genetics. These courses are offered by the Biology and Chemistry Departments at the College. The programme In the fourth year Is largely open­ended providing flexibility for the student to design a course outline that fits hisJher are of Interest

Speclallat Programme S 12375 1~.5 full course equrvalents are required Flrat Year: CHM135Y/150Y,MAT112Y/132Y/ 138Y;PHY135Yt140Y Second Year: BI0202H,203H,CHM211 H, 240Y,PHY235H/CHM221 H,STA202HI BI0360H Third Year: 810315H,370Y,372H,CHM347H, 360Y,371H Fourth Year: BI0470H.475H,2 of BI0341Ht 441 H/CHM461 HIBCH421 H(G)/425H(GY 430H(G)/MGB410H(G)/420H(G)

One or more of the BI0200H courses may be taken In Year 1.

Students intending to con nue graduate studies should consider including a course ·n independent research 1n Year 4

Peace and Conflict Studies (B.A.)

Faculty Coordinator; Professor Andrll Stein (Sociology), Room 2091 , Phone: 828-3946

This interdlSClphnary programme IS overseen by a commitlee appoin1ed by the departments of History. Philosophy, Religion and Sociology, and draws on all these approaches, see to specify the cond1ti0ns tor a stable peace Peace Is de ned , not only as the absence of war, but as the observance of human rig ts, democratic practJces, social justice, environmental and economic security, and nonvlOlent means of managing disputes and struggling for reform. Peace studies is perhaps the fastest-gr0W1ng academic field in the world. Graduates of such programmes are found in varying occu~llons, ranging from military officers {spec1al ts 1t1 peacekeepmg forces and social defence tactics) to journalists; teachers of confhct resolution in elementary schools; environmental lobbyJSts; famlly and community mediators; and foreign service officers

Major Programme M1228S 7 full course eq alents are required At least two full course equrvalenls must be in the 300 or 400 series First Year: ANT100Y/HIS100Y/108Y/110Y/ PHL 100Y/101 Y/PSY100Y/RLG105Y/ SOC101Y/216Y Second and Third Years: SOC231Y/ UN1110Y(St. George oourse).PHL277Y, RLG338V SOC431H;

One full course equivalent from the g HIS311Y/319Y/443Y/484Y/491Y/POL208Y 1.5 tun course eqU1V nts from the ·ng: ANT204Y/EC024 Y IS290Y/300H/3 1Y/ 368H/377Y/378Hl390H 415H/479Y/PHL274 278H/365HIPOL204Yl208Y/306Y/312Y/328Y/ 329Y/340Y/PSY220Y/324HISOC280Y/304Y/ 309Y/313Y/324Y/329H/330Hl335Y. A specialist programme in lhis eld can also be completed on the St George campus; to plan this, consult the faculty coordinator during the first y r.

51

Philosophy (B.A.)

Specialist Programme 502315 9 full courses (or the equrvalent) 1n Philosophy, a: least 4 courses at the 300/400 level including at least 1 at the 400 level, are reqwed. The programme must tndude the following courses: 1. PHL200Y,210Y,307H 2. PHL245H,345H 3 PHL277Y. In adch on, 11 1s strongly recommended that students begin their study o Philosophy with a 100 series course . A student's programme must be approved by the staff Speaahsl Coord nator. This programme w normally be estab hed by the end of the student's second year and con rmed at registration in subsequent years

Ma}or Programme M02315 7 full courses (or the equivalent) 'n Philosophy, at least 2 courses at the 3001400 leve are req ed The programme must 111dude the following courses: 1. PHL200Y,210Y 2. PHL245H 3. PHL277Y. In addition, is strongly recommended that studen beg their study of P ' losophy with a 100 series course. A student's programme must be approved by the staff Speaahsl coordinator. This programme wiD normally be estab hed by the end or the Student's second year and con med at registration in sub&equenl years

Minor Programme R02315 4 full co ses (or the equivalent) n Philosophy, lnclud ng at least one at the 300I 400 level, are required .

Physical Chemistry See Chemistry (Physical)

Physics (B.Sc.) {Coos Departmen of Physics)

Specialist Programme S19445 12.5 courses required Arat Year: PHY135Y(m1111mum of 70"/o or PI )1140Y,MAT(112Y 232H)/(132Y 232H)I 138Y(prefened),222Hl248H Second Year: P Y224H,240Y 245H, 257H,258H MAT212Hl258Y .368H

52

Third/Fourth Year: PHY351 H(G),352H(G), 353H(G) ,355H(G) ,357H(G~58H(G), 457H(G),459H(G)/460H(G ,MAT311 H/ APM346H(G)/351Y(G),MA 334H and 1 5 FCE Laboratory courses to include at leas! 0 5 FCE from PHY323H/324H/326H(G), the remainder from 305V/306H,307Y(G)/ 308H(G),405Y(G)/406H(G),407Y(G)/ 408H(G),425Y(G)/426H(G).

Major Programme M19445 7 courses required. First Year: PHY135Yf140Y, MAT( 112Y 232H)I( 132Y ,232H)l138Y. Second Year: PHY224H,240Y,257H,258H, MAT212Hl258Y. ThlrdJFourth Year: PHY323H/324H, and three of PHY341H,342H,343Hl344H, MAT311H.

Minor Programme R19445 4 courses required along wilh completion of the Mathematics nor Programme. First Year: PHY135Y/140Y Second Year: PHY224H.240V,257H Third/Fourth Year: Two of PHY341 H,342H". 343H"/344H.

"Requires MAT311H as corequiS1te in MAT Minor.

Physics and Geology See Geology and Physics

Political Science (B.A.)

Enrolment In Political Science Specialist. Mapr and Combined Specialist programmes IS hm1ted ,

Speclallat Programme S20155 10· 12 POL courses (to include four 300/400 series courses of which at least two must be 400-s8fies courses)

LIMITED ENROLMENT-Studen enrohng at the end of r1rs1 year (four cours ) mu t obtain a CGPA of at least 1 80 and a mark or al least 62% in on POL course Students applying to enrol a r eoond y ar (etght courses) must ob in a CGPA of at I I 2 00 and a mark of al I t 65% 1n ach of two POLcour

First Year: POL100Y Higher Years: 1. POL200Y,320Y 2. One full course from each of th~ee of the

following four fields: Comparawe Politics (Developing); ComparatJVe Politics (Industrial); International Relations; Public Policy and Public Administration (See Departmental Handbook for breakdown of courses into fields)

3. Four additional POL courses Recommended EC0100Y.

Major Programme M20155 7-8 POL full courses (to include at least two 300/400 series courses).

LIMITED ENROMMENT-Students enrohng at the end of first year (four courses) must obtain a CGPA of at least 1.80 and a mark of at least 62% in one POL course. Students applying to enrol after second year (eight courses) must obtain a CGPA of at least 2.00 and a mark of at least 65% in each of two POL courses.

First Year: POL100Y Higher Years: 1. POL200Y 2. One full course from each of two of the

fields in number 2. of the Specialist Programme

3. Three additional POL courses

Minor Programme R20155 4 POL full courses (to include at least one 300/400 series course and no more than one at the 100-level).

Political Science and Economics See Economics and Political Science

Political Science and History See History and Pohbcal Science

Population and Society (B.A.) Faculty Coordinator: Dr. M Rich rd (Sociology) Tel phon : 828-5315

M1jor Progr mme M09255 A minimum of 7 lull cour e u1v I re requ1r d Including t t two 300/400 s r cour

LIMITED ENROLMENT - Students enro6ng at the end of the first year (four courses) must obtain a CGPA of at least 1.80 and a mark of at least 62o/o in one SOC course. Students applying to enrol after second year (eigh1 courses) must obtain a CGPA of at least 2.00 and a mark of at least 65% in each of two SOC courses.

5 lull course equivalents (including prerequisites). SOC101Y/216Y,200Y/201Y/300Y,312Y,422H/ 423H (Prerequisites waived for students in this programme), ANT210Y/305Y, GGR255H Optional Course~ Two course equivalents to be selected from the following : ANT204Y,334Y,433H,434H.GGR245Y.252H.357H, 381H,HIS248Y,487Y.SOC205Y,210Y,Z20Y,330H.

Professional Writing

Faculty Coordmator: Professor P. Saunders Telephone· 828-3858

The term "Professional Wri · g• refers ID those doruments currently · by business personnel, scien sts, technologists, and documentation specialists Among these forms are reports , proposals, journa artldes, newsletters, manuals, memoranda and leHers During the course of !he programme, students are encouraged to explore the applica ion of computer technology to the design of these documents. Students from I disciplines of study can expand their career options and ga·n a •competibVe edge" over gradua trom o 9f universities by taking a minor programme (s· half courses) in Professiona Wri g. Coor e descriptions are led under n · g Professional• see Sec n 9

53

Psychology (B.Sc.)

U ITED ENROLMENT-Enrolment Li ·1a ons tor the Psychology Major and Speci st Programmes on the Erindale Campus

1) To be e igible tor admission to the psychology majo( programme, a student must have completed lour (4) tu courses or the equivalent and have earned a grade of at least 60% in PSY100Y. To be eligible tor admission lo the psychology speci st programme, a slUdent must have completed four (4) lull courses or the equivalent and have earned a grade of at least 70% in PSY100Y.

2) Students who have llill earned a s cien y high grade 1n PSY100Y to be admissible lo the psychology major or special t programmes may repeat PSY100Y once · out academic credit and become admissible to the major or speaa t programmes 1f a grade of 60% or 70% respectively is earned on lhe second attempt. Alterna ely, studems who have passed PSY100Y

a ma less than Iha: required for entrance to e mapr or specia t programmes in psychology may enrol In any psychoicx1Y courses !Or which PSY100Y is tfi8 only prerequisite provkled space is available in the courses. Such students I be eligible for admission to !he psychology major or specialist programme upon the completion o ne (9) course credits if ltley earned a su 1C1ently high average 111 at least lhree (3) psychology ha f courses or the equfvalen underta en afler PSY100Y.

The required avel'ages n psycholcx1Y courses undertaken afteJ PSY100Vare 60% for admission to the maior programme and 70% tor admi&&ion to the specialist programme

3) Beglming whti oourses offered In the tan of 1990, admi6&1on to a// winter-session psychology courses except PSY100Y whictl are offered on the Enndale Campus be based on Iha results of baloting during the spr ng of the previous academic year. Pnonty win be given to Erindale students in psychology, animal behav10ur and exceptionallty programmes

Specialist Pr~ramme 511605 10 full courses 1n Psychology or their equrvalents are required. •All candidates for specialization must take PSY100Y and PSY201H. Students should note that the prerequisite for PSY201 H is any OAC Mathemabcs, or an appropriate first year math course. In addition, the remaining 8 1/ 2 full courses must satisfy the distribution requirements listed below in section 11 .2 and 111.1 and the laboratory rec:iuirement in section 111.2. The student interested in specializing in Psychol09Y should take into account distribution requirements as well as course prerequiS1tes in planning the rem ·ning 8 112 courses. It should be noted that a s ngle course may not be used to sabsfy more than one distribution requirement or to satisfy the laboratory requ rement and a distribution requirement.

·students may not take more than 12 full courses in Psychology without permission of the Department

I. PSY100Y II . 1) PSY201H

2) One course, full or half, from each category: a) Biological Bases of Behaviour

PSY252H/280Y /290Y b) Developmental and Sodal

Processes : PSY210Y/220Y/ 230H

c) Cognitive Processes: PSY260H/270Y/280Y

NOTE: PSY280Y can satisfy either 11.2 a or c, but W21...tl21tl.

Ill . 1) One course, full or hall, from each category: a) Biological Bases of Behaviour.

PSY324H/354H/381 H/393H/ 394H/480H/489H/490H/499H

b) Developmental and Social Processes: PSY311 H/314H/315H/316HI 320H/324H/331 H/332H/340Y/ 341 H/41 OH/419H/420H/429H/ 430H/440H/442Y

c) Cogn111ve Processes : PSY314H/315H/331 H/373H/ 374H/376Hl381 H/393H/471 H/ 4 79H/480H/489H

2) One laboratory oour e or equivalent: PSY409H/419H/429H/ 4 79H/489H/499H

3) Sufficient add1tlonal courses in Psychology to meet the requirement of 10 full cour es in Psychology. At I ast 5 must be at a level of 300 or 400. 01 th 5, ti t on must be a 400 Jev I

credit

Courses at 300 and 400 level which satisfy the requirement of 111.1 and 111.2 can count toward the requirement of at least four full courses at the 300 level and one full course at the 400 level. Psychology courses which meet the requirements In I and II can be counted toward the total requirement of 10 full courses In Psychology. Requirements of 11.1 and 11.2 are recommended in second year. Students are encouraged to take a laboratory course or PSY409H in their third year even though these are 400 level courses. Candidates for the specialist programme should meet with the'r faculty advisor and have their programme approved

NOTE: A student choosing PSY409H to satisfy the laboratory requirement 1n section 111.2, must, in addition, take a limited enrolment course at the third or fourth year level (i.e., a seminar course, an independent study course, or the thesis course). A student choosing a laboratory course to satisfy section Ill 2 IS not required to take an additional limited enrolment course.

Major Programme M11605 6 full courses or the equivalent number of half courses are required for a major in Psychology. PSY100Y must be one of these 6 courses. Students must satisfy section 11.2 of the specialist programme. Courses which satisfy section 11.2 can be counted toward the requirement or 6 full courses. At least 2 or these 6 courses must be at level 300 or 400.

Religion (B.A.)

Specialist Programme 501515 10 RLG courses are required First Year: RLG100Y Higher Years: 1. RLG200Y(G) ; 2. Four 300/400+ series courses (1ncludi.ng

one at the 400 level); 3. Four other courses, no more than two of

which may be from cognate d1Saplines; 4 Course elecllon must ensure that more

than one religious tradition ls studied (RLG100Y does not fulfill thi requirement) .

5. Course selecbon must ensure depth of study and locus In one are or str m of specialization .

6 A RLG faculty dv1sor must be chosen to assist In d signing a coherent programme and to review nnually the student cour lectton

NOTE: Typical areas of specialization include: Religions of the West; Religions of the East, Scnptures; Philosophy of Religion. For Enndale students. speoalist and ma1or programmes in Religion, Ethics and Society can be completed in their en rety on the Erindale campus. For details of these programmes, consult a RLG faculty advisor or the departmental handbook.

Ma)or Programme M01515 6 RLG courses are reqUired First Year: RLG100Y Higher Years: 1. RLG105Y, or a St George equivalent

course on a religious tradition or methods in the study of religion;

2. Four other cou ses, one of which may be from a cognate discipline and two of which must be at the 300/400 series.

3. A RLG faculty advisor must be chosen to assist in designing a coherent programme and to review annually the student's course selecbons.

Minor Progn1mm• R01515 4 RLG courses are required. First Year: RLG100Y Higher Years: 1. One 300/400 series course, 2. Two other courses, ne1ther of which may

be from cognate clisaplines.

Sociology (B.A.)

Specialist Programme 510135

LIMITED ENROLMENT- Students enroling at the end of first year (lour courses) must obtain a CGPA of at least 1.80 and a mark or at least 62% 1n one SOC course Students applying to enrol after second yeat (eight courses) must obtain a CGPA of at least 2.oo and a mark of at least 65% n each of two SOC courses

1) At least 9 SOC courses are required. 2) General Requuemen : SOC101Y,200Y(to

be ta en 1n 2nd y ) and 313Y 3) Course el requirements:

At I t three SOC ooorses in the 300/400 ser s and one SOC course in the 400 enes.

Major Programme M10135

21) At least 6 SOC courses e required.

) SOC101Y,200Y(to be taken n 2nd year), 313Y

3) Of the six SOC courses, two must be from the 3001400 series .

Minor Programm R10135 At least 4 courses are required . SOC101Y and 3 olher SOC courses, one of which must be in the 3001400 series .

NOTES: For SOC300Y,EC0220Y/ STA202H, 212HIPSY201H,202 PSY201H.PSY309H wi be regarded as equivalen

Spanish {B.A.)

Minor Programme R06235 4 SPA courses are requ· ed including SPA320Y.

Statistics, Applied {B.Sc.)

Specla.llst Programme S15405 1 O to 11 courses are requ· ed in a Programme of at least 20 courses. 1. MAT(112Y.232HY(132Y,232H)/138Y 2. CSC148H,(260H/270H) 3. STA(202H,212H,257H)/(250H.257HY

(EC0220Y,STA257H)IEC0227Y 4. MAT248Y,258Y,378H,388H 5

STA301 H,302H,312H,402H,412H,437H, 457H

6. 1 additional hal course from MA T334 H/344 HICSC350Hl354H/ STA107H or any o er STA half COUf&e in lhe 300/400 senes.

M•Jor Programme M15405 6.5 to 8 courses are req red 1 MAT(112Y,232H)/(132V 232H)/138V 2 CSC108 148H/260H 3 MA T222H/248Y 4. STA(202H,212H,257H)/(250H,257H)/

(EC0220Y,STA257H)IEC0227Y, ST A302H,ST A402H

5. Four add onal half-coursos from STA107HJ301Hl312H/412 437HI 457H or any other STA course In e 300/400 sanes

6 1 add tional half course n e 300/400 r.enes from ST AICSCIMA T

Minor Programme R15405 4 courses are required 1. MAT112Y/132Y/138Y 2. STA(202H,212H,257H)/(250H,257H)/

(EC0220Y,STA257H)/EC0227Y 3 . 2 additional full STA course equivalents

(including at least 1 full course equivalent in the 300/400 sanes).

Surveying Science (B.Sc.)

Specialist Programme 508775 14 courses are required.

Recommended first year of study: MAT112Y/132Y/138Y,PHY135Y/140Y, GGA117Y,CSC104H/108H/148H,WAl203H/ 205H,SUA201H,202H . (See Note)

Recommended second year of study: EC0100Y,STA202H,SUR203H,210H,235H,251 H, 261H.

Third/Fourth Year: SUA311H,320H,361H, 405H,458H,455H/495H, and two full course equivalents selected from Surveying Science subjects at the 300 and 400 levels.

NOTE: For those electing to specialize in Geodetic Surveymg, GSC120H and 110H are recommended as the alternative to GGR117Y; and the higher level mathematics (MAT138Y) and physics (PHY140Y) are recommended, see the Surveying Science Faculty Advisor.

MaJor Programme M08775 6 5 courses are required MAT112Y/132Y/138Y,PHY135Y/140Y, STA202H,SUA201H,202H,203H,210H and any two full course equivalents selected from Surveying Science subjects at the 300/400 level.

Minor Programme R08775 4 courses are required SUR201 H.202H and three addibonal full course equlva ents in Surveying Science, one of which must be at the 3001400 series level Arrange w1 Fawlty Advisor.

Theatre and Drama Studies See Orama

Urban Studies (B.A.)

Faculty Co-ordinator: Professor G H.K Gad (Geography) - (828-3932)

The Urban Studies Programme is characterized by a unifying Iheme, not by any one perspective or methodology. The unifying theme for Urban Studies could be described as the study of the forces which ~ive rise to towns and cities, the public policies directed at urban settlements, and the effects these particular forms of settlement have on society in a broad sense. The Urban Studies Programme enables the studer:it to apply the viewpoints and methods of various d1sc1phnes to urban phenomena.

Major Programme M22075 8 full course equivalents are required. There are two entry ways into the Urban Studies Programme: one through GGR 117Y and two other Introductory courses and the other through two Introductory courses aru1 a methodology course

First Year: either GGR117Y and two of EC0100Y, FAH101Y/102Y,HIS262Y, POL100Y,SOC101Y or two of EC0100Y,FAH101Y/102Y.HIS262Y, POL100Y,SOC101Y. Second Year: 1. GGR218Y 2. EC0220Y/SOC200Y/300Y/STA202H,

212H/(250H,257H) i1GGR117Y was not taken in first year.

3. One 200-level full course equivalent from Groups A·F.

Third/Fourth Yeara: 1. GGR346H 2. Two and a half 300-level full course

equivalents from Groups A·F Group A (Economics) : EC0333Y,GGR221H/

252H Group B (Art H1Story): FAH211H,256H,

258H,365H Group C (Geography) : GGR349H,357H.

361 H,364H,366H Group D /History): HIS487H Group E Politics) : POL209Y,331H Group F Sociology): SOC205Y,304Y,328H In selecting courses from Group A F no more than one full course equivalent can be t n from any group

Writing, Professional See Professooal Wnbng

Study Elsewhere Programme Chairperson of Committee. Professor R 0 . Matthews (978·6567) Secretary of Committee Ms EM. Ishibashi (978·6161) Administrative Assistant: Ms. B JawOl's (978-4060)

Further Information The Committee on Sb.Jdy Elsewhere has prepared an lnformatoo booklet which is availab e at the Office of the FacuHy Reg trar of the Farulty of Arts and Science, 100 St George Street, Room 1006, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, M5S 1A 1 or at one of the Information Meetings . The names and telephone numbers of the Departmental Advisers for the Study Elsewhere Programme are available th the Information and ApPlication boo et. The Departmenls of East Asian Studies, French, and Near Eastern Studies provide further formation. This booklet also contains the names and telephone numbers of previous participants who are w1 ng to pro 'de nformation to interested students.

57

0 Course Descriptions

The word ·courses· refers to tu courses or lhe equivalent in fu and/or half courses.

CourM Dealgnatlona . ·ANT", ·Asr. ·e10·. etc. All courses are · led in the following pages ooder lhe Depar1ment responsible for the CCXKSe; for lflStance, •ANT"• Anthropology Depar1meot course.

Course Number The course number genera indicates the level of difficulty, e.g., a 100-series course norma indicates an ntroductory course, a 400-senes course is an intensive course at the seoior level

Course Sutflxea The ·y- or ·H" fo W1llQ the Course Number in !his Calendar Indicates only the credit value· •y- - a tua course, for which one credit is

given. ·w - a half-course, or which one-half aedit

is grven.

To detemt"ne the periods of instruction, refer to the Tunetable and Registration Instructions where the fol · g course suffixes apply:

A Fu course gtven In the first lerm of a session.

B Ful course grven 111 the second tefm of a session.

F Hal -<X>Urse g· en · the t term of a session

H Half-course extending over both terms of a session

S Half-course given in the second lerm of a session

Y Fun course extend CNer boltl lefms of a session.

Z Course for which no credit is g en

Types and Duration of Instruction ·L • • Lectures ·p· • Practical work In laboratorles or studios ·s· • Seminars ·r • Tutorials

In the Winter Session the normal period of instruction is 26 weeks, with the Fall and Spring Terms each being 13 weeks . Total hours of instruction are indicated by codes at the end of the course descripbon : for instance, ·s2L· - 52 lecture hours, •25r • 26 tutorial hours.

NOTE: Please note that the number of hours Hated la approximate only; the actual contact hours of a course, or of different ectlons of a course, may vary somewhat

from the number Indicated In the Calendar, due to the size of the class or section, and the use being made of the tutorial or pracllcal components of the class. The variation Is at the discretion of the department sponsoring the course; any question• concerning the allotment ot hours In a course should be addressed to the course aponsor.

Symbols Used In Course Description and Programme Requirements: (P I. ) Permission of instructor required to

enrol. (I) Open to first-year students (shown

after course number). (G) Course available only on the St.

George Campus.

q (&)

comma ~ semi-colon ampersand

means AND

(/) solidas symbol means OR

NOTE: In the biological and saence teaching programme there may be occasions when anatomical, biochemical, physiological and pharmacological observations are made by students on themselves or on fallow students These 111ciude some common diagnostic or 1mmumzabon procedures. Unless a valid reason exists, students are expected to participate 1n such exercises If any inv s gabVe work involving student pa pation does not form part of the aching programme, parbC1pat1on 18 voluntary.

ANTHROPOLOGY

Emeritus Professor R. Vanderburgh, BA, MA,Ph.D.

G. Crawford, B.Sc., MA , Ph .D. M. Klelndlenst, B.A., MA, Ph.D. J Melbye, B.A., MA, PhD L. Reinhardt, B.F A., M.A., Ph D. B. Sigmon, BA, MA, Ph.D. D. Smith, BA, M.A , Ph.D.

D1sciplfne Representative and Faculty Advisor : Professor M Kleindienst

Room 212c - 828-3776

Anthropology Is the study of human biology and culture and the interaction between the two. Courses are offered in three subfields of anthropology. Physical Anthropology is the biological study of humans and their relahves within the framework of culture. Biological studies include human osteology, human palaeontology, human genetics and adaptation, human growth, and primatology. Socio-Cultural Anthropology is the study of the ways of life of peoples throughout the world: technologies, economies, societies, languages, and value systems; the lnterrelatlonshlps of these ; and the relationship between culture and environment Archaeology Is the study of physical remains resulting from human behaviour (e.g., habitations, tools, food remains). The goal of archaeologists is to reconstruct the cultures of the past and to trace their development from earliest times. Conclusions are drawn about the interactions of cultural and physical processes . The Anthropology programme offers the student the general background necessary for the advanced training required for professional positions. It Is the special concern of the faculty to introduce students to research methods and to involve them in the researctl programmes of the department Students planning an anthropology concentration should oonsult faculty members for advice Anthropologists are employed as faculty 1n universities and colleges, as rese rcher 1n museums, In natJonal and 1nternallonal governmental bodies, tn International agencies, and in busine s and industry. For add1tlonal Information see Anthropology a Career by Wm. C. Sturtevant and The Study of Anthropology by Morton Fried, v 1 b t the Erindale College Library. See pag 21 for Anthropology cou con id( red as Sci nee courses Other ANT Sc nee oour re ot red on St G r Campus.

NOTE· Consult t1m I for curr nt off ng

ANT100Y Introduction to Anthropology Anthropology is the global and hot tic study of human biology and behavlOUr. This course is a survey of anthropology which Includes four subfields: archaeology, linguistics, sociav cultural, and physical anthropology. The material studied is directed to answering the question : What is it to be human? (52L.26T]

ANT200Y Introduction to Prehistoric Archaeology Cultures lf1 the Old and New Worlds from an archaeological perspective. Principles of prehistoric research will be applied to archaeo­logical inlormabon, from the Early Pleistocene to the beginning of written history. (52L. 26PJ Exclusion: ANT201Y,226Y Prerequisite. ANT100Y

ANT203Y Physlcal Anthropology A survey of the field of physical anttvopology. Topics will include human evolution and palaeontology, skeletal biology, human genetics and variation, human groW1h. pr1matology and human adaptation. (52L. 26T] Prerequisite: ANT100Y R9COfTlmer1ded Preparation: Basic high school or u ivel'Slty biology course

ANT204Y Socl•I •nd Cul Ul'lll Anthropology A general introductory course emphasizmg sOcial and poritical organization, economics, and the development of theory. Speafic cases of socia dynamics ate drawn from both tradibonal and con mporary societies (52L. 26T] Prerequisite: ANT100Y

ANT207H Introduction to Ethnogr•ph c Fl Id Techn ques Recommended for those who may specia 1ze 1n anttvopology. Oriented around student projects; covers mul pie aspects o eld and research methodology (problem design, intervie ng. record·keeping, tc ). [264 Offered in ternate years Prerequisite: ANT100Y

ANT209Y(I) R llglous Behaviour nd System of Thought A comp t!\19 v1 of myth. ritual and philosophical ys · empha · on r lig1on of non lib peoples [52L. 26T] Ott ed io erna rs

5

ANT228H Archnologlcaf Fleldwork I Practical experience on an archaeological site during the last two weeks of August, followed by wee y laboratory sessions September to December. (26PJ Prereq site: AN'r200Y

ANT231H Laboratory Method• ln Physical Anthropology Recommended for !hose who may specialize in ~srcal anthropology. The student win be guided n basic laboratory procedures on specific topics as lhey are discussed 1n lhe survey course. [52PJ Prerequislts/CorequiSltfr ANT203Y

ANT241Y(I) Native Peop es of North America OveMew o the prehistory, elhnohistory, and ethnology of native ures, exploring kinship, soaal organisatJon, pol1bcal structure, trade relal!Ons, economics, tedvlology, art and rebgion [52Lj

ANT301H Visual Commun cation Major approaches to the study of visual communlcalion are studied . Bodies of visual matenals, both documentary and commercial are analysed in terms ol soaal and cultural contexts. Student projects may involve the use of s • movie, video ·ng and archival sources. (52PJ Prerequisite. ANT100Y Offered in altefna years.

ANT304H Chenge and Continuity n Canadian Native Soclet es A seminar exploring lhe nternal and external actors which have led to disruption and revita ·on ol "trad tional" native OJl!Ures The et1ecis of contact between native and non-nabVe peoples in Canada from e 16th century to !he present are emphasised (265) PrerequisJte: ANT204Y/241 Y

ANT305Y Technology, Society and Culture The role of lechnology in sooal and cultural change and adapta on, inchx.!1ng an mtroduction to basic techniques and their

torical development (78P) PrerequtS1te: P.I. Offered In altemate )'ears.

ANT308H Afrlcen Prehistory I Surveys the archaeoloaY of the African con1inent, from the earliest cultural evidence through the "Mddle SIOne Age" {ca 2 myr to ca 30,000 b.p). (26L) ExcJuSlon: AN'r314Y/314H Prerequtslts ANT200Y

60

ANT310H Prehistory of Complex Societies A survey of prehistoric complex societies, including the rise of states in Mesopotamia, Harappa, China, Japan, Mexico, and South America. The current status of our knowledge of these states, Including reasons for some early states to fail, Will be reviewed . [26L) PrerequiStte: ANT200Y

ANT311Y Archeeologlcal Fieldwork II (Formerly ANT311 H) Practical held training through six weeks of excavation on an chaeological site in Ontario. Basic principles of artifact handing and classification. (52P) Prerequisite: ANT200Y

ANT312H Archaeological Analysis Examines the process whereby archaeological data become meaningful. [39PJ Prerequisite/Corequis1te: ANT2ooY

ANT313H East Asian Prehistory Surveys the archaeology of East Asia and rela es the data to more rneral issues in the study of prehistory. (26l Prerequisite ANT200Y

ANT317H Archaeology of Eastern North America Chronology and analysis of the prehistoric culture areas and stages of Eastern North America (26L) Prereqwsite. ANT200Y

ANT319H African Prehistory II Surveys the archaeology of the African continent during the "later Stone Age" and the "Iron Age" (ca. 30,000 yrs. to ca 1,000 yrs. b.p) (26L) Exclusion: ANT314Y/314H Prerequisite: ANT200V

ANT327H Origins of Food Production The history of food producbon 1n lhe Old and New World. Archaeological data are used to examine the processes of animal and plant domestication as well as the cultural impact of food production. (26L) Prerequisite: ANl200Y/201Y

ANT330H The Biology of Sexual Differences An exploration into the b es of human sexual differences, considering both g netlcs nd environment . l26LJ Prerequ1s110· ANT2o3Y and a ic h gh school or univ rs1ty biology course Offored in alternat years.

ANT332Y Human Origins A survey of human palaeontology and the evolutionary stages through which man passed In becoming Homo sapiens. [52L, 26P) Prerequisite: ANT203Y and a basic high school or university biology course

ANT334Y Human Osteology Includes normal anatomy of the human skeleton, metrical and morphological variation, age and sex determination, palaeodemography, palaeopathology. palaeonutribon, and techniques of rec:ovenng , preservinQ and recording human remains. [26L, 52Pj Prerequisite: ANT203YIP.I.

ANT339H Human Adaptability A survey of the nature and range of biological variation In modern man. (26LJ Prerequisite: ANT203YIP I.

ANT343H Social Anthropology of Gender Various theoretical approaches to the study of sex roles in traditional , modernizing, and industrial societies. (26L) Prerequisite ~ ANT100Y Offered in alternate years.

ANT347Y(I) The Anthropology of Art (Formerly ANT210Y) Comparative approaches to art and aesthetics in world cultures and the meaning and functJon of art in specific cultural contexts. (52P] Offered in alternate years Exclusion: ANT210Y Prerequisite: ANT100Y

ANT351H Ethnographic Film A historical survey of ethnographic film, from cl ssics produced early n this century to the present Seminar presentations provide background for each film. (52S) Prerequ1s1te ANT100Y/204 Offored in alternat y ars

ANT397H lndep ndent Study Supervi d reading In selected

nthropological topics. [T) Prerequis1t Permission of Faculty Aclvi or

ANT398Y Independent Reeding Sup rvl d re ding In sel t anthropological topics (T) P~ roqu1s1t Porm1 s1on ol F ulty AcMsor

ANT399Y Ind pend nt ReaHrch Sup rvi r . rch 1n nthropology [T) Exclusion ANT4 OY Pr r qui. It P rmi ion of F culty A

ANT411H Archaeological Theory An evaluation of explanatory processes in prehistory and a c:ompanson of archaeological theories with general anthrmical theories (alternates With ANT 416H) 126L Prerequisite: ANT200Y/201Y/2 Y

ANT412H Advanced Archaeological Fieldwork Fieldwork and analysis of artifacts [26L] PrerequiStte: ANT311 H

ANT415Y Fauna! Archuo-Oateology (Formerly ANT415H) Examination and interpretatloo of faunal matenal from archaeological s tes, to ob cultural information regarcfing the s occupants . [78Pl Prerequisite: ANT200Y Recommended Preparation: ANT312H/311HJ 334Y

ANT416H Archaeolog cal Interpretation tvlethods used to transform statements about ai t1fac1s and eir context of cflsc:o ery to statements about people and their fe ways. (alternates with ANT 411 H) 26LJ Prerequisite: ANT200Y /201Y122.6Y

ANT430Y Special Problems In PhyskaJ Anthropology SupervlSed independent research In Ph sical Anthropology for students req ng saence credit. (TJ Exclusion: ANT399Y PrereqUISite: P I.

ANT432H Special Sem ner n Anthropology A research onented sem r topics that may vary from year toy r depen g on special interests o staff and students (TJ Prereq "site P I.

ANT434H Pal eopathology The study of d1 ea d maladies of ancient populations. The course sl.ll'Vey the rang of pathology on human s ons, (tr um • 1nfecb0n, syph r , tu rcu · , leprosy,

em a, m t bolic dist rbanoes, rthr and tumors) . [26Sl Prerequi I 'COfequt ANT334Y.

· ANT203 nd Anthropology.

6

ANT439Y Forensic Anthropology Forensic anthropologists are often called upon by law enforcement officials and defense lawyers to identify the remains of victims of murder, mass disas rs and atrocities. Special methods are used in the recovery and identifica on of human s eletal remains for presentation in a court of law. [26L, 52P) Pr9f9qUfsitfl: ANT334Y

ANT499Y Advanced Independent Research For students whose original research is leading towards a pu shable report Ill Prerequisite; Permission or Faculty Advisor

62

APPLIED MATHEMATICS

APM courses have been renumbered as MAT courses.

ASTRONOMY

SA Eales,BA,M.A.,Ph D. J.B. Lester, BA., MSc., Ph.D. J.R. Percy. B.Sc., M.A , Ph D

Discipline Representative and Faculty Advisor: Professor John B Lester

Room 4035, South Building Office Hours by Appointment Telephone 828-3818

Astronomy, of all the sciences, is perhaps the most wide-ranging in Its content and in its implications. It embraces sucn topics as the origin and evolution of the planets. stars, ~alaxies and the whole universe; the ongin of hie on earth and elsewhere; the behaviour of matter in environments never experienced on earth, and in general, the influence of the universe on mankind's thinking down through the ages. Because of Its breadth, it has always formed a valuable part of a general education. With thtS in mind, we offer courses of interest to every student at Erindale Three of these are introductory courses . AST101 H and AST201 H are both intended for students from outside the sciences. AST101H introduces the student to the historical background of astronomy and continues through to the modern discoveries about the solar system and the development of modern telescopes and observatories, both on the ground and in space. AST201 H surveys the structure and evolu~on of the stars, galaxies quasars, and the universe as a whole. Students with a background in science can take AST11 OH, which provides an introduction to observing and analysis, including some computer modelling. AST251H is a unique interdisciplinary course that examines the broad topics of the nature of life. its origin and evolution on earth, and its possible extS ence elsewhere in the universe. This course IS intended for students who have some background in the life or physical saences, either at the O.A.C level or m un1Vers1ty. A related course that may also be of intefest is GSC237H, which deals with solar system obJOCts from a geological perspectrve. The Astronomy Department sponsOfs a specialist programme In Astronomical Saonces and a major progr~mme in Astronomy, both of which are outlined m Section 8 of this Calendar Students interested in e1th r of these · programmes should consult the Astronomy Facu.lty Advisor at Enndale as early as possible tn their first year. The Faculty AdvJSor can also provide lnlormat1on nd adV1oe about the astronomy courses and programmes available on th St George Campus.

AST101H Solar System Astronomy This course traces our understanding of solar system objects from prehistonc bmes to the present The impact of telescopes and space observatories Is outlined. This course is fOf students with NO science background °' those who do not intend to specialize in science This course contributes to science credrts for d1stributi0n purposes only, not toward the B.Sc. (26L, 13T] Exc/us1orr. AST100Y.110H, 120Y,200H, any university physics course, Of a 200 Of higher level course in cnemrstry.

AST110H Pnictlcsl Astronomy ThlS course grves a quanbtalive, scientific introduction to observing, concentrating on objects that can be seen w th the naked eye °' with binoculars. The measurements wi be COfnbined with calculations to yield quantitative conclusions and predictions. Computer programmes are used to understand the observabOflS more comple ely. This is the first course for students foUo · the majOf in astronomy or the specialist in astronomical sciences, but 11 is also suitable for students with the appropriate background who want to understand mOfe tufty the celesbal phenomena visible to them. This is a half course that extends Oller the full academic year. [26L. 26T] Exclusion. AST225H Recommended Preparat;on 0 A.C. P yslcs, OAC. Calculus. Algebra and Geometry.

AST201H Stara and Galaxies This course surveys current Ideas about the structure and evolution of astronomical objects ranging from the stars o the UnfVerSe as a whole. Thrs course is intended for students with NO science background °' those o do not intend to specia ze In science. This course does not req · e AST101H, but it may be combined with AST101H or a I-course credit in saence tor dJStribullon purposes. E}(c/USIOfl~ AS!100Y, 120Y,200H, any umverS1ty physics course,°' a 200 °' · her level course In cnemstry.

6

AST251H(I) Ut and the Universe The course examines several quesbons of broad relevance to the physical and biological sciences . the origin of the chemical elements; the formation of simple and oomplex molecu es in astronomical environments; the orig • nature and evolution of planetary systems, lhe origin and nature of life and life processes; lhe search for extraterrestrial life through planetary exploration and interstellar communication. (26l) Exclusion; NEW~S 1 H(G) R9COmmended PreparatJon. A basic knowledge of physical and/or biological sC1ence at the grade 13 level or beyond . Offered in temate years.

AST425H Research Topic In Astronomy Consists of a resea1ch report by Iha student in consultation with an individual staff member in the department Students must enrol with the faculty advisor of the department on the Erindale Campus Corequisite: PHY355H(G)

BIOLOGY

Botany J .B. Anderson, B.A , Ph.D P.W. Ball, BSc., Ph.D W.R. Cummins, B Sc., Ph.D GS. Espie, B.Sc., Ph.D. W G. Filion, BA, MSc , Ph D. PA Horgen. BA, M.Sc., Ph.D. LM Kohn , BSc .. Ph.D. PF Maycock, B.A., M.Sc., Ph.D. J . Svoboda, B Sc., Ph D. G .R. Thaler, M.Sc ., Ph.D

Zool~y T.M. A loway, BA., MA., Ph.O B R. Anholt, B Sc , Ph.D RL Baker, B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D N.C. Collins, BA, Ph.D. J .H. Fullard, B Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D. D.L Gibo, BA., Ph.D. D.T Gwynne, BSc., Ph.D. A.B Lange, B.Sc., Ph.D. G.K. Morris, BS.A., MSc., Ph.D. D. O'Day, B Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D. R.R. Reisz, B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph.D. W.G . Sprules, B.Sc., M.A., PhD. F.M. Szeicz, B.Sc., Ph.D. J .T. WestwOOd, B.Sc., Ph.D

Discipline Representative (Zoology): Professor R L Baker Discipline Representaf/Ve (Botany): Professor W.G . Filion

Faculty Advisor: Dr. F. Szelcz Room 2043 828-5366

Biology Is Iha science of riving organisms. It relates to such major human problems as starvation, overpopulation, conservation, pollution, and to the whole field of medicine and disease Botanists and Zoologists at Erindale cooperate closely in offering courses In Biology which stress the relationships of organisms in terms of structure, form, functlOn, evolution and environment at many levels of organizatlOl'I, from populations and individuals, through organs, tissues, cells and organelles, down IO molecules. Career opportunities open to graduates in Biology include teaching ; governmental research in areas such as environmental problems, natural resources, wildlife management, oonservabon, pollution and pest con ol; business and Industry, including biological supply companies, pharmaceuticals, food and dairy industries and blotecnnology; med1cal,dental and related fields Including physiological Of microbiological research. There are two introductory 100·1evel oourses in~· Bl0101Y is designed for students withoutAC Bj~ogy for whom It provides a. means of entry nto the Biology Programme in the following year.

BI0151Y replaces BI0201Y and has a prerequisite of OA~ Biology. It is OQl, however, a prerequ1S1te for any of BI0202H,203H,204H,205H First year students intending to major or specialize in Biology and who have OAC Biology should enrol ln one full course equivalent from the following selection of courses. all of which are of equivalent d1ttlculty· Bl0151Y,202H,203H, 204H,205H. The remainder of these required courses can be taken in second year. Further Information on Biology courses and

programmes, and summaries of the research interests of the Biology faculty , can be found in the Erindale Biology Handbook, copies of which can be obtained from the Biology Secretarial Office, Room 3032. The Biology Faculty Advisor, Dr. F. Szeicz, is available for help with choosing courses and d1scuss1ng programme requirements. During term time the hours will be posted outside Room 2043. To arrange an appointment call 828-5366

Beginning In the fall of 1993, admission to some 300.. and 400·1evel Biology courses will be based on balloting during the previous spring. Priority will be given to students in the Biology Specialist Program, those in other specialist programmes which require Biology courses, and students in major programmes

BI0101Y The Study of Life This course 1s designed for students who want a general introduction to Biology, either to qualify for further courses, to enhance their understanding of cognate disciplines, or to satisfy Divisional requirements for a science course. A mix of lectures, field trips, special topic presentations, films, laboratory exercises, and guest lectures leads to an understanding of the diversity of life forms at the cellular, organismal, and community level of organization. [52L, 13T, 36PJ Exclusion OAC Biology/ previous or concurrent University BIO courses (JBG230Y excepted)

BI0151 Y Evolution and Biodiversity The modern theory of evolution is used as an introduction to biology The two main parts of the course l)fesent the consequences of Darwinian evolution · adaptations of organisms as a product of the main evolutionary mochani m • natural sel hon -and, how this mechanism and other produce the va t diversity of hie on earth (52L, 78PJ Exclusion: BI0201Y PrsreqwSJte: OAC Biology1BI0101Y

Bl0202H(l) Cell Biology An introducbon to the dynamics of cen structure and function, with emphasis on the similar1t1es and d fferences of plant, animal and microbial cells Topics include: the structure and function of macromolecules, ribosomes, membranes, nuclei, mitochondria, chloroplasts, the central dogma. DNA, RNA and protein synthestS In the laboratory, students will learn some current techniques of cell biology , while familiarizing themselves with practical aspects of lecture subjects (26L. 39P) Prerequis1t1r. OAC Biology/810101Y Corequ1S1t1T. CHM135Y/1 SOY

BI0203H(I) Introductory Genetics Examples are drawn from prok.aryotes and eukaryotes to illustrate the basic pr1~es of Mendehan inheritance. Pracbcals w· lflVO e directed exJ>enments inustrabng these principles. (26L, 39P) PrerequisitB". OAC Biology/BI0101Y Corequisite: CHM135Yl1SOY

BI0204H(I) Introduction to Physiology How animals and plants work_ Follows k>od from ingestion through energy production '> the work of the living system and finaly exctetion of waste. Topics covered include elementary biochemistry, nutrition, digestion, translocation and circulation, respira on, photosynthesis. hormones, musdes and nerves. (26L, 39PJ Prerequisite· OAC Biology/BI0101Y CorequiSlte CHM135Y/ fSOY

BI0205H(I) Ecology An introducttOO to ecological pr aples emphaslZlng the structure and dynamics of populations , commun es, and ecosystems. Pracbcal sessions inclUde eld WO!' in the vian1ty of the College. A charge may be made to part ' ly cover the cost of transportation provided 'tor field trips (26L. 39P) Prerequi&te. OAC Biologyl810101Y

Bl0206H lntloductlon to Microbiology A survey of the maior groups o mictoorganisms dUd1ng bacteria, viruses, protozoa. and fungi The structure and life history of representaliVe organisms are examined. The importance of the biology o mictobes will be discussed especially regard to ecology, pathogenlaty and the saenbtic impact of studying certain "Ui.-_rnhbl model organisms· n dd; t ng import.ant basic !)fine pl in biology (26L, 39PJ El<cJus/on MPL200Y {G) Pror: quiSI OAC Biolog 0101Y, CHM135Y/ 150Y NOTE: Thi cours IS not open to fir t year stud nts

65

JBG230Y(I) M n and Environment Past d present man-environment relationships are examined; principles of . ecology, env onmental ethics and esthetic:s are ou ned: aucial alternatiVes for man are d'scussed. Problems o current en onmental concern - land use. material and energy resources, and poDubOn are considered and

trated by case studies from d1 terent parts of the world. Given by the Departments of Biology and Geography. A charge may be made to partially cover the cost of transportation provided for field trips. (52L, 26T]

BJ0300H Terrestrial and Freshwat r B~logy . Th' course I be offef'ed at a field site in Ontario. It· designed for students who have not yet taken plan or animal ecolOQy courses at the 300/400 level. Emphasis "'111 be on principles and methods in plant and animal ecology, and on g · Ing ta Hiarity With local flora and fauna Opportunity Win be provided for students to undertake projects of their own. The course is ~en n the two week period before lhe beg1Ming of the term Students must meet eir own costs or board, lodging and transportation. Applicabonlba!lot forms and formation on costs are av able from Room 3032A in December and January. Apply early! Exc:Jus>on. BI0332Y.Z00471 Y(G) Prerequisite-. BI0205H and specific permission of coor alDI', Professor N.C. Collins

BJ0301H arlne B ology A field course at St Andrews, Brun cons ting of ormal lec1ures and &em ars

in119ns1Ve d and tabofatory work. Oiflefen m habita are examined delai and 'mals and plants associ

them are classified Studen carry out projects in Which lhey are encouraged to develop lheir own ideas and rests l.edures on speoal to~ are grven by the sden staff of lhe Biological Station The course IS given Ill the two-week period before lhe begmn1ng of lhe fall term Students must meet lhetr own costs or board, lodging and ansportabOO Applica onlb ot forms are available 1n December or January 1n Room 3032A. Appty early! PrerequtStte'. BI0205H and peel c pennisslon of instrUcior

66

BI0302H Arctic Ecosystems Summer field studies at Churchill , Manitoba. of approximately two w s duration dealing with physical and biolog cal aspects of arctic ecosystems. An ind1V1dual research project is an essential part of the course. Details of the course will be announced in December or January and apphcatJonlballot lofms will be available in Room 3032A. PrerequiS1te: BI0205HIP.I. Offered in alternate years.

BI0304H Neuroblol~y An expanded examination of the physiology of nervous systems. The course will investigate the electrophysiological properties of neurons and muscles, the role of the sem permeable membrane in bioelectriclty, and the organization of neural circuits into higher-order processing systems (Le. the central nervous system). Invertebrates and non-human vertebrates will be studied with particular attention to the evolution of nervous systems from nerve nets to brains. (26L, 39P) Prerequisit'1'. BI0204Hlspecific permission of the Instructor

BI0305H Wildflowers of Southern Ontario An introduction to the naturally occurring trees, shrubs, Wildflowers and ferns of southern Ontario. You will learn to use keys to identify the commoner trees, shrubs and fems, and to recognize the important families of flowering plants. A project invoMng the collection, preservation and proper labeUing of plant spec1mens w1 be required . It is advantageous to commence the collection be ore term begins. Instructions may be obtained ln Room 1153 (26L, 26P) Exclusions: BI0355H PrerequiSlte· BI0101Y/151Y/201Y/P.I.

810310H Phyalology of Regulatory Sy at em a Th' course w I examine the sub-organismal, physiological responses o~ an animal to various ex arn stresses imposed by fluctuations in the environment. Topics covered w1 include the body's internal control of temperature (thcrmoregulation), salt and water balance (osmoregulahon), nutrient levels (d gestion and excretion), as well as the neural and hormonal control of these systems. (26L 39P) Prerequ1S1t . BI0204H/speclfic permlss on of 1he Instructor

BI0311H Biology of Forest Plants North Temperate forest flowerl1l9 plants have evolved a wide range of vegetative and floral growth patterns Students will use over fifteen, greenhouse-reared nalive species to study the diversity of these patterns and their adaptive significance in the forest ecos~stem . Topics Include floral structure and functJon, plant breeding systems and fecundity, plant­pollinator relationships , and life histories of both plants and pollinators. Practical Instruction will enable students to perform hand-pollinations to determine breeding systems and to learn 35mm photography. Some of the hours early in the term will be used for expository tutorials. (65P) Prerequisite: BI0101Y/151 Y/201 Y,205H. (P.I. In special situations) plus written permission of the lnstructor for Year II students.

BI0312H Plant Physiology The principal physiological processes, and the Influence of environmental factors on them. will be studied In plants. Topics will include photosynthesis, water relations, mineral nutrition, translocation, respiration, general metabolism, and growth. These topics will be related to agriculture, ecology and biotechnology. [26L. 39PJ Prerequisite: BI0204H. Students without the required prerequisite are invited to obtain permission of the instructor

BI0314H Cytogenatlca Using the term Cyto~enetics in Its broadest sense, the oourse will examine aspects of biology which contribute to our understanding of the structure and behaviour of chromosomes. Topics will include an in depth study of meiosis, chromosome aberratJoos and evolution . Practicals will stress both experimental work and discussion sessions [26L, 39P] Prerequisite: BI0202H and 203H

BI0315H Advanced Cell Blology This course will use the information I ned In BI0202H to introduce the students to m ny exciting new topics In cell structure and functton. Areas of focus will include membrane tructure and function, ce lular communication, the cytoskeleton, cell movement and the tructure and function of selected org nelle . The lectures will Include experimental data and naly s to r I how hypotheses in the fl Id e general d nd experimentally tested In the labor tory exercises. students will be introduced to commonly mploy d hmqu uch s cellul r traction 1100, poly cry mlde g I electrophor 1s, pectrophotometry nd radlOlsotoplc I b ll1ng. (26L. 39P] Prerequ1 1te BI0202H

BI0316H Fleld Course In Ecology Students may choose from a variety of field courses offered through a cooperatiVe arrangement among ecologists at ten Ontario unlversitteS. Most courses Involve a two-week period at a field site in early May or late August, and require a major paper or project report be submitted within 6 weeks of course complellOll . A fee for room and board is usually charged CNer and above tuition. Lists of courses available are posted outside Room 3032 In January of each year, and applications are accepted beg1Mtng in mid-January. See the Erindale coordinator, Professor N C. Col s, for further details. Students reg ter for this course In the fal , after the course has been completed. PrerequisitfT. Permission of Coordinator

BI0318Y Animal Behaviour An Introductory overview of the behaviour of animals presented from a zoological perspective for biology specialISts. Behaviour Is exam ned as the evolved result of interaction with other animals, such as predators. po ential mates and other aspects of the environment. Other topics include behavioural genetics, development, communication, mo · allon and the control of behaviour by physlological mechanisms. (52l, 78P) Prerequisite BI0151Yl201Y

BI0319H Invertebrate Zoology Comparalive morphology of the major invertebrate phyla : protozoans. coelenterates, flatworms, nematodes, molluscs, annelids, echinoderms, and arthropods Students learn ID recognize the larger taxa within these phyla and they diSCOller design d1 erences in the organ sys ms (digeslive, looomotory, reproduc e, etc.) of these anima A collection of local, identified invertebra s Is reqwed (26L. 39P) Prerequisi BI0151Yl201Y 0 ered in ternate years .

BI0325H Functional Morphology of An Ima la A study of the natomy of vertebral& and invertebra anrm sat the body and organ levels of org nlz bon, emphasizing the ad ptive m 1ng of structure. Content inclu the body pl of i Is, recogrution of the par of their organ system • the oornpar live tomy of major phyla bio nical aspects of looomotion (26L, 39Pl PrereqUISJ . 810151¥ Recommended Preparation: BI0204H

67

BI0330H Plant Community Ecology The interrelations of species, populations and ecosystems within the complex of world vegeta11on oommunit>es. Prac field work in regional systems offers experience in sampling. analysis, interpretation and report presentations. Practical training in conservation, environmental research and ecologi<:al consulting . (26l, 39P) Exclusion: BI0330Y Pnnquisile: BI0205H

8!0331 H Plants •nd Environment How plants interact with their physical, chemical and biological environment Topics indude the mportance of soil , nutrients and water; adaptation and habitat selection ; radiation, temperatufe and energy balance; productivity herbivory. Practical work includes a dass experiement; sol description, ctassiflcalion and analyses; winter/spring ecology; microclimate and water transport (26l, 39P) Exclusion: BI0330Y Prerequisite: BI0205H

BI0332Y Freahw•ter Biology A fooclional analysis of aquabc ecosystems, with emphasis on lakes. lecture topics lndude: physical enwonments of lakes and stnans; determinants of produdivity of algae, zooplankton, fish and benthos; determinants of species structure of each of these groups; lhe processes of eutrophication and acidification . n the laboratory, aquatic measurement lechniques and taxonomy and ecology of local plants and animals are emphasized. One two-day and two one-day llelcl lrip& required. A charge may be made to partialy OOYer lhe cost of transportation provided for field trips. (52L, 78PJ PnJrequislts: BI0205H

BI0334H Entomology All oveM8w of lhe Clas& lnsecta. emphasizing .. ln:::tional morphology. physiology and

behlMM.lf of "· most cfiVerse and sucoessful 9'ous> of ...... Laboratories Involve l8ar'*1g ID recognize common insect families. All insect c:olec:tion is required . Special lopic:s lndude "8 mec::Nnca and evolution of insect light and the economic ~ of insects

~=-~v~1Y 39PJ Ollered ... alternate years

68

810335H Mycology A st~ of the biology of fungi with emphasis on thetr life histories, morphok>Q.y. classification, ecology and significance to man. Laboratory sessions will indud the collection, culture, and Identification of a wide vanety of fungi. In addition, several experiments illustrating important aspec1S of fungal physiology and development will be performed 1n the laboratory. [26L, 39P] Prerequisite: Bl0151Y/any 200 level course in BIO.

Bl0336H Experimental Mycology This course is in nded to complement BI0335H by examining fungal nutritJon, growth, metabolism, vegetative interactions, ma ng, sporulation and spore germination. Fungal interactions with plant hosts and the Utilization of fung i in industrial processes are also studied. Each lecture segment is accompanied by a laboratory experiment for which a written report is required. A working knowledge of the morphologies and life

stones of the major fungal groups, as well as the basic methods for cult\Jring and identifying fungi, is assumed. 126l. 39PJ Prerequ1s1te: BI0335H.

BI0341H Adv•nced Genetics A course designed to present the student with the following topics at an advanoed level : extensions to Mendelian genetics, linkage and advanced mapping analyses, mutation, extrachromosomaJ inheritance, quantitative genetlCS, population and evolution<irl_genetic:s and genetics of behaviour. [26L. 13T) Exdusion: BI0440Y Prerequisite: 810203H Recommended Preparation: BI0202H

BI0352H Developmental Biology Begins with the study of the way eggs and sperm are formed and how they interact during ferlllization. Subsequenrly an analysis of the events of early development is detailed. Finally, selected topics of special interest to Devefoprnental Biologists, such as regeneration, metamorphoSIS, and pattern and polanty, are studied . The frequent use of live material in the laboratory exereises enables students to comprehend the dynamte aspecll of the development of organtSms. (26L. 39PJ Prerequisite; BI0202H COfflqU/8118: BI0315H

BI0353H Plant Developmental Biology Developmental systems drawn mainly from plant life forms and microbes are studied . Tlssue and oell culture techniques are emphasized as are applicanons of biotechnology to agriculture. Topics such as the hormonal control of growth and development, photopertodicity, orcadlan rhythms, and environmental stimuli are studied as they influence development. Attempts are made to assemble simple rules which govern more complex patterns of development. [26L,39P] Prerequisfte· BI0202Hl204H/312H, P.I.

BI0354H Vertebrate Form and Function A continuation In greater depth of vertebrate topics begun in Bf0151Y. The design and adaptive consequences of vertebrate structure are examined. Mechanisms of locomotion, body support, feeding, transport, gas exchange and sensory perception are compared at the organ level . Students conduct individual laboratory dissections on selected vertebrates. [26L,39P] Prerequisite. BI0101Y/151Y/201Y

BI0355H Taxonomy of Vascular Plants A survey of the flora of Ontario. The emphasis of the course is on the practical identification of plants both In the herbarium and in the field . [65P] Prerequisite 8103051-VP. I.

BI0356H Major Features of Vertebrate Evolution The evolution of the vertebrates as evidenced by the fossil record. Special emphasis will be placed upon the origin and adaptive radiation of major groups including amphibians and reptiles Practical sessions will include the study of fossils, and techniques of collection and preparation. Six laboratory sessions will be held at the Royal Ontario "'seum (26L, 39P) PrerequiS1te 810101Y/151Y/201Y

BI0360H Blometrlca I An introduction to the basic princ plos and procedures of biological statistics Topics Wiii include the nature of data, effecttve data presentation, the relationship of samples to populations, probability, sampling theory, descriptive statistics, esllmation, comparison of samples and analysis of frequono • Collection and analysis of biologic I d U be done 1n the laboratory Students ar advised to combine this cour e with 910361 H for a complet lntroduetion to Biom tncs [26L, 39T) Exclusion Any 200 level cour 1n S Prerequ1s1te Wntt n perm1 ion of nstructor required for Y ar II tudents

BI0361 H Biometrics II A sequel to BI0360H in which additional topics n biological sta tics are discussed. Regression. correlation , experimental design, concepts of power, circular sta stJCS, and a variety of analyses of variance are included. Collection and analy es of biological data I be done in the laboratory. (26L, 18P, 7T) ExcluSlon Arry full course equivalent In statistics at the 200 level Prerequisite: 810360H

BI0370Y Mlcrob ology In depth discussion of bacteflal structure and ultrastructure; phys ology and nutrition; growth and cultrvation; nature of viruses (bac1enophage and a llmi ed survey of animal viruses and thetr properties); microbial genetics ; 1mmuno~y; the role of micrcr organisms in medicine. industry, agriculture and ecology. (52L, 78P) Prereqwsite: CHM135Y/150Y.810202H Recommended Preparation; 810206H, CHM240Y,PHY135Y/ 140Y

BI03nH Introductory Molecular Blotogy An introduction to modern molecular biology The course w deal With some aspects of eukaryotJc, microbial and wal genetics; the structure, functoo and biosyn esis of nucleic acids and proteins , and regulatory mechanisms in eukaryotes and prokaryotes. Aspects of how molecular techniques have been integrated nto other a1eas of biology be emphasized. 126L, 6P, 33T) Exclusion: BI0410Y PrerequiS1te: 810202H,203H.CHM240Y Recommended Concurrent Courses; BI0315H,370Y, CHM360Y

BI0404H Neuroethology A study of the interface between trad 'onal physiology and anunal behaviour. The tollowmg questions are addressed. how nervous systems control an arnm s behaviour through regulatK>n change of motor acl!V ty . how sensory OfQ ns morn Of

environmental change, especial the behav10ur of other rum Is, how the cen al nervous system integr tes sensory and

ndogenous information to achieve adaptrv motOI' output l26L, 13S, 13Pl Pf8fequl te BI0304H/318Y and specs permission of lnstruc or

69

BI0417Y Anlmal Ecology Studies in th~ ec:o1<>9y of anim~ populabons and oommunmes, W1th emphasis on : production and population dynamics, energy flow, competition theory, predator-prey interactions. life history strategies, food-web theory, analyses of multispedes data and ecological modelling. Laboratooes w I include practical techniques in population ecology, principles of computef modelling and group discussion of papers from the titerature. [52L 21P, 32TJ Prerequisite: Bl0205H.360H

BI0420H Advanc.d Plant Physiology Lectures, discussions, and student presentations rom lhe current terature WI be used to examine seleaed topics in plant physiology and development including plant hormones, water relations, morphogenesis, or plant photobiology. Responses to environmental stresses will be emphasized.

~re: BI0312H, Permission of nstructof.

Ottered in alternate years

BI0422H Bloacoustlcs Sound and vibration signals are important in the lives of many animais. This course reviews ac:oustiC slgna 'ng in insects , frogs, fish. bi-ds and other an· ais and extracts gerwal insights nto lhe adaptive basis of signal struc1Ure. Students make a tape­racorded c:ollection of an al sounds from lhe field . (26l,15S,24Pl ~: BI031~Y

BIOG4 Biology of Sensory System• A c:omparaliYe approach to &en&OfY physiology In a wide range of animals The course's analysis of sensory transdue1ion and neunil nelWOrM Wll lnoorporale anatomical, eleeRphysiological and bioc:hemical aspects Special aaentlon be devoled to recent publc::aliolw In the field of eensory ecology and the tMJlulion of~~-· [26l, 13S) ~ BI030C perm1S610n of lnatruclor. Oflered In alternate years

BI0433H Arctic Ecology The Ncftc enWonment (climale, landscape, frost pNllOmel•) la lnveatigated. The • ~of soila, lllld plant and animal ..... de9atbed Ind sUied. ~ 9MOd..., wiltl lncrwing human ac::tMty In the AIC:tic .. dilQ•Md 126l. 13TJ ~ BI0205HIP.l. Ofler9d In lllternate years.

70

810441H Genetics of Lower Eukaryotes A course designed to familiarize the student W1th dassical and current advances in genetics including genome mapping, mitotic analysis, extranuclear inheritance, molecular mechanisms of recombination, genetic regulation of development, and elements of population genetics. Emphasis Is placed on "lo r· eukaryotes. including fungi , algae and protozoans currently beir:ig_ used as genetic model systems. [26L, 13T] Exclusion: BI044<>Y Prerequisite: Bi0203H,341H/P.I.

810442H Mechanisms of Evolution The course focuses on basic theory on the process of evolution. Students are required to f)fesent a seminar on a topic in evolution. [26L, 395) Prerequisite: BI0203H

BI0443H Macroevolutlon The course deals with recent developments in evolutionary biology "above the species level". Topics include the rules and philosophies for determining phylogenies and higher taxonomic groups; historical biogeography ; evolutionary rates - does evolution proceed gradually or in "fits and starts"? Is natural selection of s~ an ·emergenr force contributing to phyletic trends that is separate from Darwinian selection on ind1v1duals? Are historical mass extinctions real? If so, how does lhe available data ht with explanatory hypolheses such as meteoric impacts, mass volcanic eruptions etc.? [26L, 26n Prerequisites: SI0151Y/201Y,203H

BI0452H Advanced Topics in Ce Biology This course focuses on the current state of atf ·rs in certain areas of cell biology. Topics such as lntercellular c:ommunica on, cell-to­cell adhesion, cell fusion, signal transduction and differentiation will be covered . Lectures and sermnars W111 Involve critical discussions of recently published research articles. (395) Pr8f8quiS1tes: BI0315Hl352H, P.I. Offered in alternate years

BI045eH Bloayatematlca A consideration of lhe principles of taxonomy with particular emphasis on VasClllar plants. Topics to be discussed Include the specl8S concept, polyploidy, numerical taxonomy and geographical and ec:ological variation. Eac:tt student wi• be required to undertake an Investigation of the variation found In a selected popula on of plants. [26T, 39P) Pr6'8qUia1ffltl : Bl0203H,305H. Recommend8d Preparation BI0355H/ spedllc: perm11slon of the lnstruc10r. Oftered WI allerna years.

Bl0470H Speclal Topic• In Molecular Biology The theme of this course will vary from year to year and will be announced to biology students In the spring preced1n$! the course. Cutting edge toptcal material will be selected 1n the area of molecular genetics and molecular biology Possible themes are: "Transgenic plants and animals"; "Evolubon of biologically important molecules" and 'Molecular plant pathology• (26L, 39T] Exclusion: BI0470Y Prerequisite· CHM360Y,BI0372H, BI0370Y and P.I. Recommended Preparation: Bl0315H

BI0475H Modern Approaches to Biotechnology This course ts designed to introduce students to the theory and methodology of genetic engineering utilizing both somatJc cell fusion approaches and recombinant DNA approaches Students will isolate, done and transform genes to bacterial model systems . Aspects of current hybridoma technology, fermentabon technology, immobilized enzyme and cell techniques, and protein engineering in retabon to current biotechnology will be discussed. [26L, 39PJ Prereqursites: BI0203H,206H,315H,370Y and CHM360Y Recommended Preparation: PHY135Y/140Y.

BI0481 Y Biology Research Project A research project earned out under the supervision of a staff member. Open to third and fourth year students. In addition to introdoong students to doing research in a chosen area of biology, the research pro,tect will teach them how to design, carry out and evaluate the results of a research project. Proiect students will also learn how to communicate their work in a professional manner by writing a proposal, a report, and presenbng a seminar on the results of th ir research pro1ect. Students int rested in doing a research project must obtain written perm1Ss1on from the faculty member whom they would hke to serve as their protect supervisor. All students must meet together with the course co-ordinator 3 6 11mes per year (TBA) Exclusion · Any other res arch project course Prerequisite: P.1

JBG491Y Environmental Research Project Independent r se rch on an onv1ronm ntal topic carried out und r tho supervi 100 of staff member whose writt n cons nt Is required for regtstr hon Thi proiect cour open to third and fourth y r tuden A written report of the r rch will be requir Ind a seminar pres ntatton may be r uired

~uislte Pl , Exclusion All other COUf es 1n independ research

CHEMISTRY

U.J. Krull , B.Sc., MSc , Ph.D PM. Macdonald , B Sc . M Sc , Ph.D. A.J . Poo, BA B.Sc , MA , Ph.D , D.Sc.,

0 IC , Sc.D J.C. Poo, A .ACS , MSc . D I C J .K. Reed, BA .. M.Sc .. Ph D EA Robinson, BSc .. PhD. D.Sc. l .W.J . Sbll , BSc , Ph.D . D Sc J .R Strautmanis, B.Sc. M Sc. , PhD. MA. Winntk, B.A , Ph.D.

Disdpline RepresentatiVe: Professor 1.W.J S I Faculty Advisors· Professor A.J Poe · 828-5355

(Chemistry Programmes) Professor JK Reed - 828-3806

(BiochemtStry Programmes)

Chem try has a vital role in modern science­based industry and tn the improved material well-being and health of our society. It is being applied increasingly to the growth ol our understanding ol medicine, biology, materials science, geology, and many other branches of science Chemistry also has a maior role to play In solving our wol1dwide problems of energy conservation, environmental pollution, nudear waste disposal and, ough its important contr1butioos to agriculture, even of tam ne. Many or our future advances ong1nate from e nd of nterd sciplinary research in which chemists a·ned to solve problems from the molecular to the bu level must be involved As an academic, universlty·based discipline chemistry stands in the centre of the sciences and is recognized as a sound basis for the kind of imag1nat e and d1SC1plined th' ·ng that has app icatton beyond saence to many other occupabons and endeavours At Erlndale we offer a Chem try P ogramme a enables a student to com a Spea st Degree in Chemistry r:Nec a our· ar period on the campus A r Programme tS o av lable tor studen enr ed for a t ee- or four-year d~ree and o ant a Stgruf!cant background 1n chemistry The chem1s f culty are also mo ng strongly towards a d1stmc e teaching and earcil spec1. hzat10n in the border regions between chemistry and biology so that there are Specialist Programmes in Biochenustry and Chemistry and Biochemistry Our analyllcal chemistry h a strong focus tn directton

w II Progr mme in C m try Geology, and Chem try (P C l1llS ) re lso offered ChemlStry t Erinda a

dynamic en rpns at both u rgraduate and graduate levels nd we dyrlam and enthu SbC Students

71

Sped ·st Programmes: The programmes In Chemistry offered at Erindale provide a very suitable preparation for those who intend to enter the work force in industry, to teach chemistry in high school • or to continue into a graduate programme. They are listed in Section 8 of this calendar together with the Major and ·nor Programmes. It is very important to plan one's programme in advance and to consult regularly (~ once a year) with a faculty counsellor. (Consutt Departmental Secretary, Room 4037/ Faculty Advisors for information on couns ·ng). It is particularly desirable to take specific courses in the year of study for which they are designed (e.g .. CHM200 courses in Year II); serious timetable clashes are likely to arise lf th advlC8 is not followed. While some deviations from the Speciahst/Major/M1nor Programmes listed are possible, students should consult the Faculty Advisors before departing from the recommended progl'CITlmes.

CHM135Y General Chemistry NOTE: first-year chemistry students must enrol in CHM135Y. Those who qualify may have eir registration changed to CHM150Y in the Spring term. Fa Tenn: Chem cal stoichiometry, behaviour Of gases, Introduction to atomic and molecular structure, ntermolec:ular forces, kinetics and mechanisms. Spring Tenn: Chemical equilibria, descriptive chem try of the metals, lhermochemistry, lntroductioo to organic chemistry. NOTE: CHM135Y is a sufficient prerequisite for CHM240Y only. For other h gher level chemistry courses, a standing of at least 70% should be achieved In CHM135Y. Students without lhis prerequisite must consult a Faculty Advisor. (78L. 36P. 24T] Exclusion. CHM150Y, 135Y(G), 136Y(G), 150Y(G) PrerequtSlttr. OAC Chemistry and Gale and A&G CorequisJte: MAT112Y/132Y/138Y (PHY135Y/140Y also requ red for various specialist programmes n chemistry; see Section 7)

CHM150Y Baalc Concepta of Chemistry NOTE: All st-year chemistry students must enrol in CHM135Y. Those who qualify may have lheir registration changed to CHM150Y in the Spring term FaU Tenn : See CHM135Y. Spring Tenn: Chem cal equilibria, oxidabOn· reduction processes, introduction to quann.im mechanics, thefmodynamica. (78L. 36P, 24T]

72

Exclusion. CHM135Y, 135Y(G), 136Y(G), 150Y(G) Prerequisite OAC Chemistry and Gale and A & G with a minimum of 65% on tests In the fall term of CHM135Y Corequisite: MAT112Y/132V/138Y (PHY135Y/140Y also required for various specialist programmes in chemistry, see Section 7)

CHM211H Fundamentals of Analytlcal Chemistry A rigorous introduction to the theory and practice of classical analytical chemistry. Development and apphcalions of basic statistical concepts 1n treatment and Interpretation of analytical data; direct and indirect precipitations; volumetric methods; acid-base, complexometric, redox and precipitation titrations; Introduction to instrumental methods; potentiometry and absorption spectroscopy. [26L, 52P, 13~ Exclusion: CHM219H(G).268H(G),269H G) Prerequisite· CHM150Y/135Y (Grade of )

CHM221H Introductory Physical (fhemlstry Equilibrium thermodynamics, internal energy, enthalpy, entropy, free energy, equilibrium (including Nernst equation), chemical potential and elementary solution theory, colligative properties. Phase rule and ideal solutions (Raoulrs law); phase diagrams. Kinetics -review of order, molecularity, activation energy, chain mechanisms and multiple step mechanisms. (39L, 39PJ Exclusion: CHM222Y(G),223Y(G),268H(G), 269H(G),328H(G) Prerequisite CHM150Y/135Y (Grade of B); MAT112Y/132Y/138Y Recommended Preparation: MAT212H/232HI 258Y These courses are also prerequisites for third year physical chemi try.

CHM231H Introductory Inorganic Chemistry Bnef review of atomic structure; properties of the elements in relation to their position In the periodic table: theories of chemical bonding; structures and properties of ionic and metallic solids; boranes; introduction to the structures, bonding , spectra, and biochemical functions of transition metal complexes. The labOl'atory nvolves a range of synthetic, analvtlcal, and Instrumental techniques. (26L. 52Pl Exclusion: CHM239H(G),268H(G).269H(G) Prerequisite ; CHM150Y/135Y (Grade of B)

CHM240Y Introductory Organic Chemistry The fundamentals of organic chemistry appropriate for students who require a broad background In organic chemistry for !heir Intended field (e.g., biology, pharmacy, or one of the professional faculties). The course will also serve an important role as part of a two or three-year sequence in organic chemistry for students enrolled In the Specialist Programmes In Chemistry, Chermstry and Biochemistry, or Biochemistry Synthesis and reactivity of the main dasses of organic compounds will be examined from the standpoint of modern theories of reaction mechanism and stereochemistry. The laboratory includes basic organic techniques and selected synthetic reactions. (52L, 52P) Exclusion: CHM240Y(G),249H(G).268H(G), 269H(G) Prerequisite: CHM150Y/135Y

CHM311 H Instrumental Analytlcal Chemistry Introduction to the basic theory and practice underlying important techniques in analytical chemistry, chosen from three major areas of instrumental analysis; spectroscopy, electrochemistry and separation science. Specific topics will include atomic spectroscopy, x-ray fluorescence, neutron activation analysis, voltammetry, high resolution gas and liquid chromatography, mass spectrometry. and a brief introduction to computer applications, including instrument control and Fourier transform methods. A field trip to observe state-of-the-art equipment and methods is planned. f26L, 13T] Exclusion: CHM319H(G) Prerequisite: CHM2nH RflC()fT)mended Preparation: CHM221 H

CHM321H Fundamentals of Quantum Mechanlca and Spectroscopy Schrodinger's equation - quantum numbers, eigenvalues and eigenfunctions. Particle in a box; degeneracy and orthogonality. Hydrogen and helium atoms, energy levels, transition probabilittes. Rotation and vrbration; molecular orb!tal theory - electronic states IA and U~ spectroscopy. l33L. 6T] Exclus100: CHM229H(G) Prerequisite: CHM22iH,MAT212Hl222H/ 232H/248Y/258Y

CHM322H Statistical Mechanics and Applications Statistical mectt nics - canonl I nsemble, entropy. Applications to ide I ga . cryst Is, polymers, heat capac1ty. Theory of the rat constant In klnebcs (39L) Exclusion: CHM329H(G) Prerequisite CHM321H

CHM331H Inorganic Chemistry I Coordination chemistry, bonding, formation constants. Aedox equU bna and relatiVe stabilities of oxidation states. Bonding of small molecules (C0.02 ,N2.C2H •. etcJ. Metal-carbon sigma bonds. Laige Ngands. Reaction mechanisms; reactoos of ligands. Btochemically important complexes. Descnptrve chemistry and periodic trends. (26L, 13T] Exclusion: CHM339H(G) Prerequisite- CHM231H

CHM332H Inorganic Che~ II DesaiptiVe dlem1Stry of s groups of elements. Organometallic c:hemrstry. Chemistry of the non-metals. Adels, bases, non-aqueous solvents. (26L, 13T] Exclusion: CHM339H(G) Prerequisite: CHM331H

CHM341H Organic Reaction Mechanisms Structural and mechanistic organic chemistry, including stereochemistry and conforma nal analysis. Reaction mechanisms. lnclud. g electroph c and nucleoph lie addition and substitution, as well as elirmnalion. Theofy of aromaticity; concened readions; reactille intermediates in organic chemistry. (39l] Exclusion: CHM349H(G) Prerequisite: CHM240Y Oftefed n alternate years wilh CHM34SH.

CHM345H Organic Synthuls {Formerly CHM445H) Methods used for forming cabon-carbon bonds ·n be reviewed, inclu<ftng reactions of the various types of nudeop · ic carbon ; organome lie reagents; cycloaddition reactions. Other topics Include functional group in rconversions, oxidabOn and reducbOn and the use of elements such as boron, silicon and tin in orgcnc synlhesis r39L] Exclusion: CHM349H(G) Prerequisite: CHM240Y Offered rn alternate y rs "th CHM341H

CHM347H Org nlc Chemistry of Blologlcally Important Compound9 The chem1Stry ol selected c:lassas ol naturally occumng molecUes such as 1hose below, th emphasis on structure, stereochemislry, propertl9S and synlheslS Amino acids, peptides, pro IOS, awbohyd • nudeosldes. nudeotides, and nucleic acids (26 13T] E c/uslOl'I" CHM347H(G) Pnnqulslfe. CHM240Y StronolY Recommended Prf/p8tnltion CH~1H/345H

73

CHM360Y Biological Chemistry A lecture course in general biochemistry. TopiCS include the chemistry of proteins, enzyme reaction kinetics and me~an1sms , metabolic processes and mechanisms of cellular regulation, bioenergebcs, membrane biochemistry, motecular biology. nucleic acid and protein biosynthesis. CHM360Y 1s equivalent to BCH321Y(G} for Specialist degree purposes. (78L) Exclusion: BCH320Y(G),321 Y(G} Prerequisite. CHM240Y Recommended Preparallon: CHM221H and BI0202H

CHM371H Techniques In Blologlcal Chemistry A labora ry course to complement CHM360Y Experiments are designed to famtliarize students with techniques commonly u~ to study the chemical and physical properties of biological molecules. Topics covered 1ndude a wide range of chromatographic methods, the tSolation and characterization of subcellular organelles, enzyme punfication and ki_netJC:5, isola n and characterization of nucleic acids and lipids, and rad1ocsotope methodology. CHM371H is equivalent to BCH371H{G) (en olment ited). 1104PJ ExcluslOf'I : BCH370H(G),371 H(G} CorequiSJte-. CHM360Y

CHM391H Physical Chemistry and Instrumental Analysis ThtS laboratory course represents an integration of lhe study of fundamental physical chermstry, wilh Wide-ranging applications to strumental me ods of analysis, such as separation science, electrochemistry, spectroscopy and computer methods The course w provide a solid siround ng n many of the maior topics covered n analytical and physical chemistry, and the op m1zation of instrumental analytical measurements by lhe applicabon of phy cal principles. [104PJ ExcluslOfl: CHM368H{G).369H(G) PrereqUISltfr. CHM211H,221H Corequi51te CHM311Hl321H

CHM393H Chemical Synthesis Laboratory ThtS laboratory course comprises a series of syntheses of inorganic, organometallic, and organic compounds, supplemented by physical measurements (e g spectra k1net1CS, etc ) of the products where appropriate. Approximately 8 weeks each w I be pent on two groupg o core expenmen • one 1n org c and one in norgarnc syntheSIS. The remaining S.1 o weeks w be occupied by a chOICO of ll'lOrganic, organometallic, and/or orgarnc syntheses. [104PJ Exc/u ion: CHM368H{G).369H(G} PrerequiSJte CHM231H,240Y Corequtslte CHM311Hl321H/331H, CH .4341 H/345H

74

CHM414H Advanced Topics In Analytical Chemistry Review of recent and fundamental developments of instrumentation which are revolutionizing the field of analytical chemistry, Topics will include speclalized mass spectrometers and the GC/MS interface; a survey of surface-oriented techniques including electron spectroscopy , attenuated total reflection methods and photoacoustic spectroscopy; Fourier transform theory and methods; microcomputer communication, instrument interfacing and computational methods of chemometrics . (26l, 13T) Exclusion: CHM414H(G} Prerequisite CHM311 H Recommended Preparation: CHM321 H

CHM452H, 453H Topics In Chemistry The following topics have been offered previously and the selection to be offered will depend on enrolments . Generally a minimum of 5 students is required before a topic is given Interested students must consult the Faculty Advisor before the beginning of term for details of courses available. Non-Aqueous Solution Chemistry, Structural Inorganic Chemistry, Biomorganic Chemisrry, and Mechamsms of Organometallic and Bioinorganic Reactions. Exclusion: CHM432H(G},433H(G} Prerequisite: One or more of CHM221 H, 331 H,332H, and 360Y depending upon the topie; consult Faculty Advisor.

CHM461H Topics In Neurochemlstry This course covers speetalized areas in contemporary neurochemistry. Topics will include: structure and biochemistry of neurons, neuronal systems and specialized components such as myelin and synapses, chemistry and neuropharmacology of neurotransmitters. neuropepttdes, ion channels and receptors ; trophic factors and growth hormones in neuronal development, molecular basis of diseases of the nervous system (26L) Prerequisite; CHM360Y/BCH321Y(G}

CHM485H Olaaertatlon Baaed on Literature Research The dissertation will be based on literature research of a given area . Introductory r ading will be necessary early In the course to brtnQ stud nts to a level whore they can apprectat the most recent work in their tOptC The d1sserta11on will be conducted und r the guidance of a chcmiStry faculty m mber on topic other than the student's res rch topie in CHM489Y. [265) Preroqu1s1to. CHM221 H, 2· 112 CHM300· series full cour equiv I nts

CHM489Y Introduction to Research In Chemistry An experimental Of theoretical research problem In chemistry under the supervision of a member of the chemistry staff. The course will normally be available 1n either summer or winter session following completion of the student's third year programme and application tor enrolment should be made to the Department in the preceding spring . A final report incorporating the aims and results of the research is required as is an oral presentation of the work. [260P) Exclusion: CHM418Y(G),428Y(G),439Y(G), 449Y(G) Prerequisite: CHM221 H, 2-112 CHM300-series full-course equivalents including two of CHM371H,391H, and 393H. For students who take this course in the winter session one of these laboratory courses may be taken as a corequislte instead but, for those taking it In the summer both of them must have been COl'npleted beforehand.

CLASSICS

R.L Beck, BA .. MA., PhD. T.G Elhott, BA .. Ph.D. C.I. Rubincam, B.A .. BA., Ph.D

D1Scipline Representative and Faculty Advisor: Professor C.I. Rubincam

Room 2588, orth Build"ng Telephone: 828-5371

Office hours: Monday 11 Wednesday 3

Classics is the study of the civilizations of Greece and Rome These are of interest both in their own right and because their ach evements have been the foundation of so many aspects of our own civilization: Its art. languages, titeratures, philosophy, government. Courses In ClasslCS thus presen background material which is indispensable for the understanding of many olher s dies in the Humanities Courses are offered at Erindale in three areas. The first of these (CLA) does not req ·re ~of Greek or La n. It includes courses Greek and Roman h tory, for which students may receive credit k!Wards the Speaalist Programme In History. It also indudes courses in Gree and Latin Literature, read in transla on, and courses in mythology and religion. The other two areas are Greet( (GRK) and La n (I.AT) language and ·1erature. Beginners' courses are oftefed in both languages. The Departmental Han<fboot( can be obtained from the Classics Secretary, II.ts. Eleanor Murphy (Room 227, Nor1tl Building; 9elephooe· 828-3724).

For other oourses Classlcs see also Greek (GRK), La (LAT), FAH101Y256H258H, PHL200Y,300H

CL.A 160Y tnlroduc:tton to Claasat Studies (Formerly CLA130Y) An introduction to major themes In !he development ot Greek and Roman etv · atiOn

nd culture ttvough the explora ·oo of thema related ectioos from ancient Ii at\Jf , visual presentations, and lectures, co-Ofd1nated with a basic historical text. [78L) Exclusion· May not be taken at the same ame

or r Cl.A350Y

CLA201H(I) Lstln end Greek In Sctenttftc Terminology The study of technical nd scien rms derived from Latin and Gr : word elements, lormatiOn. ana/ySIS The course is designed IO gh students in any lleld of specializalion a better gr ISP of the derivation and basic meaning of English words tonned fl'om L · n and Greek elemenCs (39LJ

75

CLA202H(I) The Ancient Novel The human and social climate in which prose fiction arose; the Greek romances of love and adventure (Heliodorus, Longus, Xenophon), and the more ironical and sod y conscious works of e Roman writers, Petronius, The Satyricon and Apuleius, The Golden Ass; parallels with modem literatufe. (26S)

CLA204H(I) Introduction to Classical Mythology (Formerly CLA105H) A survey of the myths and legends of ancient Greeoe (and thetr extension to Rome) with some consideration of their role in aooent and modem fl rature and art (39L) Exclusion: CLA205Y

CLA205Y(I) Greek and Roman Mythology (Formerly CLA261Y) The divine and herotc m~s of the Graeco­Roman world with special attention to the use of myth and legend in terature and art. refig ous ideas and practices asSOC1ated with myth, and comparisons with related mythologies. (78LJ Exc:Jusion: CLA204H

CLA224H(I) Roman Satire A reading of selected Roman sa ·res, with emphasis on Horaoe and Jwenal. Verse satire is the most personal form of Roman lerature and offers the modem reader av· id

and Witty pietlJre of the 60Clety of the mes Of further nterest is the in uence of Horace and Juvenal on the foonatlon of modern Englsh and European &atire [26S)

CLA232H(I) Ancient Astronomy end Aatrology Greek and Roman views of the universe; the oogWI and development of sden fie astronomy, astrology, and star worship (26S)

CLA2Mt(t Ancient Sc:llnce Ind Technology Ea1y a:tlnology; the origins and development ol lcienoe, and Its interactions with philosophy; the achievements and lim1ta110ns of ancient technology, the survival of ancient science In western culture . (26L)

Cl.A235Y(I) Government In CIHalcal GrHCe (Fonnerty HIS485Y) A auwy of the map deVelopments In the poltical h>ught and prac1iee of the Greeks in the •chaic and classical periods (c 750.300 B.C ) (52L, 26TJ

76

CLA300Y Greek Tragedy and Comedy Greek drama from the origins of tragedy In the sixth century to New Comedy, with close study of selected plays of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Eunpides, Aristophanes and Menander, and attention to Aristotle's Poetics. (5251

CLA346Y Alexander th Great and the Hellenlstlc Age (Formerly CLA241 Y) The achievement of Alexander and Its importance for subsequent Mediterranean history. The creation of the Hellenistic states and their historical significance. (52SJ Recommended Preparation: Any CLA or HIS course

CLA350Y The Roman Empire Constitutional, economic, social, military and religious developments in the empire, from Augustus to St. Augustine. (52L, 2611 1

Exclusion: CLA 160Y if taken In the same year of study Offered in alternate years.

CLA354Y Caesar and Augustus Their work and their contr1butJon, as well as the role of their contemporaries : Pompey, Crassus, Cicero, Antony and Brutus Based primarily on original sources (in translation), such as the writings of Caesar, the correspondence of Cicero, and the political testament of Augustus . (525) Exclusion HIS486Y Recommended Preparation~ Any CLA or HIS course Offered in alternate years.

CLA355H Constantin• the Great and HI• Age Power politics and religious experience in a formative period in the development of Western civ1hzat1on . (265) Recommended PreparatJon. CLA 160Y/ CLA350Y

CLA361Y Rellglon In the Roman Empire A study of the different rehgious syst ms and beliets competing for men's allegiance In the Roman world of the rst four centunes A D Classical paganism and its cults; emperor worship; the philosophical al rnatrves to rehgion; astrol~; the mystery religions and Mthraism: the rise of Christianity and the development of Its t achings nd 1ns11tut1ons with n the social con xt of their times, official and popular reaction to Christianity. conversion, oppos1bon, persecution and the eventual estab11 hment of Chnstian1ty the Empire's sole reltgion . (525) Offered Ill ahernat year

CLA400Y Independent Studies PrereqU1S1te P rrmssion of tho Department

CLA401H Independent Studlet PrereqtJIS1te. P rm on of the Oepartment

COMMERCE

COM courses have been renumbered MGT courses.

COMPUTER SCIENCE

A.J Bonner, BSc , M.S., Ph.D. G.S. Graham, B.Sc., M.Sc , MA., Ph.D. A.D Jepson. B Sc , Ph D. C. Rackoff, BS. M.Sc , Ph.D J . Siiis, BA, B.Ed A.J. Stewart. BA, B.Sc., MS , Ph.D.

Discipline Representative and Faculty Advfs{)r : Professor G.S Graham

Room 4003 828-5341

Office Hours: By appo1ntment

n

Enrolment reslric18d in CSC progranmes (except the Of). Consult lhe Calendar Supplement and the Departmen tor data of how to apply CSC148H the standard rst yea1 course or studen!s who plan to con nue

further course in Computer Science In later years. Recommended preparation for this oourse is some pr~ramming experience, such as that ·n a good high school oourse or CSC108H. For more nfOrmation on the Programmes ob n a oopy of the Computer Science Underg aduate Studef'lt Handboo from Room 4037.

NOTE· o late registration permitted In any CSC course after the t two weeks of classes Studeo may change from higher­le el to lower-lave ntroductory courses untll lhe end o e sixth week of lefm.

CSC104H Th• Why and How of Computing Parts of a oomputer and their interc:onnectJon. Software: operating systems, files, interfaces . Hardware: storage media, memory, data representation, llO devices. History of computing Problem so 1ng with computers:

gori and basic program ·ng concepts. Scieoce and compu1er science; other areas of computer science such as graphics, c:ial

ligence. Common computer applicallons: spreadsheets da%abases,

78

oomputerg Of society. ice .

y. (S sottir.rre

CSC148H Introduction to Computing Destgn and analysis of algonlhms; reasoning about programs, their correctness and efficiency. Modular design, procedural and data abstraction: subprograms, recur Ion, data types and data structures , modules. Com~son of several searching and sorting algonlhms. Students without programming expenence may wish to take CSC108H before attempbn~ this oourse, but a solid mathematical foundation ls more Important. (26L, 13T] Exclusion: CSC139H, 149H, 150H Prerequisite: Two OAC oourses in mathematics Reccmmended preparation: Programming experienceJCSC 108H

CSC228H Fil• Structures and Data Management An Introduction to the hardware and software aspects of data processing, including the Cobol language. Emphasis will be placed on external file accessing. External storage device characteristics . File accessing and organization. Methods of indexed sequential organization and darect organization. Single and multiple attribute file accessing . External sorting. Buffering, bloddng, data enCX>d1ng. Introduction to data base management Add ' onal topics nclude decis10n tables, prOjeCl managemen documentation stand ds. r26 3n Pr8reQuisl csc i '8H

CSC23a Compu Science A ngorous tM;wnAnt

eta malhen:i.afK:s c:ompuTef soeoc:e. E phasis be placed on

basic properties and fundamental go ms concern g ntegers (inclu duction, Eudidean ~or m, modular

ar metic), and on logic (indud g propositional and predicate calaJlus and simple formal theones). Application of these ideas w be made to topics such as program correctness, formal program enfication,

gor from graph theoty, and elementary set theory. (26L 13n Prer9QUISI~ CSC14lJH

CSC148H

CSC260H Introduction to Scientific, Symbolic, and Graphic•! Computation Probl ms Involved In transforming continuous mathematical models to discrete computational models. Inadequacy of naive computer solutions, and techniques to remedy the Inadequacies. Tools : symbolic computation, plotting, 3-D graphics, and conventional programming languages. The course ls intended to appeal to students from computer science, the sciences and mathematics: for computer scientists, an introduction to the design and implementation of robust algorithms; for scientists, a set of techniques useful in transforming sclenll c problems into computatlonal solunons: for mathematicians, insight into the differences between mathematical models and computa!JOnal solutions [26L, 1311 Exclusion: CSC160H as taught 1n spring 1992 Prerequisite.· CSC108H!compu ng experience, as from a good high school programming course Co-requisite: MA Tl 38Y/232H

CSC270H Introduction to Modelllng •nd Optimization Methods for solving mathematical models and optimizing complex systems. Graph algorithms and their applicabon; greedy algorithms. Iterative procedures for nding zeros, fixed points and m101ma1maxima o numerical functions Op 1zation gor !hms: ·near program ng, dynamic prog ammlng,

brancl'l-and-boUnd co 1or seateh Compu models mer methods the COOl'se, progr ng as ea lhe

oper use ol abs act data pes (such • stad<s, ees, heaps) and approaches

wr ng ger, more complex progr (26L, 13TI Exavsion: CSC158H.160H Prerequ tte: CSC139H1148 149H/150H GV 118H Corerequisite· MAT112V/132Y/ 138Y

CSC350H Num r c•I Alg br• •nd Optlmlutlon SolutJon techniques for systems of ear equations and least squares problems, including LU- and OR·based methods. Algonthms for optimiza on problems, including linear programming, and for s~tems of nonlinear equations. (26L, 13 Exclusion CSC336H(G). ACT 23H(G) Prereqwsite: CSC 158H/ l 60H(G)l260H/270H, MAT228H/248Y,(212H 232H)l258Y

CSC354H System. Modelllng and DIKrete Simulation Techniques for model g complex systems. Mathematical desa p ona of the sys&em and of the rules governing opera!Jon. Model evaluabon, using either oomputer·based SllTIUlatJon or analytlcaJ lechniques; methods for genera g uniform and non-u form pseudo-random numbers: gathenng sta lies and confidence intervals; model vahdatJon; exper mental design. Elementary analytical tectlniques: Markov chains in eq 1br um; renewal theory ; queuemg theofy and queuetng networks; opera onal analysis (26L, 13TJ Prerequ i es: CSC158H/160H(G)l260H(GY 270H(G);STA242Y/262Y/(STA107H and either STA250H or STA257H).

79

CSC492H Computer Science Implementation Project nus half-<X>Urse involves a signi cant implementabon project in any area of Computer Science. The project may be undertaken individually or in small groups The project is offered by arrangement with a Computer Science faculty member. Exclusion; CSC494H(G), 495H(G) Prerequisirs: At least three 300 level csc half-courses and permission of the Disdphne RepresentatiVe

CSC493H Computer Science Expository Work This half-course involves a significant literature seardi and expository work in any area of Computer Science. This work must be undertaken nd ·dually. It is offered by arrangement With a Computer Science faculty member. Exclusion: CSC494H(G), 495H(G) Pr9l'flqUisirs: At least ttvee 300 level CSC half-courses and permiSsion of the Discipline RepresentatiVe. Recommended Preparation: INE203H/ WRl203H

80

DRAMA

J . H Astington, B.A. , M.A., Ph.D. N Copeland , B.A. . MA, Ph D.

Disciplino Representative and Faculty Advisor: Professor N Copeland Telephone 828-3770

Drama Is an art form as old as mankind . Understanding drama involves the studY. of plays, theatres , actors, and the many different styles of presentation and performance over the centuries from the classic tragedies of the ancient Greeks to the most modern experimental threatre. As 1n other art forms, understanding is advanced by doing as much as by studying . Courses in the theory and history of drama are therefore complemented by courses 1n performance. The specialist programme in Theatre and Drama Studies includes performance courses given at Sheridan College (Oakville campus) by instructors in its well-established and highly professional Theatre Arts programmes. Graduates of this new programme will qualify for a Sheridan diploma as well as for a University of Toronto degree. Th~ will be well prepared for professional audition opportunities as well as for graduate study or for secondary-sdiool teaching of theatre arts. For details of the Theatre and Drama Studies Programme see Section 8 of this Calendar. Please note that all performance courses (DRS) are required for this programme and that admission to them is by audition in the preceding ApriVMay. Entry into the academic drama courses at Erindale (DRE) is not similarly restricted : they may be taken by any qualified student independently of the performance courses, and a combination of three of them may be used toward a four· course Minor in Drama Studies (see Section 8). The focus of Drama at Erindale, both curricular and extra-curricular, is the Studio Theatre. The theatre will be used for performances related to the Theatre and Drama Studies Programme. and for performances of the Erindale Drama Club Courses in drama and drama-related topics are given 1n many d1sc1plines, and especially by the literature departments A llst of these courses is given W1th t specifications of the Theatre and Drama Studies Proqrammo (see above, Secbon 8), and students int rested in the field are advised to consider taking some of them.

NOTE: Courses are list d in three groups· 1. DRS courses : these are p rformance

cours hm1t d by aud1bon to those in the Tho tre and Drama Studios Programme, although partie1p tory in nature, these cour m y I o require some wrinon work Bog1nn1ng in 1992 93 II DRS courses will be giv n on the O kv1lle Campo of Sh nd n Colloge

2. ORE courses : with the exception of DRE400Y, these are theoretical (i.e non· performance) courses and are open to all qualified students, although priority will be given to those In the Threatre and Dr.ama Studies (Specialist) and Orama Studies (Minor) programmes. DRS and DRE courses Wiii be offered at the 100·1evel in 1991 ·92 and subsequently, at the 200· level in 1992·93 and subsequently, at the JOO.level in 1993-94 and subsequently, at the 400-level in 1994-95 and subsequently.

3_ ORM course : this course is intended for students currently enrolled 1n the discontinued ma1or and minor programmes in Drama; it should not be taken by those entering the new Theatre and Drama Studies Programme

Courses taught at Sheridan College

DRS121Y Acting I This course will introduce the elements of practical Vocal, Physical, and lmprovisatio~ training tor the novice ~or. with an emphasis on releasing the natural impulse. The second term adds beginning work with poetic and dramatic Texts. [156Pj Corequisite: DRE:l 20Y

DRS221 Y Acting II Half of this course will continue and build upon the work begun in first year in Voice and Text, Movement, and Improvisation. The other half will be an Introduction to Scene Study. induding character analysis for the actor, with modern realistic material drawn from the Canadian and American repertoire. Some production work is required outside class time. [156P] Prerequisite: ORS121 Y Corequis1te: At least one of DRE240H/242Hl 244Ht246H

DRS321Y Intermediate Voice and Movement Vocal and Physical Techniques for the developing actor now become more specialized Core work continues at an intermediate level but other components may vary with the availability of Guest Instructors Voice may include some Ensemble Singing and Movement may incorporate Bal t, Jazz, or Period Folk Dance [104P) Prerequisite: DRS221Y Corequislte: DRS325Y

DRS325Y Acting Ill There are three components to · course. The first JS Intermediate Scene Study, based on material ranging from Bn sh Modern to Shakespeare The second a mixture of Acting Exercises and essioos on Professlooa Practce focussing on the rehearsal process . And as the 1rd. each student will be scheduled regularly for a pflvate tutorial to work on ma erial appropriate to hislher <Mn ac ng problems in a one-on-one situation Students will also be expected to rehearse for public performance outside dass tune. (104P] Prerequisite: DRS221Y Corequis1te: DRS321 Y

DRS421Y Sen or Voice and Movement Core work on Voice, Text, and ovement conbnues at an advanced level, but, again, some components may vary with lhe availab ty or Guest Instructors, and sequences on Solo Singing, Comba me, or further Dance forms are possible. ( 104P] Prerequi51te: DRS321 Y,325Y CoreqU1S1te: DRS425Y,DRE400Y

DRS425Y Acting IV Regular pnvate Tutorials continue, emphasis on the development of va~ . audition material appropriate to lhe indrvidual student Pro essiooal Practice ciasses include cold reading lec:hnique and the realities of acting as a business. And the third and largest component of the course is Advanced Scene Study (Styles), based on matenal "ch coutd range from the Greetts to Commedia de 'Arte, and from Chekhov to Feydeau. [104P) PmraquiSJte: ORS321Y 325Y Coreq "site: DRS421Y,DRE400Y

CourMa taught at Ertndllle College

DRE120Y Introduction to Theatre and Drama What do mean by "drama", t var10US forms might t e, and how g tone usefu tat about ? Th course explores the formal stru re and the stylistic range of dramabC texts of the l&m lradttK>n, and introduces various cntleal slrategies lhrough which they m ht be more fuly understood and appreciated 52L, 2651 E-xcJusion • E G222Y(~) ORM100Y(G),120Y

DRE240H The Claaalc.i Theatre A history of the th tr from r - t an to t dying INl8~ of the tradi11ons of performance In Byzanbum, particuW r terenoe to the gr at drama of the Athenian festJvals [26L, 135) Prflfequislle: four ful course credits and PI E clusion: ORM260H(G), CLA2tiOH(G) Ottered In alt91'nat& years

81

DRE242H Weatem Theatre of the Middle Ages and Renaissance A history of European theatre from early Christian liturgical rituals to the middle of the seventeenth century, with particular re rence to the theatre of Shakespeare and his con emporaries. (26L, 13S) PnK9qU1s1te: four ful course credits and P.I. Exclusion: DRM262H(G) Offered in emate years.

DRE244H Western Threatre, 1650-1820 A history of the changing conditions of the stage, largely in Europe. between the late baroque and Romantic periods, with particular re erenoe to Italian, French, English , and German drama and traditions of performance. [26L, 13SJ PrerequiS1te: four full-course credits and P.I. ExcluslOfl: DRM264H(G) Offered in alternate years.

DRE246H Western Theatre from 1820 to the Present A history of the theatre largely in Europe and Amenca since the invention of strong variable gh ng revolutionised performance conditions.

Re ereoce I be made to a certain amount of dramatic literature from Ibsen onwards. (26L, 13$) Prerequisite· tour full-course credits and P.I. Exclusion. DRM266H(G) Offered in al1ernate years.

DRE340H Studies n Theatrical Design A seminar on a topic chosen by the instructor, having a particular locus oo design: e g a history of stage costume in a given period; the work of a particular stage designer, the visual conventions of the perspectrve stage, etc (39SJ Prerequ1S1te: ORE240Hl242Hl244H/246H, P.1.

DRE342H Studies in Performance Styles A seminar on a topic cho6en by the instructor, having a partJcular locus on performance· e .g a study of Stanislavski's books oo actirig , and lheir Influence; an exarmnatJOn of the trad1b0ns of commedla delfarte; a study of the work of a gi en actor or d1tector (39SJ Prereqursite: DRE240H/242H/244Hl246H, Pl

82

DRE400Y Senior Studio An intensive course In theatre and drama study and the preparation of roles for performanoe. In addition to rehearsing for at least one public performance during the course of the university year, students will participate in a seminar focusing on topics related to their production work. [39S 65P) Prerequisite: at least three full credits in DRS. Corequisite: DRS421Y,DRS425Y

0th r courHa (He note, above).

DRM390Y Independent Study An independent project in drama studies, chosen by the student and supervised by a member of the faculty . A written proposal, signed by the supervisor, must be submitted for approval to the Faculty Advisor before registration . Prerequisite: Two ORM courses; permission of Faculty Advisor

ECONOMICS

V. Aivazlan, B.S, M.A., Ph.D G.J Anderson, BA., M.Sc, Ph D (Chair) M.G.S. Denny, BSc., Ph .D. S.M. Eddie, B Sc., Ph.D. M. Faig, Ucenciatura, M.A., Ph.D. J.E. Floyd, B Com., MA., Ph.D. K. Furlong, B.A., MA G. Hamilton, B.Sc .. M.A. M.J. Hare, B.Com. A Hosios, B.Eng. M Eng., M.A , Ph.D J.A. Hynes, A.B A Melino, BA , Ph.D. C. Pitchik, B.A., MSc., Ph.D. D. Pokorny, MA., Ph.D. S.A. Rea. AB , Ph.D. F. Reid, BA., MSc., Ph.D. U. Segal, B.Sc , M.A., Ph.D. G. Slasor, B.A. M. Wooders, BA., Ph.D. V. Yu, B.S, MS, Ph .D X. Zhu, BSc., MSc .. Ph .D.

Discipline Representative and Faculty Advisor: Professor M.J. Hare Student Counsellor: Mrs P. Hynek

Economics as a social science, studies the ways in which the resources of a country (capital, labour, land and natural resources) are allocated between industries to efficiently produce the range of goods and seJVices provided in the country each year. Allocative decisions are made according to traditional patterns and customs; by government decree, pohcies and planning, and finally by the allocative mechanisms inherent in the price system . At the aggregate level, Economics considers such problems as excessive levels of unemployment and inflation in the Canadian economy, and analyzes policies which can mitigate these burdens. The study of Economics also assesses the fairness of the tax burden, and the degree to which government spending can be j'ustified. At a more micro or d aggregated eve! economic analysis considers the cleterm1nati0n of ~omic efficiency in different types of industry (e.g ., oligopoly, and pure compet1tion), the impact of anh·trust regulations, and th determ1n !Ion of prices of both outputs and lnpu through the for of supply and d m nd. Economic ss sments ol lnternabonal trad patt rns, tariffs nd the consequences of foreign d rect inve tment also Integral , In addition, economic naly rocu such is .ue s pollution, poverty. th r t of economic growth nd urbanization, ~ ional disparltJ and energy an lysi , topics hich 11'8 ubiqUttou n tod< y' . The cour uen tn Economics t

Erindale is intentionally designed to accommodate the interests of students who wish to specialize ·n this dlSciphne, and concomitantly, those who wish a broader assessment Students who concentrate in Eoooomics frequently continue into graduate work in Business or Economics, or proceed into Law, Chartered Acoountancy and many other areas of industry and government Economic theory Ol:1'N makes considerable use of mathematics in some of its enquiries A student who chooses to speci.a e In Economics must take at least one basic course in Mathematics. First year preparation : EC0100Y and MAT112Y/MAT132Y/MAT138Y.

Departmental Counse ng: ~h . P. Hynek Room 226, Kanetf Centre Telephone· 828-5404 September - June: Mondays, Wednesdays and Thursdays 9 :00 am. - 12:00 noon, 1:30 p .m. - 3:00 pm. July, August. Student counse ng for urgent situations available by appointment See the Departmental Secretary - 828-5257

NOTE: The enro t in most Economics courses above the 100 level and, therefore, in all Economics programmes is based on grades in EC0100Y and, In some cases, MAT112Y or MAT132Y. EC0220Y/(STA250H + 257H) (but not STA202H and 212H) IS required for most EC0300 level courses Students should consult this Calendar, the Calendar Supplement and lhe information bulletms (availa e from lhe Oepar1ment Office at Erindale) ch set out the course enrolment cri1erla. Not al CIOUrS6S are olffJl'fld each year.

EC0100Y Introduction to Economics A s\JfVey course th emphas on the basic coocepts and techniques of macro nd micro economic theory. The concepts inlroduc:ed

lndude nation ncome and ts cleterminatJon, monetary and fiscal '9chniques, the derivatJon and use of supply and demand schedul ; the theory of the firm, and principles of comparative advantage and foreign e change lloctualions (78l, 261')

NOTE: Academic performance requ ts are neces ry condition for nrolment nto EC0200 le courses ( Economec Enrolment Cri rla det s at lhe Departmental 0 I Erlndale and prerequisite inlorma n ti led below lor EC0200 level eotnes).

83

EC0200Y Microeconomic Th ory An intermediate treatment of the basic tools of economic analysis with applications to a wide variety of economic problems in the area of pricing, resource allocation, Income distribution, and welfare economics Intended pnmarily for students In the Economics Major and Minor programmes. (52L. 2611 Exclusion: EC0206Y Prerequisite: EC0100Y with at least 63%

EC0202Y ecroeconomlc Th ory end Polley . . MaaoeconolTllCS, monetary economlCS, economic stabifiza on capi markets and ntemabOnal monetary economics. Theories of output, employment and the price level 1n closed and open monetal)' economies are desaibed; and the costs and benefits of stabiliza on policies in the context of these theories are Iden "fied. Intended primarily for students In the Economics MajOf and nOI' programmes. [78LJ Exclusion: EC020BY PrenJqUJsite: EC0100Y with at least 63% Corequisite: MAT112Y(60%)1132Y/138Y

EC0206Y lcroeconomlc Theory ll11s course deals more rigorously with the malerial included in EC0200Y and is intended pr manly for sb.Jdents in the Economics Specialist programmes and fOf students n the Commerce and Finance (B.Com.) pre>gramme who have the prel'oquis1tes [52L. 26T] Exc/u51on; EC0200Y Prerequisite: EC0100Y with at least 70%, MAT132Y(60%)/138Y(55%)

EC0208Y Macroeconomic Theory Th course dea more ngorously wi the ma a Included n EC0202Y and Is intended pr manly for students in the Economics Specialist programmes and for students In the Commerce and Finance (B Com) programme who have the preroqU16 les. (78L Of 52L,26T) Exclusion: EC0202Y Prerequisite: EC01 OOY wi at least 70%, MA T132Y(60%)/138Y(55%)

EC0220Y Quantitative Methods In Econ om lea An introduction to the use of sta tical anatyS1s, nduding such toptcS elementary probab 1ty theory, samp ng d1str buttan , sts of hypotheses, eslimaoon. analys of variance and regression analysis Emphasis is placed on appltcaliOns In economics and bus ness pi-oblems {52L. 26Tl Exdusion: EC0227V/STA202Hl212H/222Y/ (STA250H + 257HyPSY201H/202HlSOC201Y Prerequisite· EC0100Y th at ast 63%, MAT112Y(60%)/132Y/138Y

84

EC0227Y Quantitative Mathoda In Economics This course deals more rigorously with tho topics included In EC0220Y and is intended pnmari~ for students in the Economics Specialist programmes, students In the Commerce and Finance (B.Com) programme who have the prerequisites and for students planning to take EC0327Y (56L,26T] Exdusion: EC0220Y/STA202H/212H/ 222Y/(STA250H + 257H)/PSY201 H/202H/ SOC201Y Prerequisite: EC01 OOY with at toast 70%, MA T132Y(60%)/138Y(55%)

EC0244Y Industrial Relations The role, structure, and performance of industrial relations within the framework of Canada's soao-economic-political system. Growth and history of the Canadian Labour movement: its philosophy and structure. Management"s strategies and tactics in COiiective bargaining; public policy in' tho field of industrial relabons; strikes in so-called emergency situations: the role of unions and COiiective bargaining in inflation. [52L)

EC0303Y Modern European Economic History (Formerly EC0203Y) The economic development of modern Europe, with emphasis on the industrialization process and agrarian change in maior European countries with concentrabon on the period from 1750 to 1939. [52L) Exclusion: ECO 1o1 Y(G)/201 Y(G)/203Y Prerequisite: EC0100Y with at least 63% Limited Enrolment

EC0311H Government Polley Toward Business (A continuation of EC0366H) Government pol cies affecting the private sector; posSlble improvements in current policies. Emphasis on competition and anti· combines policy, the regulated lndustnes, the pat nt system, oxternaltties and market failure, and the Industrial 1mphcat1ons of tariff policy. (26L) Exclusion : EC0310Y(G) PreroquiS1te: EC0366H

EC0312H Economics of Public Regulation The efficiency and equity aspects ot the regutaliOn of public ut1ht1es. Economic theory, finance, polttJcs, empirical evidence, and adm1nistrativo law The recent deregulation movement (26L) Prerequisite: EC0200Y/206Y,220Y/227Y/ (STA250H + 257H)

EC0320Y An Economic Analyala of Law This course will exarmne the economic basis tor the law. The material will include an analysis of liability rules, including the Tort system, no·fault systems, worker's . compensation, and consumer protec~ legislation. The appropriate economic measures of damages In tort cases will be discussed. Property riQhts will be considered in depth. Other topics 1ndude contracts, bankruptcy, crime, and law enforcement (52L) Prerequisite: EC0200Y/206Y,220Y/ (STA250H + 257H) Umited Enro/m9flt

EC0321 Y Canadian Economic History Since 1500 (Formerly EC0221Y) Canadian economic growth and development from the sixteenth century to the present. Reference to relevant topics in United States economic history. especially during the colonial period . [52L] Exclusion: EC0221Y/222Y PrBrequisite: EC0100Y with at least 63% Umited Enrolment

EC0322Y History of Economic Thought This course analyzes the development of economic thought in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, concentrating on the writings of Adam Smith , David Ricardo, J .S . Mill and Karl Marx. Methodological quesbons are raised and lead to a general assessment of alternative approaches to interpreting the history of economics . [52L) Prerequisite: EC0200Y/206Y,202Yl208Y Umited Enrolment

EC0323Y Canadian Economic Development Since Confederation (Formerly EC0222Y) Canadian economic growth since the mid nineteenth century; emphasis on the application of economic theory and data to historical issues [52L) Exclusion: EC0221Y/222Y Prerequisite: EC0100Y with at least 63% Umited Enro/m9f1t

EC0324Y Economic Development Economic development and transforma oo of the low-income countr es of Latin America, Africa and Asia. Theory and policy analysis relating to the following ecooomic issues n these countries: higher rates of economic growth, the role of the government in resource allocaboo, the industriaJ.agncultl.lral sec1or interface, inward versus outward loo ·ng trade strategteS, and the interna11ooal debt problem. The follow ng problems also be addressed: food supply, domesbc savings, tax revenue foreign exchange, foreign d ect lnvestmen hig rates of infla!ioo, bene t-cost analysis and economic planning. (52L) Prerequisite: EC0200Y/206Y,202Yl208Y. 220Y/227Y/(STA250H + 257H) U!Tllted Enrolment

EC0325H Advanced Economic Theory -Macro To develop the understandinl;j of the economic foundabons of maaoecooo1T11C theory and lo develop analytical s Is in oonstruc1ing and solving maao economic models. (26L) Prerequisite: EC0208Y/202Y with 70%, 220Y/227Yl(STA250H + 257H) limited Enrolment

EC0326H Advanced Economic Theory -Micro Imperfect · formation is incorporated in m1CJ0-ecooomic theory The Impact of Imperfect · formation oo the insurance decislOO and nsurance markets IS considered 1n depth. Principal ·agent theory is also applied k> employment contracts (26LI Prerequi te: EC0206Y/200V 70%, 220Y/227Y/(STA250H + 257H) Umited Enrolment

EC0327Y Applied Econometrics The development and applicallOn of lhose statistical techniques tare used in the tes · ng of the mplicatlons of economic theory [52LI Prereqws e: EC0200Yl206Y,202Yl208Y, 227Y/220Y th 70%/(STA250 257 Recommended prepara on: MA T222H or 248Y LI/Tiited Enrolment

Y,220Y/227Y/

85

EC0336Y Publ c Economics The c:onstrucbon of an economic theory of government to explain lhe determ!flation of the bUdget and to provide an economic rationale for government intervention; an analySis or chang g patterns of expenditure and revenue of federal and provincial governments; the development of cnlaria for the ev uation of expenditure programmes and the tax structure; the problems and techniques of 6seal sta ization. (52LJ ExcAJsiOn: EC0236Y(G),345H(G) Prerequisite: EC0200Y/206Y,202Y/ 208Y,220Yl227Yl(STA250H + 257H) LJ 8d Enroknent

EC0350Y Seminar on Selected Subjects Offen; a seminar in a different subject each

e;w. Students require wr permission of lhe Assistan Chairman In add. on to minimum prerequisiles published tor each seminar.

~- EC035 H 352H

86

EC0361 Y Labour Economics Labour market issues are addressed at the m croeoonomic and macroeconomic levels of analysis, bringing both theory and evidence lo bear on policy issues. At the macroeconomic level, topics such as the overall rate of wage change, strike actlVlty, unemployment and wage controls are addressed. At lhe microeconomic level, Issues such as hours of work, worksharing, age and sex d1scnminatK>n, and the economic impact of unions are included. f 52LJ Exclusion: EC0239Y(G)/~9Y(G) Prereqt11S1te: EC0200Y/206Y,2o2Yl208Y, 220Y/227Y/(STA250H + 257H) UfTllted Enrolment

EC0364H International Trade Theory An analysJS of the nature, effects and policy m cations of international trade theory; the theories of compara e costs and reciprocal demands, factor award equalization, international tarl and customs Ulllons. (26L) EXcluslOfl: EC0328Y(G) Prerequisite: EC0200Y/206Y ,202Y l208Y, 220Y 122.7Y. ST A250H + 25 . )

EC0365H Economk:.a

a of

EC0366H Prine pies of ndustrial Organ atJon The alloca I iCa1iOns of market f ID and operallOn o oligopol"lsbc and impetfec11y c:ompeti e markets. Measures ol industrial c:oncentratJon and othef dimensionl of mar11et structlM'e; models of rm behaviow in d lferent m , case s1Udies ol particular indus · . 126ll Exclusion: EC0310Y(G) PrereqUJ lte: EC0200Y/206Y,220Y/227Y/ (STA250H + 257H)

ECO:M7H Welfare Economic• The basic id of welfare economics -especially Pareto efficiency and the quesllon of the significance of Pareto efficiency • will be examined. Then a few part1CUlar Iopa (such as lhe economic 1mphca11ons of property nghts: consumer surplus; and compenaatk>n te ts) will be studied more lntensrvely. 126LI Prerequ1s1t6: EC0200Y/206Y,220Y/22N/ (STA250H + 257H) Umlted Enrolment

EC0369Y Economics of Health This course considers a series of special economic problems that arise In the provision of health services. The supply of health services Is controlled by physicians and provided largely with public funds in Canada. Problems associated with this type of supply system and reform alternatives will form the major focus of the course. [52L] Prerequisite: EC0200Y/206Y,202Y/208Y, 220Y/227Y/(STA250H + 257H) Umlted Enrolment

EC03nH Game Theory and Economic Strategy This course will develop the basic concept of non-cooperative games in extensive and normal form . The level of exposition will be comparable to the Games and decisions by Luce and Raiffa. The emphasis will be on developing an intuitive grasp of the concepts and the relationship between these concepts and strategic situations encountered in economics and other contexts. l26L1 Prerequisite: EC0200Y/206Y,220Y/227Y/ (STA250H + 257) Umited Enrolment

EC0420Y Reading Course, Seminar or Workshop Primarily for advanced Specialist Students who have exhausted course offerings n a particular subject area. Open only when a faculty member 1s willing and available to supervise. Students must obtain the written approval of the Assistant Chairman before enrolling [TBAI Exclusion: EC6421 H,422H

EC0421H/422H Reading Course, Seminar or. Workshop Pnmardy tor advanced SpeciaJISt students who have exhausted course off rings in a particular subject area Open onty when a faculty member Is willing and avail e to supervise. Students must obtain the written approval of the Assistant Chairman bef0te enrolling . [TBA! Exclusion · EC0420Y

ENGLISH

J.H. As ·ngton, BA., MA., PhD B. Corman, AB., A.M., Ph.D. J Cutmore, BA, MA., PhD VA Deluca. BA., M.A., Ph.D. N. Didicher, BA .• MA , Ph.D. J . Dutka, BA, MA, A.R.C.T., Ph.D. M. Garson, BA., M.A., Ph.D. D Hill, AB., M.A ., Ph.D. M.J. Levene, B.A . MA., Ph.D. C Lock, B.A., D.Phil. A.A Mcleod, A.B., MA., PhD. L WAJnk, B.A , MA. Ph.D. A. Sullivan, BA., MA., Ph .D. L Thomson, BA , MA., PhD.

D1sapbne Representative and Faculty Adv1Sor: Professor D H I

828 -3738

The Department of Eng sh o ers a wide range of courses. Whether an individual course provides a knowledge of one authoc or one genre or an entire period, its a is to deepen the studenrs awareness and apprecia on of a distJngutShed lefary tradition. Courses are arranged in our seoes This gradation denotes the level of work expected n the classroom. Thus, courses in the 100 series are introductory, the 200 series provides courses at an In ermediate level. and more advanced courses appear In 300 and 400 series Students om outside e Facul wishing to ta Engl1Sh courses sho consu the Associate Chairman of the Department ) The S~ISt Programme outlined an Section 8 provides e student with the oppor to become acqua nted with a range of a rs, periods, and en cal approaches. Students contemplatJng graduate degree should consult th instructors abo t gradua e school requ rements. including the cus oma language requirements Sim larly, s ts considering a teaching career in Ootano should consu the Facu of Educa about the requir ments lor Senior cef stud nt who des res infor non and

set forth in thlS Cal may ob brochure om th Eng o ce (Room 227,

orth Bu ltlg) or from Oepartm to English on the St George campus (7 ing s College Circle) This describes !he content of courses in ful deCaH and supplies lists of le ts suggested by the lndrvldual inSlrudOfS Counsen ng IS available from the F cu Adv or as as from other me r o !he Engl1Sh faculty.

87

NOTE: The 100-series courses are designed 10 ncrease students' ski s m close reading and e fect!ve writing. They are open to all students who have standing n fewer than nine tun courses and to olher students who have standing in no more than one full course in Engl h. ENG110Y, ENG120Y, ENG130Y are equivalent to one another and any one of them can be used in fulfillment of a Specialist. Major, or Mmor Program: they w II also serve to Introduce students to issues 1n inlefpreta ion Students with fewer than four tu credits may enrol in ENG201 Y and E G202Y provided they enrol In one of ENG110Y, ENG120Y, ~NG130Y as a coreqU1Site. E Gt OOH may not be used to meet the requ rements of any English program.

ENG100H Effective Writing (Formerly ENG103Y) A course designed to develop competence in wn · ng expository and persuasive prose for academic and other purposes. It aims to leach the principles of clear, precise, and well­reasoned prose and their application in writing essays; lhe process of composillon (drafting, revising, final editing); the oonvenbOns of diffefent univerSlty drscipl1nes and of different prose forms. Students are required to pass a written test at lhe beginning of lhe term before

· ervolment in the course can be con rmed. j39Ll ExcluSIOf1: NE~3Hl205H/WBl203H/205H

ENG110Y Narrative Story- ng In a de variety of forms and gerves, 1nduding film. All selections will study Chaucer's "The Nun's Priesrs Tale." Pope's "The Rape of the lock,· Coleridge's "The Rme of the Ancient Mariner"; short stories, 3-4 novels, ndud1ng Field g·s Tom Jones and James'& The Tyro of the saew; Oav1s·s The Return of MartJn Guerre· Freud's "Dora·; two hims, CitJzen Kane and Tom Jone,: and an example of I e-wn ·ng. Other narratNe forms may include my1hs, folk-tale&, parables, jokes, songs (78LJ

ENGt20Y Form• of Uterature A study of hterahlfe from the point of View of genre. TeX1S. three or four plays, including Webster. The Dyc;be$s of Malfl and Beckett, Walttog for Godo! three or four works of ticbOn, 1naud1ng Fielding, Joseph Andrews and Elio , Thel6!! on the Floss: selections from an anthology of poetry, lnciud~ eicamples of narrative, lyric. and sa ic poems; ten to twelv9 essays, lndud ng er tical essays about the litOfaty worl(s on the oour Attenboo wiD be grven to the assumptions and problems of genre cla ification (78L]

88

ENG130Y Shakespeare and After A close study of representative plays by Shakespeare and of selected later works, aimed at introducing students to the idea ol literary tradition as a continuing, active process of rediscovering, revaluing, and reinterpreting past works The texts studied w1H include Shakespeare's Borneo and Jyije1. King Lear The Tempest, and one or two of the following: The Tammg of the Shrew, An1Qm: and Cleopatra Biehard Ill. l::!am1el. and Macbeth. Eight to ten additional works of fiction, drama, and poetry, (78L)

NOTE: 200-series courses are open to students who have obtained standing in one full 100-series ENG course, or in at least four full courses in the Faculty. Students without this prerequisite may enrol in ENG201 Y or ENG202Y if they are concurrently enrolled in any of ENG110Y, ENG120Y, ENG130Y. Students in a Specialist, Major, or mor programme in English are required to take either ENG201Y or ENG202Y.

ENG201Y Reading Poetry (Formerly ENG227Y) An introduction to poetry, to its traditional forms, themes, techniques, and uses of language; its historical and geographical range; and its twentieth-century diversity. (78L) Corequisite: For students with fewer than four full credits, one of ENG110Y/120Y/130Y

ENG202Y Major Brttlsh Writers An historical and critical introduction to the study of British literature through a chronological consideration of the following: Chaucer, The canterbury Tales, "General Prologue· and one Tale; The Second Shepherds' Play: Spenser, The Faerie Queene, selections from Book I: Shakespeare, Henry IV, Part 1. or Antony and Cleopatra, and selected Sonnets; Donne, selected poems; Miiton, "Lycidas; Paradise Lost (selected Books); Bunyan, P1/gnm's Progress (selecbons from Part 1); Dryd n, Absalom and Achitophel; Congreve, The Way of th8 World; Sw11t, Gu//IV9r's Travels: Pope, The Rape of the Lock, An Epi tie to Dr. Arbuthnot; Fielding, Joseph Andrews, or Austen, Emma: Wordsworth, selections from Th9 Prelude and other poems; Kea , "The Eve of St. Agnes· and selected Odes; Browning, so d poems; Did<ens, Great ExpectatiOns. A 18lCt by one add1t10nal author m 1y be a lgned at the 1n tructor's discretlon. [78Ll Cor quls1te: For studen with f er than rour full cred1 • on of ENG110Y/120Y/130V

ENG213H The Short Story An introduction to fiction through short stones of various kinds, written mainly in the 19th and 20th centuries by such authors as Hawthorne, Poe, James, Conrad, Kipling, Joyce, Lawrence, Mansfield , Faulkner, Hemingway, Singer, Gallant. (39L) Offered in alternate years.

ENG214H The Short Story Collection A study of interrelated short story collections written and put together by sue~ authors as Kipling, Joyce, Lawrence, Hemingway, Mansfield, Salinger, Roth, Laurence, Faulkner, o·connor, and Gallan (39L) Offered in alternate years.

ENG215H The Canadian Short Story A study of Canadian shC>f! fiction in English since its beginnings. A wide variety of regions, periods , styles, and writers wlll be considered. Works by authors such as Callaghan, Ross, Laurence, Gallant, Munro, Buckler, Hood, Hodgins. and Atwood will be included. (39L)

ENG216Y Modem Canadian Fiction A survey of the historical development and contemporary state of Canadian fiction 1n English. At least fourteen works wm be studied, including at least one by six of the following principal authors : Duncan. Leacock, Grove, Callaghan, Maclennan, Buckler, Lowry, Davies, Laurence, Richter, Munro, Atwood. A selection of short stories may be induded. (78L)

ENG220Y Shakespeare Special study of not more than twelve plays by Shakespeare, indudmg at least eight of the following : Romeo Biid Juliet; A Mdsummer Night's Dream: Richard II; Henry IV, parts I and II ; Henry V; Twelfth Night, Measure for Measure, H mlet; King Lear: Antony and Cleopatra: The Tempest Some non dramalle poetry may be added (78L)

ENG223H Canadian Drama Canadian plays , with emphasis on m jor playwrights and on developments since 1940, bot With attention also to the h1 tory of th theatre n Can d (39L) Offered In alternate ye rs

ENG232Y Introduction to Biography Fonns of ti.ogr ph1cal ht rature s locted from different hlstor1 I periods lnclud biographies , utobiograph , lett rs , ys , memoir (78L) Offered 1n alternat rs

ENG233Y Major Women Writers A study of at least five and not more than eight maior women writers. The course w' I include works of poetry and fiction; drama and non· fiction may also be represented (78l) Ottered in alternate years

ENG234H Children's Literature An historical and a ilical sb.Jdy of poetry, ction and drama written for or appropr·ated by children. Works by Bunyan. Defoe, Stevenson, Carroll, Tw · , lne, Tolkien, Norton, Andersen , and at least three other authors [39L)

ENG236H Detective Fiction At least twelve works by such authors as Poe, Dickens, Co · s, Doyle, Chesterton, C ·s ·e, Sayers, VanDine, Hammett, Chandler, Faul ner, P.O. James, Rendel. (39L) Offered in alternate years

ENG237H Science Fiction and Fantasy At least twelve works by such authors as M. Sheley, Poe, Verne, Wells, Stapledon, Huxley, Orwell, Clarke, CS. Lewis, G. Macdonald, Wyndham, Stoker, le Guin, Hudson, Tolkien, Read. (391..} Offered in alternate years.

ENG250Y Amerfcan Uter•ture An introductory survey of maior worils In American terab.Jre through the study of approximately twelve represei 1tallw wmers. Works to be studied include Hawlhome, The Scarlet Letter; Melvtlle, Moby·Didr, Thoreau, Walden or Emerson, selected wntmgs , Twain, Adventures of Huckleberry Flflfl, selecled poems by Whitman. no s by James and Faulkner; selected poems by one of E ot, FroslStevens. [78l}

ENG252Y C.Mdl.., Lttentu,. In English An introductory survey ot Canadian poetry, prose, and drama, conS1Stmg of wo o t le t e ers, at least one o them of

ve canadian origin At least one d o the ma studied I date from tore 1950, but a llOn o be given to very recent The course I include b

t SI eight of the following: N • Lampman, L . Pratt, Klein, Ross, Birney. Davies Laurence, Reaney, Munro Atwood (78L)

ENG253Y World Uteraturea In English A study of approxima ly twelve writers from d erse Eng 1sh-speak1ng cultures, for example, those of Africa Australia, India, New Zealand, and the West Indies. Authors Include at least six of the following : Achebe, Coetzee, Gordimer, Ngugl, p'bi , Soyin a; Ken ly, Stead, Stow, Wh1 : Narar.an. Rao, Rushdie; Frame; Bennett. Bra1thwa1te, Hams, Naipau , Walco [78LJ

ENG30IY Romantic Poetry and Pro .. ~ s)(f c:riic:al prase cl BaM, Wordswort't, Ccllwidge, &jron, Shelley, Keala, may lndl.de brtet ~tom otl8r such as Crabbe Soott, l.aldor, Clare (78l.J

a.erna. yeas

ENG309Y Victorian Poetry Special study of Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold; selections from Fitzgerald, CiOugh, C Rossetti, D.G. Rosselli , Moms, Swinburne Hopkins, Meredith, Hardy, Housman, or ' others. Selections from the critical writings of the period. (78LJ Offered in fternate years.

ENG339H Drama In Engll1h Since 1960 (Formerly ENG224H) At least ten plays by at least six contemporary British and American dramabsts, such as Pinter, Albee, Stoppard, Orton, Bond, Storey, Mercer, Griffiths, Shaffer, Shepard, Sadder, Terry. [39LJ

ENG348Y Poetry, 1900-1960 Special study of Hopkins, Yeats, Pound, Eliot, Stevens, selections from other poets. [78L) Offered In alternate years.

ENG349H Poetry In English 1lnce 1960 (Formerly ENG229H) Works by at least six contemporary poets, such as Dickey, Ginsberg, Heaney, Howard, Hughes, Larkin, Lowell , Plath, Warren (39L)

ENG358Y American Literature before 1880 Studies in llnetaen~oenll.ly Arnericoo herature bcussing on writers of 1he American Renaissance At least five au1hors from the lolowing ist will be studied : Emerson, Cooper, Poe, StMe, Melville, Hawthorne, Thoreau, FtAer, 'Mlilmal, Dickinson, James. [78L)

ENG359Y AmerlClln Literature 1880-1960 A study of major currents in American wri · ng between 1890 and 1960, covering at least five authors such as James, Twain, Wharton , Dreiser, Dos Passos, Cather, Williams, Stein , Hemingway, Faulkner, Frost. Welty, Stevens, and Miller. f78L) Offered in alternate years.

ENG361H American Fiction Since 1960 (Formerly ENG218H) At least six works by at least four contemporary American novelists, such as Bellow, Doctorow, Hawkes, Mailer, Nabokov. Percy, Pynchon, Updike, Vonnegut. (39L) Offered in alternate years .

ENG368Y Theory ind Criticism of Literature MaJOr issues and movements in 1he theory of lllefature and literary aiticlsm, with ernphaSls on 1he Twentieth Century. Among the movements to be studied are vanebes of formal, psychological, and mor I Cl'ibc1Sm and theory, feminist cnbCISm, structuralism and post-structuraltsm Authors to be studied may include such figures Richards , Leav1S, Brooks, Frye, Trilltng, Barthes, Bloom, Eagleton. Barbara JOOnson (78L)

ENG367Y History of the English Llnguage The Eng h language from Old Eng h to the present day. Emphas1& on speci1lc texts , showing how linguisbc techniques can be used in the study of l terature. Texts· Robert 0 Stevick, Engfish and Its History; A. G Rigg, The English Language.· A HJStorical R98der. (78L) 0 ered in alternate years

ENG369Y Creative Wrttlng Restricted to students who in the opinion of !he Department show special aplitude . (52SJ PrerequiS1te: Per ·ssion o inslructor: portfoho must be submitted by May 10.

ENG390Y Individual Studies A scholarly project chosen by the student and supervised by a member of staff. The form of !he project and the manner of its execution w be determined in consultation wi 1he supervisor. Aft project proposals must be submitted to the Associate Chairman by June 1. Proposal forms are available In Room 227 ( orth Building). (TBA} PrerequiS1te: Three courses in Englsh Exclusion: ENG490Y

ENG391Y lndlvtdu.t Studies (Creative) A pro)9Ct in Cl'eabVe wntmg chosen by the student and supervised by a member of the staff. The form of the proiect and the manner of its execubon · be determined consultation wfth the supervisor. I proJect proposals must be submitted o the Associate Chairman by June 1. Proposal forms are available in Room 22.7 (North ding). [TSAI PfBl'fJquisite: Three courses n Eng , including ENG369V

NOTE: With the exception of ENG490Y, 400-serles courses are open to students who have obtained standing in at least nine ful courses In the Faculty, including at least three tun E G courses. Students should consult the Eng sh Department brochure for d ta

ENG405Hl406H Stud 1 n 1 or Writer, Pre-1800 (26S) Offered in alternate years.

ENG420Hl421H Stud s In 1 Major Writer, Post-1800 (26S)

91

E G457H Studl In Elgh eenth-Century Literature (265)

ENG490Y Senior Essay A sc:holar1y project devised by the student and supervised by a member of the staff The course is open to students enrolled in the Eng · h Special t programme or 1n Combined Spea st programmes where 1t - an opbOn . Propo&al forms are available from the Depar1ment, and propos must be submitted by June 1. PrereqUJ -19: Fourteen Ml courses with at least four OOl.WSSS m Eng h; an overan B average in Eng ish courses previously ta en. Exclusion: E G390V

92

ERINDALE COLLEGE COURSES

Faculty Adv or: Dean D. Trott Telephone: 828-5218

Under this heading are placed certain courses which, because of their interdisciplinary nature, are not part of the curriculum of a single academic department. Currently, courses in Canadian Stud and Cinema Studies are listed here.

ERl112Y Introduction to Film Studlea (Formerly INE112V) An introduction to film history, major aesthetic approaches and the rudiments of film langull90. (26L. 785, 26TI ExcluSJon: INl112V,NEWi12V, VIC112V

ERl390Y Independent Studies (Formerly INE390V) A reading and research project, chosen by the student and supervised by a faculty member, designed to integrate work in an Approved Area of Study. The project will culminate in the writing of a substantial essay. The supervisor wiU be chosen in consultation With the Programme Co-ordinator. Open only to students enrolled 1n an Approved Area of Study. (TBA) PrerequiS1te Ten or more full-COUfse equivalents and permtssion of the Programme Co-ordinator

ERl401Y Sen or Essay (Formerly INE401V) A major independent research project chosen by the student and supervised by a faculty member. All projects must be approved by the Committee on Canadian Studies by the end of classes in the previous year. Application forms are available from the Programme Co­ordinator. [TBA) Prerequisite: Open only to students with at least fifteen full-course equivalents and the perm1ss1on of the Programme Co-ordinator.

ERl402Y Selected Topics In Canadian Studies (Formerly INE402V) A seminar course considering v ted perspectives on Canadian themes or periods as presented by several disciplines. The topics to be studied will be decided 1n acccrd noe w1 the spooal interests of the students involved (TBA) PrerequiS1te: Perm on of the Programme Co-ordmator.

HISTORY OF FINE ART (FAH)

L Eleen. BA., MA., Ph D. T. Martone, BA., MA., M.A .. Ph D. B. Welsh, BA, MPhil., PhD.

Discipline Representative and Faculty Advisor: Professor T. Martone

Room 123 North Building Telephone. 828·3742

Studio Advisor: Professor A. Smith Room A100 Sheridan College Oakville Campus Telephone: 845-9430,

Ext 2571

Since the study of works of painting. sculpture. architecture and the minor arts provides insight into the nature of the sociebes in which they were created , it is one of the ways of gaining understanding of human culture in general. The creative process leading to the maki~ of a work of art is a subject worthy of study 1n its own right. Students taking Fine Art courses learn methods through which art can be understood, as well as learning to make art. This field of study also complements related disciplines, such as history. philosophy and literature. Erindale College offers specialist and major programmes in Art History and Art and Art History. The latter is a joint undertaking with Sheridan College: Art History courses (FAH) and other academic subjects are taught at Erindale College, and Studio Art (FAS) is taught at the Oakville campus of Sheridan College Both FAH and FAS courses are open to students in other disciplines who wish to pursue these subiects out of personal interest. Specialization In Fine Art may lead to curatorial work in galleries, museums, corporations or teaching at the high school or university levels: careers in lustrat1on and design, independent arlisllC

actJV1ties or simply to the 9reater enioyment of art. A j01nt specializabon 1n Fine Art and Urban studies IS also available. In rested students should consult the Faculty Adv1Sors tn both of the e ~sciphne Studen regtstenn9 1n their first year in Fine Art and Art and Art History, re dv' ed tom t the Discipline R pr ntawe and Studio Adv. or during the reg1 trat1on period for guid nc .

All Fine Art Studio courses wlll be balloted Balloting Is tho process by which stud nt lntere I d 1n taking Fine Art Studio cou are gr nted perm ion to roH Although these courses r open to II den • prior ty will be giv n to tudant m the Art nd Art History Progr m tud o p 1 ltm11 Refer to the listing of Fine Art Studio (FAS) cour1e1 for detail d lnatructlona about blllottlng,

FAH101Y GrHk end Romen Art The art of Greece and Rome. The importance of architecture and the arts as character be expressions of their age Detailed study of the outstanding monuments. (52L. 26T]

FAH102Y MedleVll Art end Archltec1ure A seleewe survey of the art of the die Ages . The study of Early Christian, Byzan ne, and Early and Late Medieval art and architecture will be combined th a more general introduction to !he langu~ o visual expression and its interpretation. (52L 26T]

FAH200Y European Art from 1400 to 1750 Major forms of expression in the visual arts­architecture. pambng and sculpll.lf&--'Wi special emphasis on V!Sual a ys Po ·ca , religious and general cul ural movements (52L, 26T] Reaxnmended Preparation : FAH101YJ102Y

FAH210Y European Pelnllng and Sculpture from Neo-claasleism to 1940 A dlSCUSSion of e major movements in European art. (52L. 26T] Exclusion: FAH282H,283H,284H.378H,404H Recommef'lded Preparation · FAH101YJ 02Y/ 200Y

FAH211H Architecture In the Western World Since the Birth of Neo-Classlc sm A survey o pMClpa developments m the his cry of Western architeclllfe since he mid· etghteeo century (26LJ Recommended Prepara on: FAH200Y Ottered on the St. George C pus

FAH256H Anc ent Rome Development o the a of Rome, om ear1y bmes to the Late Empire Bu lfl9S and monuments and r place In the life of the anoent City Readings in topography, art and arc tecture and history (26L) Ottered tn alternate years

9

FAH273H lchelangelo ConsXieration of chelangelo's art in the context of the artis ·c m 1eu in which he developed. (26$)

FAH278H Impressionism The orig n and development of this movement n pa: ng , graphics and sculpture in France and in Europe from 1860 to 1886 with special emphasis on Monet, RenOlr, Degas, Pissarro, Sisley, Cassat and Morasot. The course will concentrate on the evaluation of the style in relation to e ntelledual, social and pol bcal context of the period. (26L) Exclusion: FAH 378H o ed in alternate years.

FAH304Y Pl ro della Francesca An estigation into the sources and development of ideal space and forms in the paintings and wntings of Piero della Francesca and his lo wen; in Tuscany and Rome in the late 15th and early 16th centuries. (52SJ Prerequisite: FAH200Y Recommended Preparation: A reading nowtedge of Italian or French.

Offered in alternate years

FAH312H Painting and Sculpture In the United States These 3115 in America since the ta e 17th century· ev relationship to European traditions , the growth of dis · ncllve na · onaJ styles, and lntema ·ona1111teraction (26S) Prerequisite: FAH200Y/210Yand P.I. Ottered tn alternate years .

FAH313H Painting and Sculpture In Canada These arts in Canada since the late 17th century· the relallonsh p to European traditions , the growth of d tJnctiVe na onal styles, and lnterna: onal in raction (26S) Exclusion: FAH286H Prerequisite: FAH200Y/210Yand P.I. Oftered in alternate years

FAH315H ReallMI An exarmnallOn of this mid-mne'9enth cenlUry movement m French pain ng and sculpture Wi1h particular emphasis on Courbet. Miiiet, the Barbizon School, Daumier and Manet. [26S) Pre or Corequisire: FAH283H and PI. Exclusion: ~AH404H Recommended Preparation: A reading knowledge of French. Oftered ii alternate years

FAH318H Vincent Van Gogh and 19th Century European Painting The role of this artist in relahon to the Romantic, Realist. Impressionist, Neo­lmpresslonist and Symbolist movements n European painting. 12651 Pre or Corequislte: l=AH!:!10Y/283H/301Y and P.I. Recommended Preparation: A reading knowledge of French, German or Dutch. Offered In alternate years.

FAH319H The Expressionist Tradition In Twentieth Century Painting and Sculpture A con nuanon of FAH318H, the course concentrates upon such twentieth century masters as Matisse, Kirchner, Kandinsky, Nolde, Arp, Miro and Pollock, Borduas and Riopelle. (26S) Pre or Corequis1te : FAH210Y/283H/301Y and P.i. , Recommended Preparation: A reading knowledj10 of French or German. Offered 1n alternate years.

FAH327H Giotto and Ducclo The position of these artists in the sequence of Italian painting, their masterworks in Padua, Florence and Siena seen in relation to the work of their predecessors and followers. (26$) Exdusion: FAH326Y Prerequisite: FAH102Y and P.I. Recommended Preparation: A reading knowledge of Italian or German. Offered 1n alternate years.

FAH328H ltallan Mediaeval Sculpture Selected topics in the hislOJY of Italian mediaeval sculpture, concentrating on the careers of the Emihan masters of the twelfth century and the Pisani in the thirteenth and early fourteenth . (26$) Exdusion: FAH326Y Prereqwslte: FAH102Y and P.I. Recommended Preparation: A reading knowledge of Italian or German. Offered fn ternate years.

FAH330Y Raphael and Mlchelangelo As Painters An investiga on of the la pictorial works of Raphael and MlchelanQ lo which completed the deoorahOn of the SIS ne Chapel, also of Michelangelo' Peter and Paul cycles n the adiacent P< ullne Chapel . A study of High Renaissance Classicism. (52S) Prerequ1s1te: FAH200Y Recommended Preparation : A r ding knowledge of Ital an or Germ n Offered In alterna18 rs

FAH331H Fifteenth end Sixteenth Century Italian Sculpture The development of Renaissance sculpture from Ghiberti to Michelangelo, with an emphasis on the works of Donatello and Michelangelo. The impact of the latter's achievement on the succeeding generation of Mannerist sculptors such as Cellini, Ammanab and Sansovino. (265) Prerequisite; FAH200Y Recommended Preparation: A reading knowledge of Italian or German. Offered 1n alternate years.

FAH332H Studies In Baroque Palntlng Its origins in Northern Italian painting and its subsequent manifestation 1n the aesthetic of Caravaggio, Anibale Carracci and their tollowiers throughout Europe. Seventeenth century academies of art will also be considered. (36S) Prerequisite: FAH200Y Recommended Preparation: A reading knowledge of Italian or German

FAH357Y Fifteenth Century Painting North and South ot the Alps A study of those aspects of Flemish, Florentine, Sienese, Ferrarese, Venetian, French and German schools of painting which form the substructure of the achievements of the most influential masters of the High Renaissance and Baroque periods. Exclusion: FAH357H,359H Prerequisite: FAH200Y or P.I. Recommended PreparatJon: FAH101Y/102Y reading knowtedge of French!German/ltal1an

FAH365H The Medieval City See FAH265H for a descnpbon Students taking the course as a third year subject attend the lectures, parbc1pate in an dd111on I weekly class and write a special paper. (26L, 13T] Exclusion: FAH265H Prerequ1s1t : FAH102Y and PI. Offered in alternat years.

FAH378H Studies In lmpres lonl m See FAH278H for a description Stud nts taking this course a th rd y subject II attend the introductory lectures, part1cipat an addition I w kly semtn r nd prepare written r se rch paper to be pr nted 1n seminar, in dd1t1on to the general requir ments (26L. 13S) Exclusion ; FAH278H,283H Prerequis1re FAH210Y nd P.I Offered In lterna r

FAH379H Studies In Post-Impressionism An invesbgabon of this movement in French painting and graphics, 1886-1896, With special emphasis on sucil masters as Van Gooh, Cezanne. Gauguin. Seurat, Toulouse-Cautrec, Redon, Boonard, Vaillard and Denis. An examinabOn of 1ts theories and pracbces · ·n the late 19th century artistic and socia mil eu, in and outside France. \265) Exdusion: FAH316H,3 1H Prerequisite. FAH210Y and P.I. Offered in alternate years

FAH402H International Art Since 1940 De\lelopments in the mainstream of Western painting and sculprure since World War II Special emphas· upon Inter-relations among Europe, Canada and the United States. (265) Prerequisi e: FAH210Yl283H/284H and a 300+ series half course and P I. Offered in alternate years .

FAH445H Portra ture from 1400-1750 Portraits of ndrviduals of vartous soaal s ata Topics sucil as the social position o the arttSt as artisan or practitioner of the Liberal Arts, the aggrandizement of the pnnce and his dynasty Ill allegoncal portraits; the female portrait as model o Vlrtlle, aesthetic and sex obiect. the male portrait as exemplar of leadership, age of po ency and self. doubt. (26S) Prerequisite· FAH101Y/102Y/200Y and a 300+ senes ha course Recommended Prepara on: SOC101Y; knowledge of soaal h of the 15 -centur ; a reading ge of Freodl, German or ian . 0 ered In ternate years

FAH446H Art end Literature I Consideration of vartous types of rt , includ g ustrated te ts and JSlory and

genre pain ng and, re appropr • o the r abons p o picture to text The proble chosen for study be selected om late antique and medieval periods [26S) E dusron FAH446Y Pr qui 1 • Any Art H ory courses

eluding a 300+ enes h course and P I Recommended PreparatiOn FAH102Y Off ed in alternate rs

FAH447H Cubl m end Related Mo ments An 1rw Ilg tJOn ol the bir1h and de lopment of Cubi m Futur m and Orrsm Euro • A r and C nada 1265 PrerequiSlte: FAH210Y and a 300+ S8f course and P I E duSlon: FAH284H Recommended PrepanlliOrl: A reading knowledge of French or I ian . o ed wi emate years

95

FAH482HJ.483H Studies in Medieval Art The same course description and prer . as FAH480 481H.

FAH484H/485H Studies wt RenaJSSanCe Art The same course descnption and prerequis as FAH480H/481H.

FAH486H/487H Studies in Baroque Art The same course desaipbon and prequisites as FAH480HJ481H

FAH48 489H Studies in Modern Art The game course descoption and prerequl611BS as FAH480H1481H.

96

FINE ART STUDIO (FAS)

(Stud 0 FKully) J . Armstrong. B.F A .• MA. C. Amolcfen. B.F.A . MF.A M. Bel e, B.A., B.Ed , M.F A. T. Bolhger, B.A • M.S A D. Cnchton, BA J . Crossan, A.O CA S E rrw def, BA , FA. L H . B.F.A S. King, B.F.A , FA. P. Kipps , BA. G Legar6 BF .A., MF.A. J . p • Dip Photo Ar1s S. Aectuco B Ed R. Sewell, B A. H. Simkins B.A . Dip. Co~ Graphics A. Sml , 8.A , MA., MF.A , PhD.

FAS courses are offwed on the Oakv le Campus, Sheridan College. All Fine Art Studio courses will be b oted. Ballollng is lhe process by which students interested in takifl9 Fine Art Studio courses will be granted permission k> enroll. Ballot forms and detaJled instructions are available April 1 'st from the F~ Art ~ar1ment, Room 227, North Building, Enndale College. Telephone (416) 828-3725 or from Visual Arts Department Room A.100, Sheridan College. Newly ' admitted students must oontact the Visual Ar1s Depar1ment, Sheridan College, immediately for details on bal oting. Contact: Faculty of Visual Arts & Design

Sheridan College 1430 Trafalgar Road Oakville, Ontario, L6H 2L 1 Telephone: (416) 845-9430,

Ext 2571

FAS143H Drawing I An introduction to drawing media and tedlniques combining practice with analysis ol draughtsmanship. Includes tedlnical and conceptual development [78P)

FAS145H Painting I An ~xpioration of painting's formal elements, subject matter and various media (78P) Exclusion : FAS230V(G)

FAS146H Design I Fundamental concepts and design processes developed through manipulation and analySIS of specific problems using micro-oomputef 18dlnology, as well as traditional studio methods. (78P)

FAS147H Photography I Emphasis on interacbon of technique, porceptJOn, and communk?atlon 1n maklng and responding to photographic images. Covers necessary technical aspects of the medium and darkroom procedures. [78PJ

FAS232H Printmaking I An introductJon to ~int media ~th an emphasis upon. relief and intaglio processes requiring experimentation and exploration of contemporary visual concerns . [78P)

FAS234H Printmaking II A con!Jnuation of FAS2_32H with more formal investigations in relief, intaglio and s~kscreen.

~::iqu1site or Corequisite: FAS232HIP.I.

FAS243H Analytical Drawing An examination of the relationship of process and content in drawing and related V\Sual processes. Conceptual problems introduce students to issues 1n contemporary practice. [78P) Prerequisite: FAS143H/P.I.

FAS245H Painting II A continuation of FAS145H: to further expertise in major pain ng media and to lur1her exploration of visual problems within the framework of 20th Century modes . {78P) Exclusion: FAS230Y(G) Prerequisite: FAS145H/P I.

FAS246H Design II A oontinuation of FAS146H: Students explore the historical and cultural conditions that have inftuenced the language of objects with the aid of m cro-computer technology at bmes. (78P) PrerequiSJte: FAS146HIP.1.

FAS247H Photography II A continuation of FAS147H, this course further develops the use of the camera, Ught and hght sensitive materials for visual cornmunicabon and personal expression . Investigations of h1stoncal and con mpor uses oT the medium will emphasize both technical nd aesthetic considerations [78P) Prerequ1 I ; FAS147HIP.I

FAS248H Thrff.D mensional Mat ri Is This course explores the ph boo of tht dimensional concept through direct manipulation of both con mporary tradition I mat I . 1785) Prerequ1 te · FAS146H/P I

FAS251H Fine Art In Wood Practical experience for understanding wood as it relates to historical and cootemporary issues in Fine Art. Assigned projects requ· e research, hands-on practiee, and concepb.Jal and creative solutions to problems . (78P) Prerequiste : FAS146H CorequiSlte: FAS248H

FAS252H Fine Art In Clay Practical experience for understanding day as it related to historical and contemporary ISSU0S in Fine Art Assigned projects requ e research. hands-on practiee and conceptua and aeatrve solutions to problems. [78P] Prerequsite: FAS146H Corequisife: FAS248H

FAS253H Fine Art In Glass Practical experience fol' understandi g glass as it relates to hislol'ical and contemporary issues in Fine Art Assigned projeecis req ·re research, hands-on practiee, and conceptual and creatrve solutions to problems. (78PJ Prerequsite: FAS146H Corequisife: FAS248H

FAS254H Fine Art In Aber Practical experienoe k>t' understand ng fibef as it relates to his orical and con mporary issues in Fine Art Assigned projects req e research, hands-on pracbce, and conceptual and creatrve solutions to problems [78PJ Prerequisites: FAS143H, and FAS145H.

FAS330Y Past and Pre nt Techniques of Painting and Drawing . A practical and storif?a! invesbgabon_ of techniques used painting and dr g Cr 'ques and Id tr1pi5 I complement stucho work. [156P) PrerequiSJre: Any FAS200H sefles course or any FAH100Y se course and PI

FAS332Y Compu ena and Art A studlO ntroduc n to ap tions o compu r grap ·cs sys ms In the visu arts,

duding baSIC leehnical m rma~ and discussion of e thellC and soaal ues invo ed in m ing "Art" computers (156P) Prereq1 rte: An FAS200H series course or

ny FAH100Y course series. and PI

97

FAS343Y Drawing I A con of F AS243H, personal inq

res n a senes of related pieces form a body of (156PJ Prt11fHPSI · FAS243HIP.1.

FAS345Y P ntlng Ill . A ooo a 'on ot FAS245H Grealef attention

be g to individual development n the perceptual and concep al understanding of ooo mporary art. (156PJ ExcJus10t1· FAS331Y(G) PrereqUIS,te: FAS245 IP.I.

FAS346Y Design Ill A con 'nuabon of 246H. This course poses similar problems on an advanced level. (156P) PrerequiSlte FAS246H/P.I.

FAS347Y Photography Ill Contemporary and hrstonc pho ographlC prac:tJces esta sh the basis for individual experirnentation and aitJcal discussion The process of constructing 'mages and the development of personal imagery 1s emphasized. l156P) PrerequiS1te: ~AS247HIP. I.

FAS348Y Sculpture An exploration of oootemporary concepts, · ages and matenals in three-dimensional

or1ls tnsptred by natural forms or culturally derrved order on space. Students win be requved to render three dimensional works in a variety of materials. (156P) PrerequrStte: FAS248HIP.1.

FAS434Y Individual lnveatlgatlona In Printmaking Students must present bo en and oral proposals for their term studies . The nal subm S10n and evaluabon shall consist of a portfoho and/or exhibition of original prints, test experiments, and evidence of research res ting from the &tudents' investigatJons. (156PJ Pr9fequis1te: FAS334Y and P I.

FAS445Y Individual lnveatlgatlona In Painting Students develop a cohesive personal body of work reflectlng an understanding of con1emporary art practK:e Wrinen sta ments of tentions and procedures reqwed (156P) Prerequ1slto : FAS345Y and P I

98

FAS447Y lndMdu I Inv tlgat ona In Photography lndrvidual proiec explor ng themes or issues using photography e estabhshed and evaluated in the context of contemporary cntJcal pracbce. (156PJ Prerequ151te: FAS347Y and P.1.

FAS448Y lndlvldual lnveatlgatlona In Sculpture Students formulate the r own positJons through written and oral proposals. From this a body of three-dimensional works reflecting issues associated with contemporary sculptural pracbce IS produced. (156PJ Prerequisite: FAS348Y and P.I.

FAS450Y Advanced Project An independent project chosen by the student and supervised by a member of the faculty. A written proposal signed by the supervisor must be submitted for approvaf to the department before registration. No student may take more than one Advanced Project full course equrvalent in a singe year. (156P)

FAS451H Advanced Project An independent prOJect chosen by the student and supervised by a member of the faculty. A written proposal signed by the supervisor must be submitted for approval to the department before reg1strabon No student may take more than one Advanced Project full course equivalent in as ngle year. (78P)

FAS452H Advanced Project An independent project chosen by the student and supervised by a member of the faculty. A written proposal signed by the supervisor must be submltted for approval to the department before registration. No student may take more than one Advanced Protect full course equrvalent 1n a single year. (78P)

FRENCH

C. Cloutier-Wojdechowska, LllsL, DES. MA, ~1Ph., DPS, DUP

M-P. Oucretet, LPhL, Agr.E M.S , D.PhL C. Elkabas, BA, MA, Ph.D. P. Leslie, BA, MOsL A. Miller, BA,M A., Ph.D. T. Michel-Mansour, B.A.,M.A.,Ph.D. J. Paterson, BA, M.A. , Ph D. N.J. SwalloW, BA, M.A., Phil.M. DA Trott, BA, MA .. Ph.D. H.H. Weinberg, B.A , MA , Ph.D.

Associate Chair and Faculty Advisor: Professor M-P. Ducretet

Room 246, North Bldg. 828-5373

For Appointments : 828-3726

The French programme at Erindale offers students a wide range of courses designed to proyide the basis for the study of our French heritage. For students wishing to pursue a programme leading to a high level of compe ence in French, we offer two series of language courses: FSL 121Y,163H,FRE180Y,FSL262H,263H, 362H, for non specialists; FRE180Y,FSL282H, 283H,382H,383H, for specialists, maximizing contact with instructors and using modern methods. In addition. students wishing to improve their language competence in the oral skills, have access to a state-of-the-art audio­lingual laboratory and, for the written skills, to a vanety of computerized aids . Native speakers of French are not permitted to take for credit FSL163H,262H,263H,283H, 362H,383H,FRE180Y. Such students, however, will be admitted to any FAE course for which FRE180Y is a prerequisite. For those wishing a futt programme of French Studies, our introductory and upper.year offerings 1n linguistics and ltterature completely satisfy the requirements for speci hst or major certification in Ffench Language and Litefature and major certification in French Language and Linguistics These offerings comprise a variety of fields : French as a langu ge y m (1nclud1ng Busines French); critical approaches to It rature (including computenzed xt an lysis): nd th study of both French and Qu(lbec ht r tur The Department Handbook m y be consulted In the Socr ry·s or SOCt t Ch ir's offi . and v l ble during r 1strab0n. Ennd l 's French gradu s h mo to adVanced stud1 s and to r rs In bu lnoss, t chlng, tr n labon. tr n por nd other Ii Id wh re skill in Fr nch r

nee S1ty

NOTE: Complebon of at least 3 courses in the specialist programme and an average of 70% In 2 of the 3 courses, may entitle a student to participate in thtrd year in the Study Elsewhere Programme in France or at Laval, OU4M>ec.

The series FSL163H/262Hl263H/362H, which may be taken as part of a minor programme, is intended to provide instruction tor students specializing in other disciplines who w h to develop a practical knowledge of French. The series emphasizes self-help beyond the ltm1ts of the Individual courses.

NOTE: Students who are not specializ ng or majoring in French may be admitted o French courses In Literature and Linguistics per1Tt1Ssion of the Depar1ment. 1f they demonstrate the appropriate level of competence French. Students see ·ng admission to FSL121Y w I be req ed to proVJde a high school record as evidence of their level In French. Partx:ularly well-q ed students may, as the result o a language proficiency test, be per tted lo enrol in 200 level language courses .

FSL121Y Introductory Frenc:fl II Spoken and wntten Freoch, retnfor · g or aural competence, reading comprehenslOl'I, and wn ng s . (785, 26P} Exclusion: FRE121Y/Grade XIII French or higher. ot open lo na e spea!\ers of French Prereq site: FRE101Y/Grade XI French or placement by the Departme

FSL163H Pract cal Fr nch Development of competence n · ng and spea ng s as eD as provement of pronunciabOn. Materials a from a variety of cont mporary sources 1395) Exc:JuSIOO: FRE161Yl171YJFSL160HJOAC French (Immersion) Not open lo na · e spea of French Prereq1.11SJ : FRE121Y SL121Y/Grade Ill French.'OAC Fr ch or cement by e department Strongly recommended lo 1n ding S ts and

FRE190Y Aspects or French Cultures A mul med a buffet that gives students the opportunity to sample the divers1ty of contributions made by French speaking people to interna onal culture. Lectures, read gs and assignments in English . Films

be sub ·lied in English. (52L, 26T]

FRE210Y Introduction to Quebec Uterature and Culture An introduction to various aspects of Ou~bec culture as a guid to the understanding of its Mterature. [52L) Exclusion: UNl202H Prarequisite: FRE150Hl150Y/161Y/171 Y/ 180Y1FSL182H Offered in temate years.

FRE240Y Introduction to Uterary Methodology Techniques of literary aiticism and analysis, based on a detailed study of French works selected from novels, drama and poetry from the t 7th century to the present. l52L, 26T] Prerequisite: FRE150H/150Y/161Y/171Y/ 180Y/FSL182H

FSL262H Reading French II: Language of th edlli mprovement of reacfing ski s with

coocentration on the rhetoric of everyday en French In the print media (news

reporting specialized journalism, advertising, e c). (395] Exclusion: FRE261Y/271Y. otopen to na e speakers of French Prerequi51te: FRE 150Y/161Y/171Y/180Y/ FSL160H/182HIOAC French (Immersion) or placement by the Department

FSL263H Spoken French II: Language or the adla Improvement of 1stening and spea ·ng ski

concentration on the rhe nc of everyday French in the electronic media (ra IO, TV, etc) (39SJ ExcluSJon: FRE261Y/271Y ot open to na e speakers of French PrerequiSJle: FRE150Y/161Y/171 Y/180Y/ FSL 160Hl163H/182H/OAC French (Immersion) or placement by the Department

FRE272Y The Structure or Modern French: An Introduction A descnpwe &!Udy of con mporary French. phonebCS and phonology, morpho1ow. syntax and semanbc6 Theoretical d cu '°" in general hngu bcS f 52LJ ProreqUISltes: FRE150Yl150H/161Yl171Y/ 180Y/FSL182H

100

FRE273Y G n ral History or the French Language The changes by which the Latin spoken In northern Gaul became today's French. Phonetic, morphological, syntactic and semantic evolution; regional, dialectical and social variations; the question of French in Canada; attitudes of writers, grammarians, and scholars, etc; political and social history. (52LJ Prerequisite: FAE150Y/150H/161Y/171Y/ 180Y/FSL 182H Offered in alternate years.

FSL282H Language Practice II: Written French (Formerly part of FRE271 Y) Improvement of writing and reading skills for students specializing in French studies at the university: comprehension exercises, correcwe grammar, summarizing, essay­writing. [39SJ Exclusion: FRE261Y/271Y Open to francophones with permission of the Department Prerequisite: FRE150Y/161Y/171Y/180Y/ FSL182HIOAC French (Immersion) or placement by the department

FSL283H Language Practice II: Oral French (Formerly part of FRE271 Y) Improvement of listening and speaking skills tor students specializing 1n French studies at the university. listening exercises, corrective pronunoation, oral practice, role plays. (26S, 13P] Exclusion: FAE261Y/271Y. Not open to native speakers of French Prerequisite: FRE1 SOY/161 Y/171 Y/180Y/ FSL 160H/163H/182HIOAC French (lmmers10n) or placement by the Department

FRE312H Qu bee Novel II: The Quiet Revolution The evolution and revolutlOrl of contemporary Quebec hction. !26TI Exclusion: FRE~10Y Prereqwsite: Any 200·series FRE "Specialist' course RecommendOd Preparation: FRE210Y/240Y Off red in alternate years.

FRE317H Quebec Theatre II: Contemporary Directions The aff rmatton of Quebec theatrical forms search for new dramallc structures. 126TJ Exclusion: FAE311Y Preroqws1te: Any 200- ri course Recomm nded Prep ration : Offered In t nat ye rs

FRE "Special!St"

FAE210Y/240Y

FRE320Y Literature of Claulclam (Formerly FAE220Y) Major writers of the seventeenth century, with emphasis upon the aesthetic and moral characteristics whicil constitute "classicism". (26L, 26T] Exclusion: FAE220Y Prerequisite: Any 200-series FAE "Specialist" course Recommended Preparation: FAE240Y Offered in alternate years.

FRE324Y Literature of Romanticism (Formerly FAE224Y) l=rench romantic prose, poetry and drama of the 18th and 19th centuries. Works by sucil authors as Chateaubriand, Lamartine. Hugo, Mussel Consideration of pohbcal, rehg1ous and artistic factors innuencing romantic expression . Origins of the movement and its later manifestations. (26L, 26T] Exclusion: FAE224Y Prerequisite: Any 200-senes FAE "Specialist• course Recommended PreparatJon: FAE240Y Offered in alternate years.

FRE330H Computer Assisted Literary Analysis (Formerly FAE225H) An introduction to the methods and problems of computer-assisted literary analysis using selected Frencil texts . [ 13L. 13T] Exclusion: FAE225H Prerequisite · One 200-series FAE "Specialist" course Recommended preparation: FAE210Y/240Y Offered in alternate years

FRE356H XVlllth Century Drama A study of dramatic forms and theories of the 18th century. Theatre as a hterary, bstic and sooal expression. A selection of plays by Martvaux, Beaumarchais and dramatists (13L, 13T] Exclusion: FRE356Y PrerequiSJte: Any 200·senes FAE "Specialist" course Recommended Prepara11on: FRE240Y Offered In alternate years

FRE358H XXth Century Theatre A cntlcal and theoretJcal study of XXth oenrury theatre str 1ng th ways in which v nous playwng. hts have expenm ntod w th langua_ge and repr entat1on for the s ge (13L. 13T] Exclusion: FRE358Y Prerequtsl : Any 200 n FAE "S I t" course Recommended Pre !Ion: FRE240Y Offered 1n It rnat y rs

FSL362H Reading French : La Francophonle Readings and discussions of bo h literary and journalisbc materials that broaden understanding of the range of cultures and societies of la trancophonie. (39S) Exclusion: FAE361Y/380H. Not open to native speakers of Frencil Prerequisite: FAE261 Y/271 YIFSL262Hl282H

FRE363H Early Prose Flctlon II: XVlllth­Century Novel The evolubon in the 18th century of the novel as a literary form and as a social phenomenon. (13L. 13T] Exclusion: FR!:362Y Prerequis1 e: Any 200-series FAE "Specialisr course Recommended Preparation: FRE240Y Offered in altema years

FRE364H XIXth Century Prose Flct on I This course examines e ways in cil such writers as Balzac, Stendhal and Flaubert developed techniques of the novel e exploring__ the preoccupabons of r society. [13L, 13T] Exclusion: FRE364Y Prerequisite: Any 200-series FAE "Specia !' course Recommended Preparabon: FRE240Y O ered in al ema years.

FRE365H XIXth Century Prose Fiction II This course examines the ways in such wr ers as Maupassant, Zola and uysmans developed echruques of the novel le exploring__ the preoccupabons of the society. (13L 13TJ ExcluSIOn: FRE364Y Prerequisite: Any 200-serles FAE "Specia course Recommended Preparation· FRE240Y 0 ered · temate rs

FSL366H Writing French: l.llngumge of Bu lness (FormeC"ly FAE301 H) A study of vocabu , grammar and ·

iq nvo ed tn bus. s ations (e g economics, Industrial retatJons, w mar ling) 139SJ E><clusion: f'RE301 H Prer quisite: FRE261Y/271YIFSL262 82H Offered tn ernate rs

101

FRE367H XXth Century Pro FlctJon I · course e the ways n ·ch such

as Proust. Gide, aux. Sartre explored ual and psychological

ts of their society e promobng innovative approaches to the problem of narration. p:n .. 13TJ Exclusion: FAE426Y Pf9fflqlJISJte: Ally 200-seri FAE "Speclalisr course Recommended Prepara 'oo: FRE240Y o ed in emate years.

FRE368H XXth Century ProN Fiction II Th.' course examines the ways In which such

rs as Camus. Robbe-Grillet. Butor, Sarraute , e explOfed ntellectual and psyc:hologica con cts of thetr society e promoting ·ooovative approaches to the problem of narra on. (13L, 13T) Exclusion: FRE426Y Prerequisite: Any 200-series FAE "Speciarsr course Recommended Preparatjoo: FRE240Y C>nered in alternate years.

FRE375Y Comparative Styll1tlc1 A compar e study of the characteristics of French and Eng sh expression and how they pertain to the problems of translation. (26P, 26T) ExcluslOt'I : FTR375Y(G) Prerequisite · FSL282H/any 200-senes FAE "Spec:i cou se

FRE378H French Syntax A &tl.ldy of the d1str1bution and relationships of the &yntagmatic oomponen of contemporary French, the &en tia.l structufe including the principle of coordmatJon, 6Ubordmabon and expatl6ion Theoretical approaches. (13l, 13T) PrerequisJte: FRE272Y Offered In alternate ye816

FSL382H Language Practice Ill: Written French Consolidation of writing akill& already acquired by atudents &peciahzing In French atudies, with emphasis on advanced process wnllng tecnmques . 139SI Exclusion: FJ:lE~1Yl380H . Open to franoophones with perm sion of the Department Prerequisits: FRE271 YIFSL282H

F8L383H l.anguege Practice IH: Onil French Consolidation of oral a lls already acquired by stude specializing m French studies. [26S, 13PJ ExduS1on; FAE361Y/381H. Not open to na speakers of French Pr, quisfts: FRE271Y/FSL263Hl283H

102

FRE388H Fr nch Semantics yanous apP'oaches to the notion of meaning, rts funcbon1ng at I levels of representa!Jon. (13l, 13T) Exe/us on: FAE476Y Prerequisite: FRE272Y Offered lo ternate years

FRE400H Women In Literature I: Quebec end Francophone Canada The evolution of the representation of woman through the literature of French Canada In the seoond half of the XXth century. A variety of approaches will be used to study works by such writers as G. Roy, A. Maillet, C. Martin, L Bersianik, A. Ducharme. (13l, 13T] Exclusion: FAE256H/257Hl258H PrereqU1S1te: Any 200-series FAE "Specialisr course or permission of Department Recommended Preparation: FRE210Yl240Y Offered · alternate years.

FRE401H Women In Literature II: France A study of women in wri!Jng and women who write. The relationsh p between women, society and literature, stressing the historical and ideological background of ltterary works: pro&e, poetry, plays. Works by such writers as Mme de StaAI, Colette, S. de Beauvoir. (13L, 13Tl ExcJusion: FAE256H/257H/258H Prerequ1S1te: Any 200-senes FAE "Specialisr course or perm1SSlon of Department Recommended Preparation: FRE240Y Offered lo alternate years.

FRE435H Literary Theory A study of the theories of COITlic (irony, humour, parody, sa re) and their prac!Jcal application to literature. Readings from representative au ors. PrsrequiS1te: Any 200-series FAE 0 Spec1alisr course or permiss10n of Department Recommended Preparation: FRE210Y/240Y Offered n alternate years.

FRE488H Teaching French Aa e Second Language Variou con mporary approaches to the teaching and learning of French as a second language, with reference to theoretical issues and socio-historical background; insights on the four skills (read~· wnllng, listening, speaking) . (13L, 13 Prerequlslte: FRE27 Y Offered in alternate y r .

FRE490Y Senior E11ay An lndependant re earch paper on either a II ary or hngu tic topic to be proposed by lhe stud nt and supervised by an Instructor, culminating In a ma/or r arch paper Prerequ1sfte: Perm Ion of the D partment

FRE491H Independent Study A scholarlY project supervised by a member of staff on a literary or linguistic topic of common Interest, Including readings, discu661ons and papers. Prerequisite: Permission of the Department

FRE492H Independent Study A scholarlv project supervised by a member of staff on a literary or ll~uistic topic of common Interest, including readings, discussions and papers. Prerequlslts: Permission of the Department

GEOGRAPHY

GHK. Gad, Dr.Phil., Ph.D. AP. Grima. B.A .. MA, Ph.D. C.J Houston, BA., M.A .. Ph.D. A.G Lewkowicz, BSc .. MA., Ph.D. S.H. Luk, BA, M.Phtl ., Ph.D. T.F. Mcilwraith, B A .. M.A .. Ph.D. D.S. Munro, BSc .. MSc., Ph.D. RR White, B.A., MSc., PhD.

Associate Chairman: A.G. Lewkowicz Faculty Advisors: Professors G H.K. Gad, T.F. Mcilwraith. S. Murvo and "'· K. Turner Telephone· 828-5465

Geography seel<s to und9'Stald the processes which have brought about current use of the env orvneot and the patterns of human se ement Its lraditional focus is on integrating the viewpoints of science, social science and humanities. Geography draws on the ear1h sciences to understand processes that lead to dislinctNe variabons or s 'laritJes from place 10 place in the physical environment. It also draws on the social sciences and humanibes In order IO understand the way human beings create and organized' llnCtive regions, eoonomies and landscapes. By combining !hell- nterest In physical and human processes, ~ haVe a umque role n studying the physical basis of enwonmental deterioration and in developing policy alternatives for dealing · such deterioration. In general, In a WOf1d where the demand k>r spec:iaisls lluduates widely from year ID year. the integrative quaf•ties of a geographical education remain. At Enndale, the geography curriculum has been desiQned lo stress the integrative nature of the discipline. Students proceed hough a sequence of oourses of Increasing dffllcutty. reinforcing and building on knowledge developed at previous stages. They are expected to demons1rate high levels of verbal, numerical, statistical and graphical Is. They are required ID take systematic courses in both physical and human geography and to develop an appreaalion of the enviromlenta and human issues facing canada as we approach 1he twenty-first c:enlUry. The geography a1rric:ulurn also places consid&rable streu on •ICP8'*' 1aarr*'9. Field studies are an Important component of the pr<>Qrammes at al leYets and in al areas o the curriculum They complement lectures, pro de mater I tor wo~hops. develop in geographical methods, encourage HJdent Involvement tn basic enquky, and build studenl·statt cooperalion. ~iald place on 1he College grounds, in ht metropolitan a nearby, and bthar aletd In rural Ontart0 The demands of Id 5'Udie$ have taken students and statt to VMCOIJll9f, Montreal, the tundra of nd and Iha med1ev I Clll of Europe Geography otters the to ·ng programmes·

103

Geography Specialist (10-12 courses), Major (7 courses), Minor (4 courses) as well as proqrammes in Environmental Management. Environmental Saence and Urban Studies. (For degree regulations see Secllon G of this calendar.) Geography has dose links With other d1sciphnes and interd1Sciplinary programmes. and students in other d sciplines should find many courses Within Geography that complement their interests and expertise. Students with programmes in elds from '9fature to geology, from chermstry to history,

or from fine art to economics may find in geography new ways of combining and developing the knowledge. Outlines of courses being offefed in a particular academic year are available In Room 3106. Students W!Sh. g more Information should contact I.he geography department secretary in Room 3106 or '91ephone 828-5465 In addition to JBG230Y, the following geography courses are counted as Natural Science courses: GGR117Y,217Y,219H, 275H~.~3:>7H.312H,313H,316H,319H,335H. 355H,374H,37GH,379H,479H,491 Y.

GGR117Y Introduction to Geogrephy Geographical analysis of the physical environment. C malie, hydrology, geomor­phology and biogeography are examined in '8rm6 of their relevance to human activity. The human impact on the natural environment is a major theme (52L. 26P) Exclusion~ GGR100Y, 131Y

OOR208H The Arctic A geographic study of the northern Cll'cumpolar region with emphasis on past and future changes In the natural environment and human settlement Examples I be drawn from Alaska, Canada and Russia [26L) Exclusion: GGR241 Y

GGR217Y Phystc.I Geogrephy Physical geography la examined in terms of the variour. systems which make up the ear1h's environment This is done descriptively and ma1hema1ically in order to prepare students for more advanced studies. Field '9chniques, analytical methods and relevanoe to environmental problems are stresaed. (52t.., 26P) Prerequisne: GGR 117Y

GGR211Y Hurun Geoqraphy Conoepls of social organization and human use of 1he envwonment in both rural and urban contexts Evolution of these geographical systems from the origins of agriculture to modern lnaernational trading relahonsh1ps , (52L. 26PJ PrflreqcMitfl: GGR 117Y

104

GGR219H Fleld Methods Observabon, recording and presentation of field Information. The course will indude a two-day stay at a field station, for which there will be a small fee. [13L, 39P) Prerequisite: GGR 117Y Corequ1site: GGR217Y/218Y

GGR221H Models of Reglonal Economic Structure An introductory survey of models of regional economic structure, growth and change, induding economic-base theory, shift-share models, regional interindustrylinput-output models, gravity-type models, staples theory, trade and factor movements , core periphery models and growth pole theory. [2GL, GT] Exclusion: GGR220Y

JBG230Y(I) Man and Environment Past and present man-environment relabonsh1ps are examined ; principles of ecology, environmental ethics and esthetics are outlined ; crucial alternatives for man are discussed. Problems of current environmental concern - land use, material and energy resources, pollution are considered and illustrated by case studies from different parts of the world .Given by the Departments of Biology and Geography This course complements GGR233Y (52L, 26T] Exclusion: JBG130Y

GGR234H Environmental and Reaource Management Principles of environmental and natural resource policy In the context of ecologically sustainable development. World-view with a Canadian focus Emphasis on Institutional instruments. Cases·in-po nt indude acid rain, air and water quality and forest resources. (2GL) Exclusion: GGR233Y Prerequisite: GGR117Y/810101Y/151Y

GGR247H Regions, Provlncea and Regionalism In Canada Contemporary patterns and their development. Problems and atbtudes w1th1n heartland · hinterland and provincial federal contexts . (2GL)

GGR252H Marketing Geography . The problem of retail location The spatial structure of consumer demand and retail facill s. Shopping centres and retail chains. Techniques for site lectton and trade area evaluation, location strageg s, retail planning (2GL, GT)

GGR255H Perspectlvea On Current Populatlon laauea Current discussions on the "population problem" are examined in light of historical writings . Optimum population size and political strength and the trad1bon of pessimism in population theory. [26L. 13P)

GGR256H Recreation Geography Introduction to spatial organization and economic impact of recreation. Prediction of demand, problems of over-use, ecological risks, connicts of interests, planning perspectives, Canada's tourist trade. [26L. 6T)

GGR263H Hlstorlcal Geography of Ontario Ontario from its founding to the early 20th century· settlement and ethnic roots, agriculture, transport, industnat growth and urbanization. The cultural landscape and regional literature will receive attention . Feld trip. [26L, 13T] ExcluSlon. GGR351Y Pr6fequislte at least 4 full course cred1

GGR278H Introduction to Data Procesalng In Geography Practical instruction in the use of computers from a geographical perspective. Studen w II be Introduced to common micre>-computer applications indudi~ text processing, spreadsheets, graphiCS, computer aided cartography. 126L, 13P) Exclusion: C$C104H/108H/148H/158H Prerequisite: GGR 117Y

GGR304H Cllmate Near the Ground Elements of microclimatology as they apply to lhe environment of plants and animals. The role of the surtace in controlling energy and water exchange within biod1mabc sys em be emphas zed . The movement ol contaminants will lso be discussed.[26L,13P) PrerequiSlte. GGR217Y,276H Offet'ed In alternat years.

GGR305H Blogeography AnalySIS ol past nd present plant and arum distnbutions, and of th environmental and biological constraints involved Th course emphasizes the impact of contrnental dnlt, Quaternary climatic changes nd human Interference on cont mpor ry patt ms. (26L)

GGR307H Soll Management Application of 6041 geography to problems of resource use and management. Soil erosion processes and conservatoo techniques. Soil wa r management. Drainage and reclamation of wetland soils. Soil pollution issues. Soil capab1 ty class cation . Selected problems of soils in arid and semi-arid regions , the humid tropics, as w as the Arc!IC and su~Arctic. (26L, 13PJ Prerequisits: GGR217Y Offered in alternate years.

GGR312H Permafrost Environment Study of physical geography in permafrost areas Topics include· formation and distributoo of permafrost; ground ice, geomOl'phological processes ; hydrology; terrain disturbance, proble of con-structJon and resource developmeo [26L. 13PJ Prerequisite: GGR217Y Offered in alternate years.

GGR313H Arctic Hydrology Hydrological processes in ArctlC areas. Topics involve a aspects of the hydrologic cycle eluding: snowmen prcx:esses, waa movement In frozen ground, niYal runoff regime, ground ice formation and frost heave. (26L, 13PJ Prerequisite'. GGR217Y Offered WI alternate years

GGR316H Hlllalope Geomorphology Systems approach IO h slope geomorphology studies ; processes of erosion and deposition, mass wasting ; slope forms of humid and ar regions; process.response models , applied aspects . [26L. 13Pl Prerequisite: GGR217Y Offered In alternate years.

GGR317Y Urban Environment Urbanizabon has profound mplica ns tor en ronment lhe first ha of the course focusses on the physk:al urban envlroome t, in the second half, environmen and na rat resource pol1C19S are examined in the context o an urban ecosystem such as the greater Toronto rea. l52L 13PJ Prert1quiS1te: GGR217YJ!18Y,219H

GGR318Y Cenada and the Woricf The geography of Ganada's na al de>Jelopment and the country's oe In world economy. Staples theory, tton and settlement, cor penp~ ties, International trade, military nces llWld the geographic relaaonships fl specific countr . (52L 13P) Pf9feqUI te ' GGR217Y,218Y,219H

105

GGR319H Aeld Camp ·sslon-oriented investigation of physcial and

socio-economic phenomena out-of-doors. Field observal!Ons and samples collected during a week-tong field camp are analyzed and the nd1ngs are submitted in a major report. Each student must pay the cost of transportation and accommodation. (39P) Prereqws1te: Average mar of 67% or better

GGR217Y 218Y,219H

GGR325H Spatial and Locational Theory Modem lheore ical geography, spatial economics, and regional science. Analysis of spallal form , transport process. land use

eory, locational analysis , central place eory, human movement in geographical

space. Plan · g and policy queslloos. (26L) Prerequ site: GGR220Y/221 H Offered alternate years.

GGR333H Geography of Energy In Canada Regional supply /demand pattern; productJon and delrvery systems; available supplies: end uses and e oencies; major proposed energy proiects. {26L. 13T] Recommended Preparation: GGR233Y/ 23.dH/361 Y O ed in alternate years.

GGR334H Wa er Resources Management Canadian problems in water resource management; a selection of topics related to poficy be covered, e g forecasting the demand for water, inter-basin and inter­national water transfers, industrial and urban water supply and wastewater management, tloodtdroug t as natural hazard • the Great Lakes, water supply n developing countries [26L, 13T] Prerequisite: GGR234H Offered n alternate years

GGR335H Environmental Modelling An applicalloo of environmental modeis to contemporary problems of deosion-m ng. The course win demonstrate the relevance of techniques of data management (sta bes, compu er systems) to i6sues faong Canada and the Qlobal community. [26L, 13P,/ Prereqwsite- Any 8 Ml course equiva ents,

eluding a course In STA Corequ1s11e. GGR276H

GGR343H The Changing Land1cape of China Th changing physical, social and economic

cape of China Special emphas on developmen n industry, agncuhure, urb zatiOn nd the environment since 1949 [26L, 61] Recommendod Pri parabon : Two cour in Googr hy

106

GGR344Y Geography of Russia A survey of the geography of Russia and Its netghbours in the Commonwealth of Independent States . (52L]

GGR 345H Environmental l11ue1 In Iha Developing World The course analyses those issues that are environmental priOl'ities in the developing world, such as water supply, deforestation, soll erosion and waste management These are compared with the atmospheric concerns that are paramount in richer, industrialized countries. (26L) Prerequisite: Any 8 full course equivalents

GGR346H The Urban Planning Process In Canada lntroducbon to planning as a conscious collective activity which can or actually does shape the oty. Reftecbon upon the Mture of urban planntng , rather than discussion of partJcular urban development issues is emphasized. Major themes: the legal framework of planning in Ontario, outline of planning history, current issues in planning theory. The course may include one week­long Internship In a planning office. !26L, 13T) Prereqwstte· GGR220Y/221H,261KY SOC205Y

GGR349H Workshop In Advanced Urban Geography This course emphasizes research and field work related to housing and the residential environment It will contain a mixture of lectures, seminar discussions and ·ndependent WOl'k. Research topics will be selected according to current interests of students and staff. [26L, 13T] Exclusion. GGR349Y Prerequisite; GGR357H

GGR353H History of the C nadlan Environment For more than four centuries Canadian terntory has been the subject of use and abuse by mankind This course deals with the exploitation of natural and cultural resources from prehistoric times, with major emphasis on the consequ nces of technological Innovation after 1800 and th growth of the conservation movement [26L, 13T] Prerequisite Any 8 full course equfvalents Offered in alt ma years.

GGR355H Environmental Change ldentlficabon of man-Induced and natural change in enwonmental systems with special reference to c:limatlc variation. Specific cases of change, e.g desertification along margins of deserts , availabilitr and quality of water resources. (26L, 13T) Recommended Preparation: JBG230Y/ GGR217Y/233Y/234H

GGR357H Geography of Housing and Housing Polley An introduction to housing as both product and process. The analysis of housing markets in a spatial context, emphasizing the transaction mechanism, residential location and housing choice, the role of the state, public housing and the relationships of housing changes to patterns of mobility and neighbourhood change. Case studies of specific policy Issues and alternative housing strategies. (26L, 13T)

GGR361H Understanding the Urban Landscape (Formerly GGR261H) Deciphering change in the physical form of neighbourhoods, including a substantial amount of field work in the inner city. Review of the evolution of urban form and introduction to the interplay of private and public forces that shape the built-form of Canadian oties . [26L,13P) Exdusion; GGR245Y

GGR363H Transportation and the Seas The relationship of mankind to the oceans, from ancient to modern times: exploration, trade, migration, technology, oceanic resources, ports, coastal land use. and sovereignty. The seas in lore and literature. (26L, 13T) Exdusion GGR351 Y Pfflrequisite· At least 8 full course equivalents

GGR364H Hlstorlcal Geography of Ethnic Groups In Canada The creation and survival of ethmc communitJ sin Canada wth p cul r emph s on rural settlem nts. Aspects of ethnic temtori lity, the b1hty of ethnic communities. nd the ad p !Jon of immlgr nts to the Canadian environment [26L)

GGR365H The Geography of World Trade The course uses the geographical paradigms of areal d1fferentioo and locational analysis to investigate the dynamiCS of trade at a global scale Following a revteW of these paradigms and an ntroductioo to evolving patterns of world trade the student w I select a commodity for intensive study. (26L, 6T) Exclusion: GGR489H (1989-90)

GGR366H Historical Toronto Toronto's development compared to other large North American Cities. Culture, social Mfe. economy, politiCS, and planning process and ideology (26L)

GGR374H Water Quality An Introduction to the physical and chemical charactenstics of natural water emphasis on their importance to industrial and domestic supplies Topics included are: measurement and analysis of dissolved and suspended consbtuents, chermcal equilibrium n d. ute aqueous solutJons, and spatial vana ity o water qual 1y th emphasis on Sou em Ontario. (26L 13PJ PrerequiSJte. OAC Chemistry/ CHM135Y/ 150Y,GGR217Y Ollered in alternate years

GGR376H Groundwater Hydrology An lntroducbOn IO the pnooples of groundwatef flow th emphasis on r application to the development of ground­water supplies, construction dewatering, and contaminant migration The maul components of the course are theory of groundwater flow, well driDing procedures and oonstru on, data collection and evaluation, groundwater chemistry, groundwa r assessment procedures, dewatenng system design. and simple groundwater models. (26L, 13PJ PrerequiSlte OAC Chemistry/ CHM135Y/ 150Y,GGR217Y Offered in terna years

GGR379H Advanced Field Methoda Phys cal Geography Structured round f d WOf • the course include t least one majOf d trip . Sii.iden

be responsibl for reading selected articles r ng to the study areas priof IO visiting the

Id. Proiects w1h Involve mapping of ph)'sical le tur s (1 e, geologic structures, ta . sotl , ter) on a preliminary bas' om aerial photo graphs In the I boratory and subsequ t in th Id. The n n n lo conduct the jor Id trip outside Southern Ontano to provide a contrasting eovlronment tor th students o, It IS assumed have some f miliarrty with the local area) (39PJ P~ qu1site. Any_ 3 ~urs dr or mor of the fOlloWlng . Phys Geology and Biology Ottered io emate rs

107

GGR417Y A ... rch Project Designed to giv s exoet1DrK:e in the de and ex90JtlOn al a reseac:h udy under the gUidance of a member of facu f13P) ExduS1on: oU'l8r courses In Independent research Prer9q1J1$1te: GGR317Y,318V,319H

GGA479H Advanced Topics n Phya cal Geography An advanc::OO semfnar dea~ng topics n physical geography, to be selected according to staff and student Interests (26PJ Prerequ151te · Permi&sion of Instructor

GGR489H Advanced Topics In Human Geography Ari advanced 1emsnar dea g w11t1topics1n homan geography, to be acted according to staff and studen or ts. (26P) PrereqtJ1&1te: Perl'l'll$ on of In tructor

108

GEOLOGICAL SCIENCES (Geology and Geophysics)

Professors Emeriti J.T. Wilson, O .C .. O.B.E., BA., MA., D.Sc.

D.Univ .. L.LD., F.RS C., F.RS. J.B Currie, BA., MA, Ph .D.

A R Cruden, B.Sc., Ph. D H.C. Halls, BSc., M.Sc .• Ph.D D.R Kobluk, B Sc., M.Sc., Ph D. B Murck, A.B., Ph D. P.-Y. F. Robin, M.Sc .. Ph.D., P.Eng D.J. Schulze, B.A.,M.Sc.,Ph.D.

Discipline Representat/Ve: Professor H.C. Halls

Facvlty Advisor and Undergraduate Seaetary: Professor P.-Y.F. Robin

Room 3006 Telephone · 828-5419

The Geological Sciences deal with the origin, evolution and structure of the Earth and other planets, through the analysis of physical, chemical and biological processes . Modern theories of global dynamics continue to provide new insights Into our understanding of the Earth's behaviour and of its relabonship to the other planets. Geoscientists (Geologists , Geophysicists, Geoc:hemists) have always contributed greatly to our knowledge of the history of our planet. including its origins, physical evolubon, and the history and evolution of life. The ability to read the rock record is one of the important skills of the geoscienbst, and Is essential for unravelling the mystery of how our planet came to be. The geosaenlist holds a leading place In the search for malef'ials of economic value such as oH, gas, metals, coat and industrial minerals, and the evaluation of poten al hazards in our natural environment. The exploration and development ot natural resources consbtute one of the largest Industries In Canada, and has always been a major employer of geoscientists. Advances in the understanding of e rthqu es, volcanoes and other natural haz rds have enabled geological scientists to be actively Involved 1n waluating methods of haz rd prediction. A career in the Geological s nces ds to opportun1beS for work ln m ny parts of the world, under a rang of field conditions. In addition, modern geosclenb ts a wld variety of analytical and experrmen I lectlnlqu In order to char ct 1ze ear1h material (X-ray diffraction, ectron microscopy, utron actiV bon, high lemf)8rature and high pr ure e perimen ltudi98)

Enndale provides a broadly-based preparation for careers in the geological sciences. We offer a spectrum of courses encompassing the fields of geophysics, structural geology, sed1men ology, geocilen11slry. petrology, stra graphy, and invertebrate paleon "'1'/· Four speciar t programmes are offered; 1n

Geology, ~d P yslCS, Geology and Chemistry, and and Geography; two mapr programmes in and Geology and Geography. These programmes are outlined rn Section 8 of this Calendat; note that m06t fourth year courses are taken on the St. George campus Many of our courses n be useful to students specializing in other fields such as Commerce, Environmental Geography. Surveying Science, Biology, Vertebrate Paleon~ Me lurgy, Anthropology, and Civil Engineer g.

GSC103H Geology and Public Issues Issues and events of current national and international concern are examined from a geological perspect.IVe. Topics include oxic and nuclear waste disposal, ftni1e energy and mineral resources, and a vanety of na ral hazards, including landslides, troods, volcanoes, earthquakes, and radon coota!Tllnabon [26LJ Olfered n summer session only.

GSC110H Violent Events In Earth History Earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, tsunamis and landslides are examples of sudden, sometimes catastrophic, events that occur In response to orces that originate deep In the Earth's interior and which, together with the action of wa rand wind, •e c:onbnually reshaping~ e Earth's surface This course discuss the methods that are used to mon11or, predict and control these potentially hazardous phenomena. Recent theories that aslefoidal impacts Ear1h have caused periocfic mass exbndloos of 1 I also be discussecl 26 13T]

GSC120H Planet E rth The Earth our planet. This course an introductory survey of wh t we knOw about 1ts history, Its tructure Md ts eYOIUtion, and of how we now rt W disc:uSS the age and origin of the Earth, the worid ~minerals, the processes whictt form roc:M, lhe deep interior of lhe Ear1h, Ptate Tectonics the origin of mountains and ns. nver and glaciers beaches nd cliffs, ear1hqua sand volcanoes, tc Tutori pr t some of methods used by geolog · ts to study the E.-th, and to de Md recog e minerals and rocks Recommended Preparation: Grade 12 Of OAC Physics nd Chem try

GSC220H Geological Mapa A geolog cal map IS a reprosen on of the geologieal tory of an area as told by the mapper. To read lhat h tory students learn lhe lgmficanoe of rock d1str1bub0ns, learn to recogn ze and doalment geoloQical structures sudl as tau , told and unconTorm1 · s, and ID construct geological cros ections (26L, 39PJ Corequ1S1te · GSC 120HIGG R 117Y

110

GSC237ff Geology of e Solar System e e recent explos100 of

knowledge c:oocemmg lhe SIX'I, planets and o(}lef members of our solar system The course emphasizes lhe rerres · planets • Mars, Earth, Venus. and Mercury - because of our greater owledge of these lhrough numerous anding orbiting and by missions The asterOlds, comets, and the giant planets and lh sa 1tes I be dlSCUSsed particularly as lhey pertain to theories of the or1g1n and evolution of the solar sys em. (26L, 13PJ Prerequisite: One 100 lev AST/CHM/GSC/ PHY course

GSC270H Fossils and Sed ment ry History of North America The lectures treat lhe pnnoples of stratigraphy and bl061ratigraphy, and history of sedimentation 1n orth Amenca (emphasizing north astern North America) from the Middle Precambrian to the end of the Paloozoic The laborator1 comprise an introduction to the maior groups of invert bra organisms found as fosSll ; the empha s 1 upon those groups of major biostrat1graphtc and palooecological sign1fieance. (26L, 39PJ R9COmmended Prep ration : GSC121H

GSC320H Igneous Petrology The cl ss1ftcabon, gene is , nd sign1ficanoe of ignoous roe are placed w1th1n a pl t

ctomc framework. Labor tory work lnvolv s m1noral identJhcation nd rocogmtion nd interpretation of xtur 1n h nd poo n

nd thin ection f26L, 39P) Pf'. requl It · GSC222H,230H

GSC325H Reid Camp I This course held on the north shore of Lake Huron In early May, covers geological mapp ng skills, stratigraphic sectJon measurements, and using computers in field geology. Recognition of rock types, fossils and geological structures in the field is used to Interpret ancient geological environments . Students must pay the cost of transportation and accommodation [10 days of field Instruction) NOTE: GLG340H(G). Erindale students must register in the summer session. Exclusion: GLG340H(G) Prerequisite: GSC220H,222H, or equivalent from St. George or Scarborough campuses

GSC332H Structure and Tectonics The evolution of the Earth's crust 1s illustrated usi~current theories of plate tectonics and ge namics. Topics covered include; man e convection, plate driving mechanisms, lithospheric deformation, cont1nential collision, rifting, transform tectonics and lntraplate deformation. Laboratory work includes exercises in plate kinemabcs, isostasy, geodynamics, map interpretation and integrative terrane analysis . [26L, 39P) Prerequisite: GSC220H,222H

GSC336H Remote Sensing In Geology Satellite imagery, aerial photography, imaging radar, airborne geophysics and elementary digital image processing are introduced. Applications include; geological mapping, analysis of mountain belts and earthquake zones, hydrocarbon and mineral exploration and environmental monitoring . (26L 26P) Prerequisite: GGR217Yl233Y/~C220H/ 237H/SUR202H/235H Rscommonded PreparalJOn: PHY135Y/140Y/ GSC120H

GSC337H Exploration Geophysica Basic principl s, in trumentatiOn, Id procedures and lemen ry lnterpre tton

cnnlques e outlined for gravity, magne c, eiectromagn tie nd ismic m thod used in the explor hon for mineral depo 1 Practiea work emp is Ii ldwork nd boratory simulation ol id urveys 126L 39PJ Prorequ1S1t : GSC120H,PHV135Y/140Y Oft r d in torn ye rs

GSC375H Ancient and Modem Carbonatu This course is a practical guide to carbonate sediments and rocks (6mestones and dolomites). and their analysis and interpretation in thin section and hand sample. The topics include grain types, grain size and other grain parame ers, dassificalion, neomorphism, cementation. dolomitization, diagenetic processes and reef cacbona.les. [26L 39Pl Prerequisite: GSC219H,270H Recommended preparalJOn: GSC222H

GSC425H Fleld Camp I Geological mapping an essential task of geologists and req res the inlegra ·on o many sub elds of geology. This course introduces sb.ldents to basic logistical techniques of geological mapping and to geological "nference from field data. Students are requ· eel lo produce a geologic map of one or more eld areas, over a period of 12 days In various areas o Canada $1Udents I have to pay part of the cost of transportation and accommodation. (12 days in early May) NOTE: This course s Identical to GLG448H(G). Erindale studen must reg ster in the summef session. Exclus100: GLG448H(G) PrereqU1s1te· GSC320H 325H.332H

GSC470Y Research Thesis Arrangments for ese Independent research projects must be made a Geological Sciences Faculty member before reg a on. Cop of the completed must be submitted one wee prior to end of term classes Exclv ion: GSC471 PrerequiSJ Any 2 f from the GSC300 se age In the last 5 cour

111

112

GER AN

second cou tr s

soc.Jtheiastem E ope, and Its European

German opeftS lhe door to many ds of ime!llecUJal, lecivucal and po tico-economlc endeavoor. German scholars have been leaders P ilosophy, the Sciences. JS cxy, Archaeology, Sociology and Political Science, German · rab.Jre 1s eq dis nguished . 'lh writers like Goethe, Kafka. A e, Brecht, Mann. etc., who have dealt the widest posslble range o human problems and concerns Signi cant works of German I terature from the ddle Ages to the present are the focus of the range of hterature courses o ered, allowing the student to acqwe an historical aveN~ of this element of German life and culb.Jre. The Departrnent of Germanic Languages and Uterarures offers a variety of language courses on the beginners', intermediate and advanced levels. Courses have been designed to each the clear comprehension ot German texts, to practJce translation and the oral use of the language, to develop sty11stic ski • and to tram stvdents in the specialized vocabulary and concepts of bus ness The Department a so tries to promote opporrun1tles for sb.Jdents to study and wor in Germany. where possible, by encouraging partielpabon 1n programmes mounted wtth the help of the German government; 1n addition it offers help to students who wish to take part 1n the "Third Year Abroad" programme (see page 57 in the Calendar) by adv1s1ng them on oourse choices and by keep ng 1n touch throughout their time 1n Germany. Instruction in Dutch and Yiddish is also off red on the boQ1nnors' and int rmed1at levels A knowledge of German 1 a virtual necessity for peaah in certain disciplines, 1t i lso very useful 1n certain care r are (e g • the foreign service. Int rpr tat1on and tr nslation. hbrariansh1p, bu n s nd oommerce, muStc, tourism, nd, of cour e. t aching) The succeasful oompl t1on ot a four ye r progr mm . Including sev n pprov d cours 1n Germ n. m y nt1tl th stvdent to entOf the MA. or Ph.D programm In the Grado to D1vi ion of th De rtment

Students oom1ng wilh some previous knoWlodge of German but without an 0 .A.C . qualification may be asked to write an nillal assessment test and will then be advised to take courses at the appropriate level. Students who have taken German in Hi9h School to OAC level will normally begin with course GER202Y Students who desire information regarding German studies are advised to confer with Professor C. Saas (828-5275).

NOTE: Students with German-speaking background are expected to consult the Department about their programmes. Reading lists for the various courses are available from the Department. Students intending to specialize in German may also consult the St George calendar for additional course offerings which may be counted for specialization.

GER100Y Introductory Gennen An intensive language course for students with no previous knowledge of German. Practice in comprehension, reading, writing and speaking. (130P) Exclusion .· OAC German/GER101H

GER101H Introductory Germen: Contlnu•tlon An intensive language course tor students who have studied German, but who have not quite attained OAC level. Practice in comprehension, spe ing, reading, and writing. This course Is the spring tefm of GER100Y. (65P] Exclusion: OAC German/GER100Y

GER202Y Introductory Genn•n II, Re ding •nd Review Continuation of work done in GER100YJ101H. Expansion of basic grammar and vocabulary, pracilce In comprehen t0n, translation . compos1b0ns, and convefSallon . [104P) Exclusion: GER200Y Prerequisite: OAC GermantGER100Y/101H

GER204Y Introduction to Germ•n Uter•ture This course introduces tudents to the tudy ot German Ii rature and i obhgatory for ma)Ots or special" ts. The choice of x · b ed on two chi f en rl : th t they be in r ting nd representative of a period of genre, nd t t they linguistically oces b to tuden who ar still developing t r r ding s 11 Prerequ1sit : OAC rman or GER100Y/ 101H (78S)

GER220Y Twentieth Century Utereture A study of German titerature since 1900. The works of such aulhors as Kafka, Mann, Brecht. Grass and OOrenmatt • 1 be read . (78SJ Prerequisite .· GER204Y

GER251Y The Development of German Clnem• German cinema from i1s beginnings as an art form to its ct.Krent renaissance Includes ms by such directors as "'1mau. Herzog and Fassbinder . Knowledge of German not required; previous Im studies experience not req ed. (525, 52P)

GER300Y lntermedl•te Germ•n 1 (Formerly GER210Y/302Y) German at e intermediate level : exllension of vocabulary, specific problems of grammar, practice in translation, essay- · ing, reading and conversation. Students taking ·s course and intending to specialize in German must take a second-year tilefature course as ell. The Department reserves the nght to place students in the appropriate course in the senes GER200Y.300Y,350Y,450Y (104P) Prerequisite: GER200Y/202Y

GER320H Prose and Poetry: 1945 to Present (Fonnefly 422Y) MaJOr trends 11 German prose and poetry since lhe end of World Wat I [395) Prerequis;re· GEA220Y/222Y Exclusion: GER422Y Otlet'ed 1n temaee years.

GER326H Middle High Germ n Introduction to the language: selections from

ddle High German texts · be read (395) PrereqwSJte: GER220Yt222Y/300Y Offered'" emaee years.

GER331H Young Germ ny nd Bl d rmei.r Post Rom tie It ratur In t ha ol 19ttt century; uthors such as Heine, BOch nd Sb I be studied (3 I

Prerequ/SI : GER220 122'1.Y Otlet'ed in t naee rs

11

GER332H Realism, Naturalism, Symbolism A study of literary developments 1n the second half of the 19th century through such authors as Storm. Fontane, Hauptmann, and Hofmannsthal [39SJ Pf9f9quisite: GtR220Y/222Y Offered In ternate years

GER350Y Intermediate German II (Formerly GER310Y/402Y) Study of idioms, translation, essay wn ng, readtng problems of grammar and oral practice. The Department reserves the right to place students in the approPrlate course in the series GER202Yl300Y,350Y.450Y [78P) Prerequisite.· GER300Y/302Y

GER370Y Business German 1 (Formerly GER270Y) An introduction to the use of German in the business context Building on grammar and vocabulary knowledge already acquired, the course enables the students to correspond and converse in baSIC business situations. [78PJ Prereqursits: GEA200Y 202Y

GER420H German Drama: 1945 to the Present A study of mcqor trends 1n German Theater since World War II. Playwrights such as Brech 0 rrenma Weiss, Hand e, Strauss, and Iler · be read [39SI Prerequisite: GER220Y/222Y Offered in alternate years

GER430Y Romanticism Traces the developmen of RomantJc thought from Its origin to its culmination around 1825 GER430Y or GER460Y requ1ted In the Speaalist Programme. [78SJ Prerequisite: GER220Y/222Y Exclusion: GER431H/432H Offered In alternate years

GER450Y Advanc:H German Advanced language practice, concentrating on problems of translation and style (78P) Prerequisite~ GEA350Y/402Y

GER460Y Age of Goethe (Formerly GEA340Y) lhe classical penod 1n German literature Atlenlion is focussed on ma,or works of Goethe and Sd1 er. GER430Y or GER460Y •required in lhe Special t Programme. [78SI Prerequi&1te: GER220Y/222Y Offered in alternate years

114

GER4~H Independent Study A reading and research proiect in Germal'ltC literature or linguistics. Prerequisite: Permission of Derartment to be obtained by May 1st for the Fal term; by November 1st for the Spring term.

GREEK (SEE CLASSICS)

GRK101H Introductory Claaslc•I Greek I An Introduction to the ancient Greek language. (525) Exclusion: OAC Ancient Greek/GAK100Y

GRK102H Introductory Claaslcal GrHk II A continuation of GAK101H; pre£<¥ation for the reading of Greek literature. [52S) Exclusion: GAK100Y Prerequisite: GAK101H

GRK201H Intermediate Claulc•I Greek I (Formerly GRK215H) Review of grammar and further language training with readings in classical Greek prose and verse . [3951 Prerequisite: OAC Greek/GAK102H

GRK202H Intermediate CIHalcal GrMk II (Formerly GRK216H) Continued language training with readings in classical Greek prose and verse (395] Prerequisite; GAK201 H

GRK203H Odyssey (Formerly GRK213H) Reading of Homer, Odyssev, at least three books (e.g. 6,9, 11) 1n Greek, the rest In Enghsh. Further study of the language. (395) Pre- or Co-requisite: GAK201 H/202H

HISTORY

S. Aster, BA., M.A., Ph.D. M Dafoe, B.A , MA. RE Johnson, B.A., Ph.D. C. La Vigna, B.A ., Ph.D. L 5 . MacOoweU, BA .. M.Sc., Ph.D. W. McCuaig, B.A ,M.Phil.,Ph.D. 0 P. Morton, B.A, B.A., MA., Ph.D. A.C M.Jrray, B.A., Ph.D J . Noel, B.A .. M.A.,Ph. D. A.W. Pruessen, BA. MA., Ph.D. D L A~, B.A ., Ph .D. W.B. While, AB, M.S., Ph.D.

Discipline Representa ve and Faculty Advisor. TBA

EAi DALE HISTORY HANDBOOK. A fuller descnphon of lhe History programme IS available n the History Handbook, ch produced in the Spring It gives detailed infOfmatJon on course ou nes, timera ng and programme requirements, and is available from the History Department, Room 227, orth Building, phone 828-3725. It is an essential supplement IO the Calendar, and students are urged to c:onsu it History IS exclusively neither an art nor a saence, but a subtle blend of 1he two. The historical imagination reacheS beyond 1he mrts Imposed by scien lie method, bu1 It

does not enpy unlettered poetie license. What not required of art is required of history - to discover what 1he old universe was like rather than to ·nvent a new one. We study 1he past In order to in ence, no matter how modestly, 1he world around us and the workf wi nus. Historical ulry always a response to the human need for in orma on, an Wlderstand g of the broad patterns of social deYelopmen Concentration in history can prOYide students

.th the analytical s and Intellectual judgement reqtJtred In a number of fields. J=rom academic research and ng IO a career in pub hing, JOUrnalism or the media, the · lorian's con on Is substan al Trai ng in hi tory approp preparation for a career n w or in government service, fore ample, a researc:hef, arch or po icy analyst The history programme al Erindale ii designed to g e students a oornprehenslve

iew of 1he modem world Stroog core areas in European, Canadian and AmeriCa'I H tory are supplemented by courses In Bri sh, Russian. Latin Ameocan and Third World History. As , courses in anaent Gr and Roman story are oltered by "8 Classtc:s Oepar1ment. Introductory 100 and 200 level courses are normlllV conduCt8d as a c:ombinatiOn of leCUe and tutorial, more advanc:ed courses are ohan offered as seminars. allowing students experience In independent r rc:h and In presenting their findings.

115

Students must register annually, beginning In th · second year, with the HistOI')' Secretary (Room 22.7, North Building), to ensure their progress through the programme.

HIS100Y Mod m Europe, 178~-1945 Europe from the French Revolution thr~h the Second World War. Political, economic, social and cultural aspects will be covered . (52L, 26T] (Not offered ·n 1993-94)

HIS108Y The Rise of Europe, AD 1000-1914 A themabc 1ntroductton to the history of European society and its 1nteraction with the rest of the world. (52L. 26T]

HIS110Y Headlines and History Where dtd the problems and crises that are covered by today's newspapers and te~vision come from? By combining an examination of signi icant contemporary Issues with a study of some of their historical roots, thtS course will explore the tools and 1nsic)hts historians and students ot history can bnng to observatJon of the wor1d around them Spec1fic topics will vary from year to year, but some of those which might receive attention include. South Africa and ·apartheid·; Middle East tensions , •star Wars· and disarmament; the cycle of growth and weakness n modern economies , drug use as a social crisis: rock music as a cu!tu al phenomenon (52L, 26T] Exclus1orr. HIS100Y Enrollment will be hm1ted (Not offored In 1993-94)

All 200 Level courses ere open to first year students.

HIS200Y(I) Europe, 1300-1700 A survey of Europe In the late Middle Ages and the early Modern period, a time often charactenzed as a translttonal phase between the 'Medieval' and 'Modern• wor1ds (52L, 26T] ExcluSJon HIS243H.244H

HIS204Y(I) History of Italy A general urvey of the history of Italy:

~I tical, social, economic and cultural ,

2L, 26T] ot offered Ill 1993 94)

HIS220Y(I) The Shape of Medieval Society An introductory survey of European histOI')' from the la Roman Empire to the four onth century outl mng the ma1or dovelopment that account for the shape of mod val clv1hzatJon and 1nftuence on subsequent centun (52L, 26TJ (Not ottered tn 1993 94)

116

HIS231Y(I) History of Great Britain, 1~ 1945 The major themes of British histOI')' from the early nineteenth century- the effects of industrial society, the development of parliamentary democracy, the emergence of the welfare state, foreign and empire relations, and religious, cultural and intellectual change. [52L, 26TJ Exclusion: HIS234Y,239H

HIS233Y(I) Politics and Soctal Change In England, 1530-1800 An introducbon to the development of government and society in England from the sixteenth to the eighteenth century. Attention will be given to such events as the English Reformation , the Civil War, the Glorious Revolution, the beginning of industrialization, and the challenge of the American and French Revolutions. [52L. 26T] Exclusion: HIS230Y.234Y,238H (Not offered in 1993-94)

HIS241H(I) Europe In the 19th Century An introduction to the principal themes of western European history from the French Revolution to the 1890's (26L, 13T] Exclusion. HIS100Y

HIS242H(I) Europe In the Contemporery Era The evolution of European politics, culture, and society from 1890. the origins and consequences of the two world wars, the Bolshevik Revolution and Stahnism, Fascism and Nazism, the posf.1945 reconstruction and division of Europe. (26L, 13T] Exdusion· HIS100Y

HIS262Y(I) History of Canada Canada from the 16th century to the present Beginning with na!JVe cultures. the oourse then examines both French and English Canada in detail There is a focus on shifting economic acw1t1es Canada moves from a rural to an urban indu trial ba . Social and political movemon are surveyed, and the lectures d1scu s both famous and everyday Uves (52l, 26T]

HIS271Y(I) American History Since 1&07 A survey of significant developments ~ ....... Amencan history (e g .. the AmerlC8/l ...,..,._., tho Revolution, tho C1v1I W r, 1ndustrialtzation, the effec of th Cold War) and Important ch ract r tics of Am ncan society (e g • soc1 I mobility, r c1 m, tmponahsm) Lectu': and reading will combm th perspectwel pohhcal, social , ecooomic d d1ptom81ic history (52L, 26T]

HIS290Y(I) Latin America : From Conquest to Revolutlon, 1492 ·the Present Mater 1hemes In the history of South and Central America and the Caribbean from the 1me of Columbus t> the present. Diso.Jssion locus on such issues as nationalism, development and 1.#lderdevelopment. reYOlubon, ITlllrlanSm and ctAtural Identity. l52L. 2611 Exclusion: HIS~89H ,HIS290H (Not offered in 1993-94)

HIS300H War, the Military and American Society How AmerieanS have approached, experienced and been affected by wa1, and the development and sociology of the military estabhshment, beginning w\th the nature of early modern warfare and its applicabon in Anglo-America through United States Involvement in the Gulf War. [26L] (Not offered 1n 1993-94)

HIS308Y The History of Women A broad survey of women in European society from ancient to modern times . [52L] Recomm9flded Preparation: A course n European history (Not offered in 1993-94)

HIS311Y Introduction to Canadian International Relations Canadian international affairs lo a broader context. Anglo-American as we as Canadian-American relattons: the European background to questions such as the League of Nations, appeasement and rearmament, which directly affected Canada without thls country being oonsulted . [52L) Recmmended Preparation: A course Canadian histoty or polibcs (Not offered in 1993·94)

HIS313Y Canadian Labour A study of working people, of the C8nadian

bour movement Ince ConfederatlOI\ and lhe development of Can dlan r dica sm. Social, economtc nd regional them I be Incorporated. [52L) Prereq1.11S1te: HIS262V1EC0244Y

HIS314Y Ftw1ch c.nada SI~ lhe Conquest The dev lopment of the French C d n community 1n Canad French Can 1an nation i m, the political nd economic dev lopment of Quebec, and the etlltural evolution of Fr nch·C n d1 n s rt both w thin nd ou id of Ou c. [52L) Prerequl. 1 HIS262Y (Not ot 1993 94)

HIS319Y France and Germany 1848-1945 (Former1y HIS343Y) A comparative study of the development of France and Germany from the revolutions of 1848 to the eod of the Second World Wa1. Emphasis will be on the inleraction of economic. social and political developments • induding the diplomatic relations between them - but students wiD be free IO pursue topics in In electual and ideological history. [52L)

HIS 324H Bandit. & P ra1H In La n America and the Caribbean Ana sis of patterns of banditry from colonial bmes to the present Theories of banditry: Hobsbawm"s "social bandits", the Robin Hood myth, the •avenger·. P acy and the Caribbean buccaneers Case studies inctuchng Pancho la (MeX>CO), Lampiao (Bfaz ), Henry Morgan, etc. (26L, 13T) Exclusion: HIS315Y Prerequisite: HIS290Y Recommended Preparation: Read E. . Hobsbawm, Bandits

HIS327Y From Antiquity to ttle lllddle Ages: Europe 300-800 Lecture course on lhe transition from ancient to medieval civilization. Required reading cons ts of primary sources In translation. Lectures may deal th general topics of the period, but emphasis Is on the context ol the source material and its role In shaping the Interpretations of modem hislOrlography. (52L) Exclusion: HIS326Yl 424V P1'819qUiS1te: Course in ancient or medieva h1Sl0fy.

HIS329Y The Conftlct of N911oMlty In Modem Ireland A IOpical analysis of modem rish histofy concentrating on conflict o cons onal, social, revolutionary and r natio · Topics Include Fenlanism, Home A • 1916 rising the partition 0 and 'time of trouble' In N< nd 1968 l52LJ ExcluSJOO SMC348

HIS335H Mexico: From Conquat to Independence (151~1810) The torm tlOll of the lean nallOn from the destruction of the Azl8c em re b nan Corte and his band ol en • ttuough 300 y of S sh col to 1he outbre ol lhe strug tor indepecldeoce. 126 13T) ~ecommended Preparation: HIS289H/290HI 290Y

117

HIS338Y Fro o W fal'9 SUI , 1~rnent A lopical an social issues modern Sri h Themes lncfude lhe dedme of liberal Party, lhe impact o two wor1d wan;, the making of we are state, empire developmeots post-war La.boor and Conserva Britain . (52L] (Not offered In 1993-94)

HIS340Y The Reformation In Europe The focus ol this course wi be the religious movements of the sixteenth century that are desc:nbed collectively as the Reformabon : ltJlheranism, Calvinism, radical reform and the Counter-Reformation. The course wm also consider religious and intellectual precursors of the Reformation and the relationship between religious reform and the socio­~litic:al structures of early modern Europe. (52l)

HIS354H Aspects of Engllah-C.nedlan Culture In the Twentieth Century The course surveys major developments in culture and the arts since World War I. II examines the mpac:t of lhe media and institut>onaftzatton on the culture industry and analyses the increasing involvement of the stalie. We I sllJdy art publ1&hing, the theatre, radio, lhe film Industry, telev1s on and sports. [26L) Exclusion: HIS419Y(G) Prerequisite: A university-level course In modem Canadian history (Not ottered in 1993~)

HIS357Y The Ren.launce A cultural history of lhe 15th and 16th cenlUrl8$ set against the socio-economic background The course will concentrate upon the development of the Renaissance in Italy and will deal with Its manifestations In Nor1hern El#'ope [52l)

118

HIS368H Canada In the First World War The First World War offers a focus for examining every aspect of Canadian society in an age recognizable and different from our own. Seminars will address the basis for Canada's involvement in the conflict, the Canadian military response and the problems and achievements of the CEF overs~as and the impact of the war on Canada itself. (26L) Exclusion; HIS392Y Prerequisite: HIS262YIPOL 100Y (Not offered 1n 1993-94)

HIS372Y The United States In the Twentieth Century Major developments in the economic, social, pohhcal, and cultural life of the United States during the past century. (52L) (Not offered 1n 1993-94)

HIS374H Natlonallam In Cenada (Formerly HIS328H) Canada was born 1n the wake of nineteenth· century nationalism and nationalism has been a persistent theme in 1ts history. The course will review the nationalist ideas of Blake, McCarthy, Bourassa. Ewart, Groulx, Dafoe, Grant, Levesque and thetr contemporaries. (26L) Prerequisite: HIS262Y (Not offered 1n 1993-94)

HIS375H American Foreign Policy In the Cold War A study of the United States in the international arena in the years from World War II through the 1980s. (26l) Exclusion; HIS3nY Recommended Preparation: HIS271Y

HIS376Y Th• United StatH BetwHn th• War•, 1918-1941 The study of economic, political , cultural and diplomallc developments associated with the emergence of "modern America.· Major toptCS will Include: the strengths and weaknesses of a consumer and corporate society; the transition from Republican to Democrabc Party dominance; youth culture and protest culture, and the expansion of economic and polibcal activity in the internallonal arena. (26L 26T) Recommended Preparation: HIS271Y/ 372Y (Not offered In 1993-94)

HIS377V Toplca In Twentieth C.ntury American Diplomacy An examination of United States behaviour on the internabonal scene since the 1890s. Economic, polibcal and ideological factors involved in the growth of the American empire, World War I, World War II and the Cold War will be studied . (26L. 26T) (Not offered in 1993-94)

HIS378H The American West (Formerly HIS310H) Westward expansion and the West in the life of the nabon lrom the colonial era through the twenbeth century. Major themes will include myths of the American fronber; the migration of peoples and transportation developments; the farming, cattle and mining frontiers; problems of law and Ol'der and confrontations with Nabve Americans ; western society and culture, the urban west; and the fronber heritage. [26LJ Recommended Preparation: HIS271Y (Not offered in 1993-94)

HIS379H Spain and Portugal from Napoleon to Franco, 1808-1936 The Iberian powers , pioneers in European expansion, had by 1800 been reduced to a marginal position in European politics . This course will examine the tremoodous c:ns1s provoked by the Napoleonic invas10n nd the ind p ndence of labn America, tho prolonged liberal/conservative strugg of the 19th century, the slow beginnings of industriahzabon. and the mergence or combabve an rchist nd sodali t movemen le ding up to the pro·t scist coup ot 1926 in Portug I and th Span' h Civtl War (1936-39)

l26L, 13T) Not off red 1n 1993 94))

HIS385H tlstory of Upper Canada This course surveys Ontario befOl'e Confedera on. What were the bases of lhe region's prosper ty? Topics Include backwoods ·te, gender roles and the rise of schooling. Also of interest are potibcal topics: Loyalism, the Fam~y Compact, the 1837 Rebellion . and Upper Canada's key role · shaping Confederation and olhef Canadian institutions r 13L, 13T) Exclusion. HIS365Y Prerequisite: HlS262Y (Not offered 1993-94)

HIS387H History of Ontarto Since 1867 Th course traces lhe political and economic

·story of Ontario. It covers e period of confederation to the present and focuses on industrial development, regional characteristics and federal-provincia relations. (26L) Exclusion: H!S365Y Prerequisite: HIS262Y (Noto ered in 1993-94)

HIS390H Canada and the Second World War A study of the po cal. m tary, ecooomic and soci experience of Canada during a period of catalytic change, 1939-45, including lndustr mobi izalion. the cooscnption coses, Canada's relations her ies and her operabonal roles [26ll Exclusion · HIS392Y ~ .. : HIS262Y (N~fered In 1993·9 )

HIS391H exlco: Independence o Revolution, 1810-1960 This course considers the gr o the Mexican nation from the strugg for ~dependence~ stutiooar ~ o today. 12s • 13n Recommended Preparation: HIS335H ( ot of ed In 1993-94)

11

All 400 level courses required balloting. Please see the History Secretary (Room 227, North Building) for details.

HIS404Y Canadian Politics In the Twentieth Century The ideas, functions, and changing structure of pohtical parties and the party system in the twentieth-century Canada. with a special focus on third parties and major political personalities (52S) Recommended Preparation: HIS262Y Prerequisite P.1. (Not ottered in 1993-94)

HIS415H The Reform Tradition In Canada (Formerly HIS366H) An examination of reform in Canada n the nineteenth and twentieth centuries with special attention to anti-slavery, free schools, the social gospel, temperance, co-operatives, female suffrage and peace movements. (265) Exclusion: HJS319Y Recommended Preparation: HIS262Y PrerequiS1te: P_I.

HIS417Y Native and Other Americana A study of the rela onships between Native American tribes and the government and soaety of the United States. Major themes

indude pre-contact society and culture, the colonization of America and the origins of race consciousness; Native removal, movements for cultural renewal; the frontier wars and Native participation In America's major wars: lhe concentration, reservation and allotment policies; the Native New Deal: and the Red Power movement. (52SJ Prerequisite P I (Not offered In 1993-94)

HIS420H Topics In Medieval History Critical evaluation of selocted legal, literary and narrative sources. Themabc content will vary from year to year, but there will be an emphasis on social history. (265) Pnnquislre: PI

HIS429H Studies In Irish History A topical analyses of some mportant and con18ntious issues in modern lr!Sh history. Subj8Ct5 to include the Act of Union, Catholtc emancipation, Ulstensm, the Great Famine, the Home RUie movement, and the Easter Uprising (2651 PrereqU/Slffl: F' I. (Not offered In 1993-94)

120

HIS443Y War and Revolution In 19th Century Europe (Formerly HIS440Y/327Y) the impact of war and revolution on European history from Napoleon to the First World War. Major topics will include the Napoleonic Empire and the Vienna Settlement. the Revolutions of 1830, the Revolutions of 1848 the Crimean War, the wars of Italian and ' German unification, the the Russo-Japanese War and the Russian Revolution of 1905, the Balkan Wars, and the First World War. (52SJ Prerequisite: P.1. (Not offered in 1993-94)

HIS445Y The Viking Age A seminar on the history of Europe from the eighth to the eleventh centuries with emphasis upon the Scandinavians and their relations wit11 western European civilization. Readings will be 1n both primary and secondary sources. [52SJ Prerequisite: P.I. (Not offered in 1993·94)

HIS452H Tha Great Depression In Canada This course explores the social, economic and poltical crisis in the 1930's. It examines social welfare policies, cultural developments, themes of regionalism and federalism and political change . (26SJ Prerequisite: A university-level course in modern Canadian history (Not offered in 1993-94)

HIS459H Hiatory of Women In Canada, 1600-1920 This course samples the experience of women in various regions of Canada from pre-contact times through the First World War. Was Iroquoian society a matriarchy? Were women 1n New France more "liberated" than thew 19th century granddaughters? Other topics include Victorian •respectab hty", domestic servanll, fur trade worn n. prairie homest ad1ng, and the suffrage campaign . [265) Exclusion: HIS359H Recommended Preparation: HIS262Y Prerequisite· P.1.

HIS475Y The French Revolution A topical survey of the French Revolution dealing with the uprising In France and ill repercusstons elsewhere by examining such subjects as 1t causes, its effect on nations, etas s and gender, and Its relation lo nabonah m, sociahsm and democracy. [52SJ Exclusion· HIS347Y Recommended Prep rat1on: A course In European H1 tory Prerequisite· PI

HIS478Y Immigration and Ethnicity In American History The course will consider the extent to whidi the United States has been a "melting pot", Including migrations to and settlement patterns in America, concepts of nationality and race, and the processes of assimilation and acculturation . [52S) Prerequisite: P.1. (Not offered in 1993-94)

HIS479Y Cold War America An examination of significant political , economic, social and intellectual developments, Including Cold War foreign policies, economic and social reforms, McCarthyism, the Civil Rights movement, women's liberation, the •counter-culture," and the Indochina Wars (52S) Prerequisite P.1.

HIS484Y Revolution and Reaction In Latin America A course focusing on politics and revolutionary movements in modern Latin America and related areas (e.g., southern Europe); emphasis will be placed on three or four particular countries, to be studied on a comparative basis. The course also attempt to introduce possible approaches to history as a social science. (52S] Prerequisite: P.I. (Not offered in 1993-94)

HIS486H Political Thought In the Reformation Europe in the sixteenth century: the European reputation and influence of Machiavelli, the political doctrines of Luther, C ·n, and the religious radicals, the debate conoommg nobility as an Idea and a social fact, the absolutism of Jean Bodin, and the con cting Ideologies of the Huguenots and the Catholic League n France. [26S] RBComrnendecl Preparation · HIS340Y Prereqw ite · P I

HIS487H Canadian Social History The transformation of Canada from an agrarian to an llldus I soci ty Them includ migration nd thnic1ty, ur ruz on and 1ndustr hzaoon, violence nd social order, soa tratilieation, education nd t mlly ht , wor r t1on . [26SJ Recommendod Pr ~ tion · H 262Y Prer, qui. : P I (Not offer in 1993 94)

HIS491Y International Relations, 1870-1945 (Former1y HIS353Y) The international relation& of the European powers at their zenith and in decline The interaction of the European powers is stucfted from the creation of the Second Reich to the orig1ns of the Fll'St World War, e Versai se ement, the inter-war "twenty year c:nsi&" lhrough the Second Worid War. The economic and social framework be examined as well as politJca cooflicts. {52S) Prer,equisite: P. I. (Not offered in 1993-94)

HIS497Y Independent Reading All independent readlllQlresearch project on an area of nterest to a student, supervised by a member of staff. ThlS COtXSe 1s pr ily for students enrolled a H" tory specialJSI, joint special' t or maJOf programme. Students must find an approp0a1e supervisor, receive apprOYal for e project, and s bm the Registrabon Form ID the Disci ne Representative. On ooe cred· Independent Reading ex>u se pennttted Prer9qUI te· P I

HJS493H Independent Re8dlng All dependent reading/research project on an area of interest to a student, supervised b a member of staff. This course ·s pnrncvi for students enrolled In a · tory speciafi jom I specialist or maJOf programme Students must find an appropna e supeN'ISOI', receNe apprOYal for the project. and subm the Registration Form to the Disei oe Representa e On one cred· ndependen R g course permi Prerequisite: p .I

121

ITALIAN

S Bancheri, BA,M.A.,Ph 0 . G Katz, 8 A, M.A, Ph.O

Lettieri, BA .• MA, Ph.D. LT. McCorm. BA .. A. , P 0 G. Pug se, BA, M.A , Ph 0

Discipline Repmssn llV& and Fact.i Advisor: G Katz

Room 167A Telephone· 828-3766

The I an programme at Enndale designed ID provide a comprehensive study of the

rsity · IS , a country whose econ ·noes to be as cant foroe

shaping of Wes em av zat>on. The greatest a bon IS deYoted to litefature, as a pnnapal manifestauon of national spirit,

coorses organized around major figures, movements Of genres, but other facets of Italian and 1zabon are a o examined Language IS studied saenllficaBy from all points o V1eW - practical, s · stic philologica and storical - at levels of instruction. Know1edge of another language and culture s regarded favoirably by other disciplines and is

eqoen required for graduate-leve studies . Graduates in lafian are 1n demand and con ·nue kl be. There are career opportun1 es In teaching foreign affairs, government. social seMOes, trade and law. Furthermore, the presence o large tal1an communities lhroughout Canada provides a social, 1nlellectua.I and prac1ical incentive for the study of Italian. SIUdeots are free to design tor themselves the programme of s dy bests ·ted to thelf interests and needs, and they can choose from available courses at Erindale and at St George. There are condtttons, however,

must be satisfied (a) for specaa ·zahon (in Italian alone) (b) or a major (in Italian and another cfisaphne) and (c} tor a mmor. In case of uncertainty regard to the programme of study, course con t gradua slUdies requwements, Of any related matter, slUdeols are strongly advised to consult the Associale Chairman tor Italian at E ndale

rTA100Y ltallM tor Beginners An introducilon to the talian language tor s!UdenlS of non-Italian linguistic background Essentials of grammar, oral practice, language laboratory, translat!Oll (104L, 26PJ Excluslon. PrevlOUS schooling in Italian

122

ITA110Y Beginning Italian For Dialect Speaker• (Formerly ITA115Y) An introduction to the main elements of Italian grammar for students who speak, understand or have studied some Italian but do not have Grade 12 or OAC equivalent Language laboratory, hnguisllc study of modem Italian prose, compos1 on. conversallon. [104L. 26P) ExduSJon: OAC Italian/or equivalent

ITA200Y Continuing Italian Th course consists ol a thorough review of ~ amma cal structures and is designed to m prove the students' self-expressiveness in ta lian. Selections from contemporary authors

and passages dealing with present-day issues are used as a basis for discussion in ltaltan. For students whose background in ltahan is solely academic. (78L, 26PJ PrereqU1s1te: OAC Italian/or equivalent/ ITA 100YIP.I.

ITA210Y Continuing lblllan for Dialect or Native Speakers A comprehensive r~tfNI of Italian grammar

th readings from a variety of texts. Compos1bon and conversation are integral par1s of this course. [78L 26P) Prerequ1SJte. OAC Italian/or equivalent/ ITA 110Y/P.I.

ITA221Y Fonns of Modem Italian Uterature An introduction to twentieth-century Italian 1terature through a study of representative •novene·. shorter works of fiction, plays and poetry. Selecbons will include writings bY Moravia, Calvino and Pandolfi and the major poems of Saba, Ungaretti, Montale, Quasimodo and others . (52L, 26T] Prerequisite: OAC Italian/or equrvalentl ITA100Yt 110Y Recommended Preparation: Good knowledge of Italian. Exdus1on · This course not open to students who have already completed a 300+ series or 400+ series course in Italian h rature Offered in alternate years.

ITA230Y ltallan Utemure Through the Agee A survey of the shorter forms of Italian literature from the Middle Ages to the beQ1nning of the twenll th oentury. Emphasis wilfbe ~tven to po ms and ·nov lie", but theoretical piece6 and short plays ol recognized hterary s_ignif1canoe will also be examined (52L, 26TJ Prerequ site OAC Italian/or equiValenl/ ITA 100Y/110Y, 3rd and 4th year students need departmental perm1 s1on Off red tn alternate y ars .

ITA235Y Topics In ltallan Civilization Various aspects of modern Italian civil zabon such as fascism, the Resistance, mafia, Industrialization, language and mass-media, immigrauon, the generation of '68, terrorism, women's liberation, religion and political Ideologies will be di~ssed through '!' setectlon of short stones, novels, soc1olog1caJ and historical documents, a.rtJcles from newspapers and magazines. (52L. 265) Exdus1on: IT A245Y Prerequisite: OAC Italian/or equivaJenV ITA100Y/110Y Ottered in alternate years.

ITA242Y Modern ltallan Cinema (Ottered in English) An analysis of some of the most significant works of modern ltahan fi lm makers . Analysis and discussion to be in Engrtsh. This course cannot count towards an Italian programme, but will count for other programmes. Exclusion: ITA240Y/243Y Ottered in alternate years.

ITA243Y Modern Italian Cinema (Offered in Enghsh) An analysis of some of the most signi cant works of modern Italian film makers. Analys and discussion to be in English. The students will have to do the written work In Italian. This course will count towards an ltallan programme. Prerequisite: OAC Italian/or equrvalenV ITA100Y/110Y Exclusion: ITA240Y/242Y Offered n alternate years.

ITA245Y ltallan Culture and ClvlllzatJon The main elements of Italian civilizallon from the time of Dante until the present in kterarure, art and thought with reference to political history where appropriate. Given in Enghsh and offered only for the February Ad1T11Ssion Program. (52L. 26S)

ITA272Y Italian Comedy and Performance A study of comic plays from the Nineteenth and Twenll th Centuries with a consideratJon of staging and acting techniques m nly through the productJon ot a SpeCI c comedy. (26L, 52P, 26n Prerequ1s1te: OAC I llan.11TA100Y/110YIP I. Recommended PreparatJon: A good knowledge of It 1

NOTE: Adm S!On to the cou IS condition on pa Ing or IJWT1tt n t at th beg n ng of the academic y r. Ottered 1n It rnat y rs

ITA273Y Italian Comic ThNtre: Text and Performance A study of representative comic plays from the Middle Ages to Goldoni · a COOS1deration of staging and acting techniques mainly 1tlrough the production of a speciftc comedy. [26L. 52P, 26T] Prerequisite: OAC ltafian/1TA100Y/110YIP I. Recommended Preparation: A good knowledge of Italian NOTE: Admission to the course is cood1tional on passing an oral!Nrinen lest at the beginnmg of the academic year. Offefed in alternate years

ITA321Y Dante'• Divin• Commedia An introduction to the work and lhoug t of Dan , th special emphasis on the Inferno and Purgatorlo. (52l, 26T} PrereqU1s1te-. ITA200Y/210Y

ITA324Y Renaluance Prose and Poetry An examination of treatises by Machi , Castiglione, and Guic:ciard ·. and poems by Lorenzo de' Medici, Poliziano and Michelangelo. in relation to trends · Renaissance thought and the MW concept of man and lhe world. (52l. 26T} Pmrequisits: IT A200Y/21 OY /350Y Offered in alternale years.

ITA327H L.eop di'• C.ntl (Fomerly ITA325H) A dose readi g of lhe poetry ol taly's finest lyric poet · the ght of his prose wnnngs and

·n the context o Classical and Romantic traditions . (26L. 13T} Prerequisite ITA200Y/210Y O ered in alternate years

ITA342Y Post War lta n Cinema (Offered in English) An exam1nabon of the diff8fent trends in I an cinema of post war Italy. This courM cannot count toward an Italian programme, but will count In other programmea.. Exclusion: ITA343Y 0 ered in ema years.

ITA343Y Post War 1ta1i.n Cinema (0 red Ill Eng sh) An ex m1nation of the d1 rent trends 11'1 I cinema of post war Italy. The atudent• II have to do the writt work In Ital an This course II count toward• an It 1i.n programme. Prero : ITA200Y/210Y Exclu ton: ITA342Y 011 ed in It na rs

12

ITA350Y l.ltnguage Practice Intermediate - advanced level language course designed to give the student oral and written p1oficiency. Selected readings on questions of topical Interest. discussions, compositions. [52L, 26PJ Prerequisite: ltA200Yl210Y

ITA355Y Intensive l.ltnguage Practice The aim is to provide students with the necessary oral and wri ng ski Is required in the terabJre courses and for effective communication ttvough the Intensive examination and performance of exp1essive strategies j26L.52P) Exclusion. T A351 Y(G),352Y(G) PrereqUJSlte. ITA200Y/210Y/P.I. Recommendecl preparation: Knowledge of the fundamentals of the Italian Language.

ITA371Y Advanced Translatlon Tedvliques and theories of translation, using modern texts containing a variety of linguisbc ccxles Some simultaneous translation. (26L, 52PJ Prerequisite: ITA350Y/P.I. Offered In alternate years.

ITA3nY P randello and Modern Italian Playwright• The problem of conflicting realities and of the de ltJOn o1 the persona ty in the prays of Ptrande . Works by Betb, Fabbri, De Filippo and Fo wi also be read . (52L,26SJ Exclus100: ITA272H PrereqUISite: ITA200Y/210Y Offered to alternate years

IT A390Y 20th-Century Novel Masterpieces of modern ltar an flcbon analyzed against the background of modern­day Italy. W~ to be read elude novels by Svevo, Vmonnt, Silone, Moravia, Pavese. (52L, 26S] Excluslorr. IT A270H PrereqU1site: ITA200Yl210Y Offered In alternate years

ITA395H Mafor Novels of the 19th Century A study of e 90nes and evolution of the Italian novel with a cio reading of Alessandro Manzoru s I promossi sposl and Giovanni Verga's I Malavog/JS (26L, 13T] PrereqU1&1te. ITA200Yt210Y Ottered In alternate years

12'4

ITA421H Petrarca (Formerly ITA326H) ' A study of Petrarca's poetry with some consideration of his influence on Italian and other literatures. (26L, 13n Prerequisite: ITA200Y/210V Offered in alternate years.

ITA427H Boccaccio A critical portrait of one of "the three crowns of Florence· through an examination of representabve selections from his minor works and a detailed analysis of his masterpiece, the Dscamsron. [26L, 13T] PrerequiS1te: ITA200Yl210Y Offered in alternate years

ITA436Y The 18th Century In Italy An Investigation of the intellectual trends and literary forms n Italy from the pre­enllghtenment to Romanticism. •Readings from the works of Vico, Muratori, Gravina, Metastasio, Rolli, Parini, Verri, Beccaria, Goldoni, Alfieri and others. [52L, 26T] Prerequisite: ITA200Y 121 OY Offered in alternate years

ITA437H Topics In the History of the ltallan Language The bnguistle transition from Labn to Italian, the "Ouesbone della hngua·, developments In the 18th and 19th centuries, contemporary trends . Reading and hngu1sbc analysis of representatiVe texts. [13L, 13S, 13P] Prerequisite; ITA200Y/ 210Yl350Y1355Y Recommended Preparation: Knowledge of Med1evaVRena1ssance and modern Italian literary culture. Offered every 3 years .

IT A438H Theory and Practice of Textual Crltlclam (Formerly ITA422H) Central concerns of textu I criticism, historical survey of d1sclphne, pnnctples involved tn the reconstruction of early Italian texts, Ille various types of c:r11Jcal edition, analysis of recent works, actual reconstruction of an early text (13L, 13$, 13Pl Prerequ1s1te· ltA350Y Recommended Preparation: Sound knowl dgo of ltali n Offered every 3 years.

ITA450Y Advanced Compo lllon Analy 1 of eJCpr ive strategies and discussion of problems relating to syntax, morphology and vocabulary as they anse from 1nd1vidual compositions and ays and from sel ct d reading pas 191 [26L. 52PJ Pre~ quts/to ITA210Y/350Y/355Y Offor d In It mat y ars

JOINT COURSES

JBG230Y(I) Men and Environment Past and present man-environment relationships are examined; principles of ecology, environmental ethics and esthetics are outlined ; crucial alternatives for man are discussed . Problems of current environmental concern • land use, material and energy resources, and pollution are considered and illustrated by case studies from different parts of the world. A charge may be made to partially cover the cost of transportation provided for field trips. Given by the Departments of Biology and Geography. (52l, 26T]

JBG491Y Environmental Research Project Independent research on an environmental topic carried out under the supervision of a staff member whose written consent is required for registration. This project course is open to third and fourth year students . A written report of the research will be required and a seminar presentation may be required Given by the Departments of Biology and Geography. (TBA] Exclusion: All other courses in indepeodent research. Prerequisite: P.1.

LATIN

LATtOtH Introductory l.ltfn I An introduction to the Latin language. (52S) ExduS1on: OAC Latin/LAT100V

LAT102H Introductory LI n II A continuation of LAT101H ; pr~raoon tor the reading of Latin literature. (52S] Exclusion: LAT100Y Prerequisite: LAT101 H

LAT201H Intermediate l.ltln I (Formerly LAT205H) Readings of selections of prose and verse works with systematic language study. ·~~] Prerequisite: OAC La nlt.AT101H,102H

LAT202H Intermediate Latin R: Ceeaar and Cicero (Formerly LAT213H) Selections from Caesar's Ga!hc War and the correspondence of Cicero, th systematic language study. (395] Prerequisite: LAT201H

LA T203H Cetu us (Formerly LAT215H) Selections from the poems of Cata us emphas1S on Ii rary qua rt- (395) Prerequisite · LAT201H/202H

LAT228Y(I) lntroduc Ion to Roman l.lw The purpose of lh course rs to improve La n of students some interest law. The read If be selections from the second century A.O. le !book of Roman law, the In tutes of Gaius, ich divides s subject Into the law of persons, the law or things and the law of acllons. Schultz ' Clas ica/ Roman Law be used for reterance. The oourse

indude some lectures on the · lofy of Roman L . (52T] Prerequ/Slte: OAC l T100Y/ 01H, 102H

LINGUISTICS

0 . James BA., MA., Ph.D.

The aim of linguistics is to develop an understanding of how all languages wori<, and of how languages use disparate means for the same effects. The Iheme is !he unity and the variety of human language. Such a theme subsumes many Variations, mcluchng wammabcal theory and its applica on to data, language dlllergence and cooV8fgence n space and time, the sociorultural stratification of linguisbe systems normal and pathological language behaviour and language learning . Undergraduate Ung sbcs s a valuable component of a liberal education, especially in a multi-lingual country such as Canada. It 1s also valuable as pre-professional training for people interes ed in teaching English, French or other languages, in areas of rehabi itative medicine such as audiology or speech lherapy, in special education, 1n work with natiVe peoples or with lnvnigrant groups in our society, n religious and m1SSionary work, or n academic dise1phnes such as psychology. philosophy, Ii erature and language studies, where the cootributJon of ingussbcs Is inaeaslngly recognized as im~t Students 111terested in linguisbcs should consider the followin~r ENG200Y, FRE272Y,GER326H,MAT104H, PHL245H,PSY315H,PSY374H, SOC 152Y,SOC309Y,SPA.425H.

UN100Y lntroductioo to General UnguistJcs (formerly UN130Y) Lecrures on fundamental pnndples with lustratlons from Eng 1sh and from a broad

spectrum oC Olhef languages. Practice in production r~nition of speech sounds, and elementary analytic techniques (52L. 261]

126

MANAGEMENT

V. Alvazian, B.S., M.A., Ph.D . LJ. Brooks, B Com., M.B.A., F.C.A. M.J. Bryant, B Com., M Com., M.A., Ph 0 .,

A.C.A. M.G Evans, BSc., M.Sc. Technology, MIA.,

Ph.D. H.P. Gunz, B.Sc., 0 Phil, Ph 0 ., Op.BA J. Kitunen, B.B.M, C.A. C. Reed, B.A., C.M.A. P. Saunders, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. M. Schneider, B.Com., M.B.A., C.A. . D.W. Snetsinger, B.Com., OipCS, Ph.D. AKP. Wensley, BA., M.A., M.B.A., Ph.D.

Faculty Advisor: Professor H.P. Gunz Student Counsellor: Ms. J . Brown Telephone. 828-5309 Commerce Programmes Handbooks are available from the Management Department, 2nd Floor, Kaneff Centre for Management and Social Sciences.

There are two main programmes offered the specialist programme leading to the B.Comm. degree, and the major programme leading to the B.A. The objective of the Commerce Programmes Is to help students develop analytical skills and knowledge of business and government institutions which wm be useful in solving problems and making decisions while at the same time obtaining a broad education The programmes provide a foundation on which professional and managerial skills may be bu ill The specialist programme in Commerce and Finance, a lour-year programme leading to the degree of Bachelor of Commerce, has two main areas of concentrallon : management and economics This feature of the University of Toronto programme equips students to deal with the increasing interaction between the private and public sectors of the economy and the 1nter·relationsh1ps between the eoonom es of different countries . ThlS basic approach is inoorporated into the programme by the requirement that students take a minimum of seven courses in eacn of managemont and eoonomics. The first two years of the programme emphasize basic disciplines (accounting, economics, math matlCS) and other liberal arts subject . In the third nd fourth years students build on thi base by taking oourses n management subjects uch as advanced accounting, finance, marketing. dmin1strat1Ve theory, and decision sci nces, further oourses in economics and cour 1n other subjects such actuarial science, pohtJcal scienoe and compu r aoence

Graduates of the specialist programme pursue careers in a broad range of business-related ocet.Jpations Including accountancy, industrial and commercial management and the financial services sector, amongst many others . The College's Career Centre has more Information on this topic. In some cases graduates of the programme undertake further university studies, such as business administration or law, or take programmes sponsored by professional associations in order to obtain professional certJficabon as accountants . Courses in both the speciafist and major programmes are available to students In the evening hours so that part-bme students may enter the programmes.

BECAUSE OF LIMITED RESOURCES, ENROLMENT IN BOTH PROGRAMMES AND COURSES IS RESTRICTED. Admission to the programmes is normally made at the beginning of the student's second year at the University and is based on the student's marks in the courses taken to date at the University. St. George Campus students who transfer to B Com. or Major programmes at Erindale cannot take St George courses unbl they have completed five full credits , and then only under special circumstances . Both the University of Toronto degree programmes in Commerce are ottered at Erindale. the Commerce and Finance Specialist (B.Com.) and the Major in Commerce (BA) In addibOn MGT100 series courses are available to students seeking degrees outside the Commerce discipline.

Balloting: All Management courses above the 100 lev I are balloted Ballot forms should be flied in the Commerce Office in the Spnng. Commerce students may ctioose whether or not to ballot, but failure to ballot means that they may not get places n the courses they need ln the session they need them . ThlS may delay graduation. All other students permitted to take Management courses must ballot A successful ballot does not imply eligibility to take the course; eligibility ctiecks re made alter the beginning of the session and students who do not h ve the necessary prerequis1t or who re otherwise lnehg1ble to take a cour e will be removed

MGT cour e numbering th middl d1g1t lndica the follows 1 • Economics 2 • Accounting 3 · Fin nee 5 • Marketing 6 • Ofg n zation I Beh 1our 7 • Inform tion Sy tern 9 • Law nd M n ment

ot study s

MGT120H Accounting I An introduction to the theory and concepts of accounting. The course wifl consider the uses and users of financial statements as well as issues concerning nancial statement presentation. [26L. 13P)

MGT121H Accounting II Rnancial accoun ng issues are addressed, induding revenue recognlbon, valua on models and accounting or liabi · ·es. The course will emphasfze the role of judgement the preparation of nanaal statements. The course is ntended tor students concentra ng in accounting. l26L. 13PJ Exclusiorr. MGT222H Prerequisi~ MGT120H with at least a C grade

GT222H FJnanclal Reporting Issues 1n financial a~nling and reporting w1 be examined. The rote of financial accounting in a market economy I be studied. The course provide students with the analytical too necessary to ndicate the effects of di erenc:es in accounting procedures and lhetr effects on the ancial sta11ements of the firm . ot intended for students concentrating n aocoun · g. [26L. 13PJ Exclusion. MGT121H PrerequiSJte. MGT120H

MGT223H Management Accounting I Basic understanding of cost accounting Topics include cost dasslfication and behaviour, use o cost data in oost-volume­pro analysis, costing systems, cost control through standards and v nee analysis and using cost data to make business decisions. Changes an the manufacturing process and en ronment I be ncorporamd. Computer applicallons are used Where appropriate [26L) Exclusion · MGT221Hl220Y Recommended PreparalJOfl: MGT120H

MGT224H Flnanclal Accounting Theory• Polley I Examines lheory underlying financial reporting pracilceS, lncludll'IQ the development of conceptual frameworks and acicountlng measurement models. Ac:counling policy

sues surrounding measurement and disclosure are o discussed E•tenslve use is made of e tmg aceoun ·ng pronouncements (such as lhose in HandboOk and the FASS C and of other r nt accoun ng [26LJ E cluSIOll: MGT320Y Pf9f9qCJ1$118: MG T121 H

1 7

NOTE: To enrol In a 300 serle1 course, students must have standing In at least 9 tu cour ....

UGT310Y Managerial Economic. The micro-economic tools of analysis relevant to management problems ln both the priva and public seaors. Topics andude the nature of the firm. empirical demand and cost analysis, the economics of nsk and uncertainty, the economics of informatK>n, public en erprise economics, the economics of regulation and regulatofy pracbces in Canadian industry, transfer pricing problems, technological change and market structure In the B.Com. programme ·s course qualifies as either a agement or an Economics c:oc.rse. (52L] Prareqt.iS1tB: EC0200Y /206Y 121 OY,220Y/ 227Y/STA242Y/262Yl(STA250H + 257H)

UGT321H Auditing A study of !he concepts and lheory uodeflymg audit prac1lc:e . Cases are used to develop professional udgement and s . useful in practice . f26LJ Prerequisile: MGT320Y/224H,EC0220Y/ 227Y/STA242Y/262Y STA250H + 257H)

UGT322H Financial Accounting Theory and PoUcy I Examines 5eY'8ral rurrent measurement and cisdo&Ufe Issues In tinanc:ial reporting. Topics lndude measurement models, measuring and repot1lng pensions, nanda reporting of corporate Income laxes etc. The emphas on deve~ both professional Judgement in deasioncmaking and a detensible approach to using lhe au1horitative and otta relevant lilerature. (26ll Exdusion: MGT320Y Prerequisite: MGT224H

UGT323H Management Account ng General overview of the strategic planning prooes5and,1r11Um, lhe need lor a management planning and oontrol system to be taiofed to the individual orgamzatJon. Speafic topics dealt Include cost alloca1ioo procedures and their useMness In dedSIOn making, performanoe measurement lnduding responslbl ty acooonbng and transf8f pne1ng , capital budgeting and ntormation tor long run dea on making Case diac:usslOOS are used where appropria 126LI Exclusion · MGT220Y Pfflf9ql.Jislts .· MGT223H

128

MGT330H Investments Sectmty analysi and portfolio management. Emphasis Is placed on an analySIS of bonds and common stocks . [26L] Corequisite. MGT331Y/337Y

MGT337Y Bualneaa Finance Valuation models, cost of capital, capital budgeting, investment under uncertainty, the use of leverage, dividend policy, the financial enVJronment within which Canadian companies operate and the characteristics of various debt and equity instruments available in the Canadian capital market (52l) Exdusiorr MGT331Y Prerequisitfl'. EC0220Y/227Y/STA242Y/ 262Y,EC0200Y/206Y/(STA250H + 257H)

MGT352H Prlnclple1 of Marketing An introductlOn to the basic concepts of· mari<et definition. consumer behaviour, and the principal marketing functions : product tine development, pricing , distribubon, promotion, salesforce management, adver1Jsing , research, and planning. f26l) Exclusion: MGT350Y, 351H

GT353H Introduction to Marketing Management An applicabons-ooented case and reading course intended to develop the analytic skills requ red of marketing managers. The oourse is designed to improves ·ns in analyzing mari<e ng situations, ide ·tying market opi><?'1un11ies, developing mari<et1ng strategies. making conase recommenda ons, and defending these recommendabons. [26ll Exclusion: MGT350Y Prereqursite: MGT352H

MGT362H lndlvldual and Group Behaviour In Organizations Theoretical ide and practical applicabOns concerning the behaV10ur of ndivldual and group behaviour In organizations We explore relevant problems confronting management: motivation, innuonce, oommun1cation , superv· ion. d · ·on-m ng, and workforce diverS1ty. (26LI Exclusion: WOW261JY

MGT363H Organization DHlgn Evolubon of managerial and organization theory and practioe from the cl ical approach of bur ucrabc lhoory to the concepts of the C>fgan1zation as an open system The manager1al ssumpbons and implications applled to organ1zalio proble • 12&:1 ExcluS1on WOW260Y

MGT371H Introduction to Bualneas Information Syatema This course has been designed to provide students with a basic understanding of the computer systems that are so central to modern organizations. Unlike programming courses, the focus here is on the knowledge that will enable students to use computer­based systems and to participate in their development. The course covers the technology, design, and appllcabon of data processing and informabOn systems with emphasis on man_agerial implica~ns. A wide variety of apphcabons will be studied, and students will gain experience in using a data base management system. No previous bacl<ground in compubng is assumed. (26L) Exclusion: CSC340H(G)

MGT393H Legal Environment of Buslneas I This course has been designed to introduce commerce students to the Canadian legal system. The course deals with the Impact of the Constitution Act and Charter of Rights on business enblles, the structure of the Canadian court system, the vanous elements of contract law and the law of negligence. (26L) Exdusion: MGT392Y

MGT394H Legal Environment of Business I This course builds on the legal principles developed in Legat I and canvasses other areas of law that Impact a business enhty The course deals with the Sales of Goods Act and relevant consumer protec1ion legislation, employment law, environmental law, the Personal Property Security Act and the nghts of the secured creditor. and basic corporate and partnership law. (26L) Exdusion· MGT392Y Prerequisite: MGT393H

NOTE: To enrol In a 400 aeries courae a student must have stand ng In at least 14 full courses.

MGT401H/402H Supervised Reading Courae on an Approved Subject Open when a f culty member Is lhng nd able to supervl Students must obtain the approv I ol tho Director of Commerce nd the supervising t ulty member before enrolling Prerequl. ite. Cumulab GPA of at le t 2.70

MGT423H Canadian Income Taxation I This is the first of two Introductory courses in fedefal ITTCOme tax law. It Is designed to grve the student a basic understan<fing of the Income Tax Act and its admirnstra on. Tilis is achieved by applying the law to practical problems and case settings ToptCS C0\/9red mdude: residence, employment ncome, busmess and property income, capital gains, computation of taxable income and tax for individuals (26L) Exclusion: MGT423Y

MGT425H Current Accounting Issues II A review and analyS1s of contemporary and controversial issues in accoun -ng theory and practice. The study of accoun ng ISSU9S In various industries or the public sector. e g. non-profit accoun ·ng, accoun -ng for anoal insbtutions, the resource sector, real estate, and social responsi · ty ac:coon g. (26SI Exclusion: MGT420Y Prerequisite: MGT320Yt.322H th a C s t.anduig.

MGT426H Adv•nced Accounting Consideration of accounting pradioe in the context of aoooun ng theory and coocepts of a number of areas Including inacorporate investments, foreign currency anslalion, deferred taxes, accounting for general purchasing power, and current vakle acoo~. (26LI PrerequiS1te: MGl32oY/322H with at least a C-

MGT 428H M•nagement Control The case method n be used to provide an understanding of the sues and environment of management control, and 1n19grata material from other courses In Commerce and EcooollllCS in the soluuon of problems in systems design and operation f26SJ PffN9qUISllfl. MGT220Y/323H '1h at least a c standing

MGT429H Canacti.n Income THetton II Th Is ttie econd o two inlroductory courses In federal noome law It deSigned to g1 the student an understanding of more comple issues of Canadian Income Tax law

d ta plWWling. This is llChiewd ttwough a comb1nati0n of lectures and the applicallion of th w to practieal problems and case seltlngs Topcs indude oompu1ation of corpora t s, Integration, corporate reorgaolz aons. surplus d tributions, partnerships, INS , ndivid and corpcn8 tax planning. 126ll E cJuslon· MOT4~3Y Prtnquislte: T 423H

129

GT431H Advanced Topics In Finance The areas o concentra ·on win depend on the particular nstructor teaching the course and may focus on fmanang problems in either the pnvate or public sectors (26l] PrerequiSlte MGT337Y

MGT452H Advanced Marketing Management The emphasis in this course is on marke ng decision makiog in a dynamic environment. Budding on the concepts and skins developed in COM353H, the course focuses on the major decisions facing mar e ng managers in the attempt ID harmonize the resources of the ogaruzation 'th the opportunities 111 the mare (265) PremqutSlte MGT353H/350Y

MGT453H arketlng Research Marilebng researdl is studied from the perspective of the marketing managef. The course focuses on e in· ·a on, design, and Interpretation of researdl as an aid to marke g decision making. Case studies and projects are used to provide students with some practical researcti experiences. 126L) Prerequisite: MGT353H. EC0220Y 1227Y/ STA242Y/262Y/(STA250H + 257H)

GT454H Special Topics In Marketing Th course focuses on a specific theoretical or functional area of marketing The area of concentr n depends on the instructor. Examples of areas that may be covered Include current issues n Consumer Behaviour, Adverbs ng, Indus I Ma ng, or Retail ng (26L) Prerequisite: GT353H

MGT491H Introduction to Internal onal Business Focuses on developi0j1 an under anding of

e fundamental of d0tng business in an ternatiOnal environment Based on the

ap cation of n national economic theory, tracte eo<y, foreign exctiange, foreign direct

trnen theory of them natiOnal) to the decision problems of manager operating in the International arena. [26L)

MGT492H Management Polley and Strategy Focuses on the fundamenta ol stra ic rnana~~ the de m nation of the go and ooteeovea of a bus , development of strafe9ieS to achieve the&e objectrv nd adoption of cour&eS of actoo and the allocation of resources to implemen strategies Strategy formulatiOn based on ao under tand g of the nature of the compet>trve forces n industry. (26L) ProreqU1&1 • MGT337Y,353H

130

MATHEMATICS

J . Alexander. BSc., MSc .. MA J. Bland, B Sc., Ph.D. D. Geddes, BA I.A. Graham, B Sc .. PhD. M. Gonzalez-Dorrego, B.Sc., Ph.D. A lgelfeld, B.Sc. H. Joshi, MSc .. Ph.D. RA. Mathon. Dip! . Ing .. MSc., Ph.D. M. Spivakovsky, B.Sc., Ph.D. F.D. Tall. AB., Ph.D. S. Tanny, B.Sc .. Ph.D. W.AR. Weiss, B Sc., MSc., Ph.D.

DtSapfine Representative and Faculty Advisor: Professor J. Bland

Telephone: 828-3823

Most students are involved with mathematics through service courses. Of these, • MAT112Y.132Y,222H are the basic ones and are designed to aid courses (from various departments) in which a general mathematical background IS all that is required. NOTE: MAT112Y/132Y are alternatives to eadl other and are equivalent as prerequisites . MAT212H,232H are more technical and are aimed mainly at those Natural Sciences students requiring techniques involving partial differentiation and differential equations. All other courses are ·n some way connected with the Major and Specialist programmes. Students wishing to do such a programme should begin with MAT138Y (instead of MAT112Y or 132Y) which is partly a service course, since students in certain other programmes are encoura?ed to take it (Those students who begin with MA T112V or MAT132Y and then decide on a programme that requires MA T138V can fulfill the obligations by taking MAT232H as a supplement ) MAT258V and, to a lesser extent,MAT311H, 334H are o used 1n other SCtence programmes, whereas MAT104H,309H aro used for certain Philosophy programmes. (In any programme, PHL245H can replace MAT104H). The remaimng courses are aimed at studonts primarily interested n mathematics (although all others are wolcome). The ear11e t of those are MAT248Y,315H. Whereas the content 1n these two couraes (as also In the a rvlce courses) 11 prinap lly manipulative In form (coming from the 18th nd 19th centur ). ubsequent material becomes more

conceptual (and hence bstract) and, for tt1i reason, the core courses at this stag ar MAT378H,388H wh1dl ke up b trac:tJon for 1 own ke. Th re r quired for the I t r cour es Anyone w1 hlng to a mathomatie& cour on St. org or Scarborough campu

hould c:heck With F culty Actv r concerning po Ible exclu tons.

MAT104H Symbollc Logic Propositional calculus. Predicate calculus. The aims of the course are to develop a clear understanding of logical concepts and to acquaint students with proof techniques. (Of general interest). [26L, 13T) Exclusion: PHL245H

MAT112Y Calculus Review of precalculus material including trigonometric and logarithmic functions . Techniques of differentiation and integration. Calculatton of limits Related rates. Extreme values. Graph Sketching. ApplicallOns of calculus. Introduction to sequences and series. (For students without OAC. Calculus, or equivalent, in the last three years .) (26L, 78TJ Exclusion: O.A.C. Calculus (unless with permission of instructor), MAT132Y,138Y Prerequisite: Grade 12 Mathemattcs or permission of instructor NOTE: MA T112Y contains one more contact hour per week than MA T132Y because it covers more material, including that of OAC Calculus. A completed MA T112Y is equrvalent to MAi132Y for all purposes

MAT132Y Calculus Techniques of differenttation and integration. Calculation of limits. Related rates . Extreme values. Graph sketching Applications of calculus . Sequences and series. (Primar~y intended for non-specialists). [52L, 26TJ Exclusion: MAT112Y, 138Y Prerequisite: OAC. Calculus

MAT138Y Calculus Derrvatives, integrals, the fundamental theorem, improper integrals and limits. Differential and integral calculus of several variables partial differentiation. Class1t1cation of c:ntical points. Multlple integrals Green's theorem and related top1CS. (For students with an interest in mathemallcs.} [78L, 26TJ Exclusion: MAT112Y/132Y Prerequisite: 0 A.C . Calculus. Algebra and Geometry

MAT212H Short Course In Differential Equation a Ordinary d1ff renti I equations Emphas throughout on application . (Suitable tor non specialists). !26L, 13Tl EJCclUSJon : MAT251Y/~58Y Prerequsite: MAT132YJ138Y

MA T222H Short Course In Unear Algebra (Formerly MA T228H) Matrices, hn ar tr nsformattons, systems of hnear equ ttons, detefminants, canonical forms, pphcations (Of general Interest) [26L, 13TJ Exclusion: MA T223H(G)/225Y/229Hl248Y Prerequisite: MAT112Ylone O AC. Mathern tics (or permission ot Instructor)

MAT232H Short Courae In Calculua of Several Variables Differential and integral calculus of several variables: partial differentiation, chain rule, Taytor senes and dass cabon of critical points. MJltiple integrals, Green's theorem and related tt>pics (Suitable !of non-specialists). [26L, 13TJ Exclusion: MAT138Y/230Y/234Y/235Y/ 2'38Y/ 239Y(G)/250Y PrerequiSJte: MAT112Y/132Y

MAT248Y Linear Algebra and Unear Programming Basis and dimension, quotient spaces, abstract linear transformatK>OS, matrices and changes of basis, dual spaces, delefmina ts , ~near equations, eigenvectors, Inner product spaces, reduction of normal matrices , quadratic forms Linear programming Applications. (52l, 26T) Prerequisite: MAT138Y/(132Y,232H) Exclusion: MA T222H

MAT258Y Differential Equations (Formerly MAT251Y) A ng<)(ous treatment of sequences and series Convergence &ts, power series and introduction to uniform convergence Oramary differen ·a1 equations of the first order Higher order ear di erenbal eqoa ·ons and systems, series solullonS, Laplace transform. (52L, 26T] Prerequisite: MAT138Y (C or betler)/232H (B or better). Exclusion: MAT212H

MAT309H Introduction to Mathematical Logic The nature of axioms, ptools and consistency lnduding the completeness of lhe predica11e calculus. Introduction to lhe theory of recurs· e fundions GOdel's inoomplelleness theorems and r91ated results (39L) Exc/uSJOn: CSC438H Prerequisite · AT104HIPHL245H, T138Y/ 232H,222Hl248Y

MAT311H Partial Dltter.ntlal Equatlona Partial differential equations ot 8llPlied malhematics, malhemalical modiels of physlcal phenomena. basic methodology (39LJ E clusion · MA T351 Y Prerequisite: MA T138Y/232H,212~Y

MAT315H Introduction to Number Theory (Rep ces MAT108H) Elementary topics In number 1heofY suctl as prime numbefS, arithmetiC lh residues; Gaussian integers. quadr rac:lplOClty representation of numbefs as sums of squares : Galois lheorY. 139LI PrereqcJISll'B • MA T248Y

131

MA T334H Complex Varlabl a Theory of fUnctioos of one complex variable : analytic and meromorphic functions: Cauchy's theorem, residue calculus. Toptcs from : conformal mappings, analytic continuatiOn, harmonic functions. l39L) PrereqUiStte: MA T1 ~Yl232H ,212Hl258Y

A T344H Introduction to Combinatorics Basic counting principles. generating functions, permutations with restrictions. Fundamentals of graph theory with algorithms: applications (indud1ng network flows) . (39L) PrerequiS1te: MAT248Yl222H,258Y Offered in Alternate years .

A T368H Vector Calculua The implicit function theorem, vector fields. Transformations. Parametnzed integrals. Line,stwface and volume ntegrals . Theorems of Gauss and Stokes. (39L] Prerequis : MAT138Y (C or better)/232H (B or better)

MA T378H Foundations of Analy a I Sets: functions , equivalence relations, quotients, products Structures on a set. isomorph1Sm. Order relations, sets with an operation . Axiom of infinity; natural numbers,

ite and infinite sets. In egers, rational numbers and real numbers. Problems. (This course emphasizes abstraction and ngour). (39L) PrerequiS1te: MA T248Y,258Y

MAT388H Foundations of Analysis II Real numbers: sup and inf, arithmetical and power operations. Complex numbers. Fundamental theorems of analysis: Cauchy sequences, topological properties. Problems. (This course emphasizes abstraction and rigour) . (39L] PrerequtSlle: MAT378F

MAT428H lntroduct on to Differential Geometry (Formerly MAT328H) Curves In R2 and R2• arc lerigth, curvature, torsion, Hopfs theorem, Freners equations. Surfaces in R1: f11st and second fundamental forms, Gauss curvature and mean a.irvature, the Bonnet unmersion theorem. f39L) PrerequiS1te: MAT238Yl248Y/368H Oflefed n ernate years.

MAT448H Abstract Algebra (Formerly MAT348H) fntroductJoo to groups, rings, and t d (39LJ Prerequis te: MAT108H/228Hl248Y/315HI 378H Otfel'ed in atterna years

132

MAT488H Topics In Mathematica Introduction to a topic of current Interest In mathomahcs Content will vary from year to year. Prereqwsite: Permission of the Instructor

MAT498H Topics In Mathematica Introduction to a topic of current interest 1n mathematics Content will vary from year to year. Prerequisite: Permission of the Instruct

PHILOSOPHY

J . Brunnlng, BA, MA, Ph.D. JV Canfleld, BA, AM, Ph.D. A. Gombay, ~L. BA, MA • B Phil. J _J Hartley, B Ph., BA., MA., Ph.D. BO. Katz, BA., MA, Ph.D. C Misek, BA, MA, D.Phll . A. Mullin , BA., Ph D C.G. Normore, BA., Ph.D. J . Porteous, BA, M.A., Ph.D. A Ripstein, BA. M.A., Ph.D. A. Tully, BA, MA .• Ph.D.

Disciplin9 Representative and Faculty Advisor: Professor J . Brunning

Room 285A 828-5290

The Greek words from which "p -osoptiy• is formed mean "love of wisdom· and all great philosophers have been moved by an intense devotion to the search for wisdom. What disbnguishes philosophy from the physical . and social sciences is its ooncern not only With the truths which are d1soovered by means of specialized methods of inves~ation, but with the impltcations such discoveries have for human beings in th011' relations th one another and the world . Moreover. philosophy has an abiding interest in those baslC . assumptions about the nature of the physical and sooal world, and about the nature of inquiry itself, which underlie the methodology by means of which scientists seek to e plain their observations. Philosophy examines lhe grounds for those beliefs which make up people's fundamental views of the wor1d. Here are a few fundamental beliefs, some held by some people, some by others : "Tel ng lies is always wrong". "Some thin_gs can ne~ ~ known· "The material world IS I that eXJSts , "What iS right or wrong depends en · ely on one's society or rulture", "People are inherently selfish", "Life must have a transcendent purpose·. There are many other snrular beliefs which deeply affect lhe y thin and live. Philosophers discuss lhem as thoroughly and systematically as possi le The Philosophy Department offers courses which study basic works of famous philosophers of lhe past ta en in !heir historical settings, and it offers courses in which students are trained to think cnbca about philosophical issues th ms A glance through the cours o red in Philosophy win inform ny prospec - e tudent of the nam of philosopher tudied, nd lhe s re inv sbg ted in lhe Ph sophy programme at the Univ 1ty of Toronto. A d ct1onary or encydoped II supply s nd rd de nttion of logic. thtCS ep ology, nd me physics . But one o w n to kn t p tlosophy must do t A tudent can I n a gr I de from a study of wh t written by lhe g t

ptulosophers through tofy But such sll.ldy IS only an important prelim"nary. To read without bold and crJtical ng is nexl to useless. Some students may not "sh o undertake more than a fNI courses philosophy to supplement lhelr work in other fields They may make a free choice among the oourses offered by the Oepat1men The only restrictions are at they take no more than one 100 level course and at 300 and 400 level courses p<esuppose previous wor in philo&ophy. Courses al lhe 200 level are open to all students who have completed at least lour OOUl'S86 and o 1hose lh ewer than four oourses completed who are taking (or have taken) a 100 series course philosophy. atrf students Interests embrace philosophy and some other subject. The P osophy Department has joint programmes WI vanous depat1men . Oltlef students WI find that their pomary interest IS in philosophy. The Specialist Programme designed for such students. Its complelioo may be a step toward gradua sll.ldy in philosophy, or it can lead in other dlredlons; law. journalism, education, theology and po bes are some pogsl . 11 cannot be s essed too strong • however. ihat one of 1he chief rewards of studying philosophy must always be OSIC IO lhe subject Jtsel ERINDALE PHILOSOPHY HANDBOOK Because of space and · res lctions, lhe Calendar gives only brief and abstract descriptions of courses. The Philosophy Handbook, ich s produced n Spmg, gives detailed· formation on course ou11ines, reqU1rements, read· , instrudors, time-tabfng etc. tt is av able at lhe Philosophy Oepartmen Room 22.7 Norltl Bu , phone 828-3724, or be ma on request It Is an essen · supplement to lhe Calendar and studen are urged to c:onsutt 1 The P optiy Discip e Representa!Mt and sta I be d o actvice and as51stance o arrange tor counselling by a fac:ut mem • phooe 828-3755.

PHL 100Y Log c, Kno edge, and R An introduction to philosophy. emphasizing logic, lheory of owledge, and me . Elementary techn of modern symbolc logic and problems In inductiVe logic and probab ty. t can be certainty? t ? Are limits .,

E~ P~~b1Y,102 ,PHl103Y G), 104Y(G) 105Y(G)

133

NOTE: 200 sanes co ses, the e oeptJon of PHL245H, have the prerequ 18

student have complelBd a east four courses (or lhe equrv t) at the

U • ersrty. This prepreq · is w ed tor studen who are taking (or have taken) a 100 series course in Philosophy. There are no other prerequisrtes for any 200 sefies courses

PHL200Y Birth of Western Philosophy Classical doc ines of Plato and Ar o concerning the universe and Goel, human Mow1edge and logic, soul and body, moral values and the good Plato's predecessors, the pre-Soaatics and Socrates, and posl-Aristolelian developments in SIOlcism, EptCUreanism and neo-Pla onism. (78LJ Exclusion: CLA200Y Recommended PreparatJon: PHL100Y/101Y

PHL210Y 17th nd 18th Century Ph loaophy Classic texts by European philosophers (e g., Hobbes, Descar1es Sptnoza Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, and Kant) Their altltudes IDward saence and religion, and thetr theones about the na re o lhe world and of human knowtedge, cu nating n the "Copernican Revolution" of Kant f78L] Recommendfld PreparatJOn: PHL 100Y/101Y

134

PHL241H Ph loaophy of th• Emot ons Typical problems s ed Can emo ons be

sassed as rabo or lrrabonal? Do e have lmmedia knowledge of our emo ons? Are emobons nght or wrong n themselves? Are e responsible for them? How do our soo 1zed emobona repertoires cond1 on our conception of ourselves, 1nduding our gender Iden ty? Do they encourage harmful stereotypes? (39l)

PHL243H Philosophy of Human Sexuality Philosophical issues about sex and sexual Jdenllty m the hght of biological, psycholog1cal, and ethical theories of sex and gender. The concept of gender; male and female sex roles, theories of psycho-sexual deve opment; sexu morality; ·natural", "normal" arid "perverse· sex; sexual liberation; love and sexu ty. (39L)

PHL244H Human Nature Theones of human nature, e.g ., psycho­analysis, behaviounsm, soctobiology. Current issues, e .g., egoism and altruism. instincts, I a , rallona ty, sanity and mental illness. (39l)

PHL245H Mod rn Symbolic Logic The apphcatJon of symbolic techniques to the assessment of arguments Propos1t1onal caJcu us and quant1hca1100 theory. Logical concep ; techniques of natural deduction (39L) Exclusion : MAT104H

PHL246H Probability and Inductive Logic The elements of axiomatic prob bihty theory, and its main nt81'preta ions (lrequ ncy, logical, subjectJVe) Reasoning with probab1h In dOC1S10n making and science. 139L) Recomm ndod Preparat10n · PHL100Y/ 24SH

PHL255H Science and Paeudo-Sclence An examination of (e.g .) ESP, astrology, race and 1.0 ., scienbhc creationism, psychoanalysis, sooobiology; the principles of good science as opposed to pseudo-Science, especially in "borderline· cases; misuses of science. [39L)

PHL267H Feminism Main types of feminist theory: liberal, Marx t, ExJStential and "Radical". A number of ethical , political and psychological issues are considered. [39L)

PHL271H Ethics and the Law Moral issues in the law, such as civil berties and police powers, censorship, civil disobedience, the death penalty.inequality, paternalism, and the consbtullonal protection of human rights. Case stud es from Canadian law [39L]

PHL272H Philosophy of Education The nature, aims, and content of edoc:allon ; learning theory; educallon and ndoctnnabon, the teaching of morals and the mora ty of teaching ; the role and justification of educational institullons, their relallon k> socae and to individual goals ; authority and freedom In the school . [39L)

PHL274H Contemporary Soc al Issues Against the background of some maior social and political theories , t · course I explore such practical problems as na ona m, racism, sexism, inequahty, revolution, and pohtJCal radicalism. (39LJ

PHL285H AestheUca Some central areas in philosophy of art such as the nature of a wo of art; defin and theories of arts, aesthetic experience, perc:epllon and sensibility; objectlVJty in criticism; standards of tas or evaJua n. [39L)

PHL288H U erature and Philosophy The I rary expression of philosophical deas and the Interplay between terature and philosophy. (39L)

PHL.290H Paychoanaly An introduction to eam psychology, the psychology of errors, ns · theory, mechanisms of de ence, the structlJre of personality. P losophical t>pics Include: freedom and deter · , consciousness, nature of conSCl00C8, the of psychoanatys . {39ll

t Ph 90phy In lhe WICient

PHL.309H Topic• n od m P lo ophy A udy o ome IOplC or r in modern period (26$) E clus/Otl: PHL310 G).PHL311H(G) Recommended Pr9para · PHL200Y/ 210Y

PHL312H Kent A system study of The C que of Pure Reason [265) Recommended Prepara. • PHL210Y/ 309H

PHL317H Topic In n tHnth c.ntury PhDosop y A study of some topic or n 19th cen ry. (26S) Exclusion : PHL315H(G).316 G) Recommended Prepara • P L210Y/ 309HI 312H

PHL324H The Continental Tradition A study of some o ttie pnnapal gures and

lectua problems tweotielh-oentury e mnlial' m and phenOmeoology (26S) ExcluslOfl : PHL320 G).321 HG) Recommended Preparaoon: PHL210Y/300 312H/317H

PHL325H Th An ytlc Tradltlon Analytic phDosophy up to 1945. Au ors include ~rage. Russell , Moore, Wittgenstein , and logical po6 such as Ayer. 1265) Recommended Prepara : PHL24SH

PHL330Y etaphys ca and Epistemology torical and sys emabc approaches.

Prlnc:ip · ues lnclude . the nall.lre of reality, s tanoe and exis • necessity and the a priori, • knoWledge and belief, peroep on,

ty (52Ll

PHL333H I auee n Epla emology Typica problems· nowled and be peroepbon the analytic-sy d n,

eones of tru , necessity and the a pr1011 (26S) Exclusion · PHL330Y(G)

136

PHL341H Fr edom, R pon lbllity, and Humen Action Human a on nd the nature of freedom and responstbi ty in !he hght of contempor ry

ge concerning t causa n of behaviour [26S)

PHL342H Minda end Machin • (Formerly PHL242H) Can machines thin and f I? Are human be ng 51mply v ry complicated organic machines?· These quesbon are discussed n

bght of recent work on the simulation of lntelbgence and purposive behaviour. [39L)

PHL344H Metaloglc Soundness and comple nes of proposit10nal and quanbficabonal logic, undecidability of quant1fica 1onal logic, and other metalogtcal toptCS . (39l) Exdus1on: MAT304H Prereq111s1te· PHL345H and one full course equ alent n PHUMAT/CSC

PHL345H Intermediate Logic A sequel to PHL245H, developmg skills in quan 1 tea onal logic and treating of definite descnp IC>OS The system developed will be used to study a selection of !he following topics : philosophical uses of logic, formal systems, set theory , non·dassical logics, and metalog1c. (39LJ Prerequisite: PHL245H and one full course equivalent 1n PHL/MATICSC

PHL346H Philo ophy of Logic end Mathematic• Platonism versus nominalism, !tie relation between logic and mathematics, tmplacabons of Gdel's and Church's theorems, counterfactual , necessity and poss1bifity, extenS1onal and 1ntenst0nal con xis, ntu1tion1sm J26SI Exdus1on: MAT308H Prerequ1S1te: PHL245HIMAT104H and one full course equ1va t tn PHUMA TtCSC

PHL347H Many-Valued end Mod I Logics Many·valued and modal propo !tonal logics and th r int rrelataons : logical matrices nd po ble-world manbCS, problems of Int rpretatton and ph1losophtcal pphcattons (39LJ Exclusion. MAT312H Prorequ1S1t : PHL245H and one lull cour e equiv ent in PHL/MAT/CSC Recomm ndod Preparation · PHL345H

PHL350H Philosophy •nd Theories of ungu•ge Tue clatma of logical posilivlsm, ordinary language philosophy, structuralism, or generative linguistics about the Importance of ranguage for philosophy : hypotheses about mind, metaphystCS, and meaning. (265) R8Commended Preparation: PHL245H

PHL351H ungu•g •nd Logic The sense - refefenoe distinction; the theory of descriptions; model languages, the relation between theory of truth and theory of meaning, the semanticS of modal notions . Readings Include Frege and Russen (265) Prerequisite: PHL345H and one fu oourse equivalent 1n PHUMAT/CSC

PHL355H Philosophy of Science (Formerly PHL356H) An investigation of the structure and methods of natural science and social science. Topics indude: explanation, methodology, realism and objectivity, and the structure of theories such as relativity, Freudianism, or evolution. (265] ExcluS1on: PHL356H Recommended Preparation: PHL245H

Plil.3e5H Contempor ry Polltlcal Philosophy A study of some of the best recent work by political philosophers on topics such as justJC:e, rights, welfare, and political authority. (265) Recommended Preparation: PHL2'r"IY

PHL370H IHues In Phllosophy of uw Major issues in philosophy of law, e.g., responsibility and punishment, the obligation to obey the law, leg I positivism, law and morahty. (265) Recommended Preparation: PHL271 HI 277Y

PHL375H Contemporary Morel Philosophy A study of some of the best recent work by moral philosophers on topics such as the objectivity of v ues, rights and duties, utilitarianism, and the n lure of moral Judgments (2651 Recommended Pr par tJon: PHL277Y

PHL395H Specl•I SemlMr In The History of Philosophy An In nsrve study of some hi tor I gur • Iheme or period Topic to vaty from r 10 year. 126SJ

for 11400

PHLA95H Senior Seminar In Phllo9ophy A seminar for advanced 61Udents 1n Special&St and Mapr Programmes in Philosophy. Topic to vary from yeai to yeat. (265]

PHLA96H/497H/498H/499H lndlvklu.J Studies

1 7

PHYSICS

RE. Azuma BA., A, PhD. R.F Code, B Sc , A.M .. Ph .D. DJ Dunlop, B.A Sc M.A. Ph.D., F.R.S .C. R.M. Farquhar. 8 A., MA Ph D • F.R S C. KM Hug . 8 Sc .. M.Sc Ph.D G.W.K Moore B Sc., Ph D S . Moms, B.Sc., M.Sc., Ph D.

Royer. BSc , Ph.D H W. Taylor, B Sc., MSc Ph D .. C Phys.,

F lnst.P., F.1. uc.E. S.S M. Wong, BA MS • Ph D.

Disap e Representative and FactJry Advisor. Prof or R M F qu ar

828-3829

SILtden to &peaa e physic:a as a first step toward gradu stud/ 111 phyS1cs should consul a physics pro sor 'rtie physlCS speci ist progr mer ires &tuden ID demonstrate a very high evel of achievement 111 mathemabcs and phy&1c:s . Swdents &hould also note that many oourses req ed for the f nal part of e Enndale physics &peci st progr me are off ed only on the St George Campus of the Unrv r 1ty of Toronto

Recommended F st-Year Programme ) For scfonce and physics peaa

PHY140Y,MAT1~Y. (MAT112Y/132Y may be accept for some programm MA T222H for S t programme)

138

ii) For general In r t, pre-meets, etc PHY135Y,MA T112Y/132Y/138Y.

Second Cou in Physics : PHY235H is recommended for stud nts In Biology. PHY224H and PHY240Y are recommended for students in Surveylng Science, and, In gener • anyone who wishes second courses in Physics .

PHY135Y Gene,.I Physics Recommended for students interested In a general survey course in physics, who may intend to pursue a major degree program fn chemistry, biology, or mathematics, This course an overview of some of the fundamen concepts, nclud1ng vector inematics; force, torque; linear and angular

momentum, rotational motion; work and energy ; oscillatory motion; Introductory electricity and magnetism; optics ; relativity; blackbody radiation ; quantum phenomena and nuclear physics; Introductory thermodynamics. 78L, 39P. 26T] OTE: Students acking Grade 13 Physics/

OAC may enrol n this course with the permission of the instructor. Exdu on PHY120Y/132Y/140Y Prerequisite Grade 13 PhysicslOAC Phys cs, CICalc,AIA&G or R&F/FM Coreq Site: MAT112Y/132Y/138Y

PHY140Y Prlnclplea of Physics Recommended for al students who wish to become professional sc1enbsts, including studen in Surve g Science It is also the

st course the PhyslCS Specialist Programme. Emphasis is placed on methods of constructing appropnate physical models and the development of problem solving skills. Topics ioelude: Newtonian mechanics; special relativity; gravitatlonal, electnc and magnetie forces and fields ; r~1d body rotation, propert of matar1 , harmonic v bratJons, propagation and re action of mechanical waves , thermal physics ; light, the breakdown of classical physics; introduction to quantum physlCS [78L, 39P, 26T]. Exclusion. PHY120Y/132Y/135Y Prerequisite Grade 13 Physics/OAC Phy ics C/Calc,AIA&G(recommended) or R&F FM Corequ1s1te MAT(112Y,232H)t(132Y,232H)/ 138Y(preferred); MAT222H (recomm nded) Recommended Preparation: Studen should have good stand ng In II prer u1&1

Any 200 PHY oour

PHY235H Introduction to Blophyalc:a An Introduction to some applic:atlona or physics to medic ne and biology for students n biochemistry, oell and molecufar biology. Topics Include electron and optical microscopy; quantum limits to vision ; electrlc:al conductiVlty of nerve ftbres; electrocardiograms; noninvasive Imaging techniques, Including ul rasound and magnebc resonance; molecular transport and diffusion across membranes; an Introduction to nuclear medicine, radioactive tracer echntques, and dosimetry (26L, 13T] Prerequisite: PHY120Y/132Y/135Y/140Y, MAT112Y/132Y/138Y

PHY240Y Electrom gnetlam An Introductory course In electricity, magnetism, and waves. Topics include. Coulomb's Law, Gauss's Law and electrostatlc:s; conductors ; DC circuits and applications; magnetostatlcs; dielectric and magnetic media; lime varying fields; Faraday's Law; AC circuits and resonance, complex notation for currents, mutual Inductance: 1ntroduct1on to Maxwell's equations and electromagnetic wave equations, electromagnetic waves in malaria ; the wave impedance; the Poyn ng Vector; wave polarizabons ; reflectiOn and transmtSSion of waves at Interfaces. Vee or analysis be introduced as required and a or ng knowledge of calculus and elementary differential equations is assumed. (52l26T] Exclusions : PHY218H, 221H Prerequisite: PHV(132Y/135Y, th mm mum of 70%, or P.l.)/140Y,MAT(112Y,232H)/ {132Y,232H)/138Y Recommended Preparation· MAT222H. PHY245H, taken contemporaneously, asset

PHY257li lntroduc on to Quantum Physics A rst course covering lhe development of basic concepts of quantum physics Topics include' historical expenmen , lhe particle nature of ght and wave nature of matter (De Bl'oglie), wav&-particle duality, lhe SchrOdinger equation wi1h several basic solUtiOns, such as lhe square poten · well, harmonte O&Cillator, one-electron a1om, and barner po'8nlials (26L, 13T] Prerequisite: PHY132Y/135Y (m· · um o 70% or P.1.)1140Y.MAT(112Y,232H)I (132Y 232H)/138Y. CorequisltB'. MA T212H/MA T258Y Recommended Preparation: MAT222H. PHY245H, taken cootemporaneously, is an asset

PHY258H Introduction to Sta atlcal Phys lea A course designed o troduoe students IO lhe ideas of sta ·s cal behaviour of physical systems large numbers of degrees of freedom. Maaoscoplc coocepts &UCh as le pe ature and entropy · be related to lhe mo n of divldual particles Ensembles and ensemble averages classical and quantUm sta s cs, kinetic theory and transport phenomena, as as phase lransltions be discussed (26L, 13T] PrrNequisitlT. P Y25 7H Recommended Preparat;on: MA T222H.

T368 P Y245H, ate a

139

140

COUfse oftn r t. not

POLITICAL SCIENCE

Prerequisite: Perm son of Physics Faculty Advisor J. Barros, A.B , MI A., PhD R.S. Seiner, BA .. D Phil. A. Braun, BA .. MA., PhD J. Carson , M. Utt (Oxford) A.B. Day, B.A., MA., Dip. R.E .E.S .. PhD. A.A. Fenn. B A.,M.Sc.(Econ.),Ph.D. N Gallegulllos, LLB.,M .A.,Ph D. A. Gregor, B.A. , M.A., Ph.D D. Pokorny. M.A. , Ph.D. P. Silcox, B A • D pl. of Soc. Adm n., MA.,

Ph.D. J. Simeon, B.A. , M.A., Ph. D. J.E. Smith, B.A • Ph.D. P. Solomon, B.A. , M.A. , Ph .D. G White, BA . M.A. , Ph.D. N. Wiseman, BA., M.A., Ph.D. DA Wolfe, BA , MA., Ph.D.

Disciplme Representative and Faculty Advisor: Professor R. Day Telephone: 828-5203

Perhaps rt might be said that polltlcal soence ca s to &VfKY taste , from !hose preoccupied solely by the question of how one can nse to be premier of Ontano, to 1hose whose chief longmg is to gUmpse the true na1Ure of justice. Put less vulgarly, this suggests that lhe study of pol1 cs encompasses lhe entire range of human coocems in !heir lul diversity. AriStotle went so tar as to claim 1hal political sc:aence is lhe • ing science" insofar aa rt 1nqu1res not merely into is or that aspect o( tunan a s, but looks to 1he comprehensrve order

Ill which human activities and practJces are ~emed . It seems · to Sa'f that lhe subsequent developme t of political saence as an Intellectual discipllne has not left behind this ancient claim, but con med t ever anew. It may be adm eel that gradua'8s i political scaence do not typically go on to become professional pobbcians More trequen y, they proceed to careers , journalism, and lhe clVl service

Studeols are urged to consult lhe Erindale Political Science Handbook and lhe Political Science Undergraduate Handbook (available

Ile Political Saence ollice, Room 207 Kaneff Bui ng), both of which are published In the Spri09. for detailed lntonnaion on course offerings

S deots c:ootemplatinQ laklna elthef' 300 or 400 seoes courses in PoilicaT Science at tie St George Campus are advised to consu either the Oisapfine Represanlalille or the Undergraduate Secretary of the Oepanmenl (978-3340) about lotting proced

POL100Y Introduction o ean.dlM Polltlca A study of the pol1bcal process Ill CClnada.. inc1Ud1ng n political c:Utunt. IMf k>rmation of public opinion, poltical behaviour, political partiaS, lhe consltUllOO, federaism, French CWlada tedefaf.promcial rela!IOns , nd the structure and fundloning of polilJCa nslitUllOnS, such as cabinet. pa men the jud , nd lhe pu

ervic;e [52l, 26T]

POL200Y Politte.I Theory Th de lopment ot I thought to the 17th century Among the theorists examined

Plato, Arlsk>tle, Mac:hlaY Hobbes and (52 26l]

1'

POL.201Y Polltfcs of the Th rd World The purpose o s course 1 to introduce studen to the analysis o d World Po tics from the standpoint of the dynamics of underdevelopment It aims tom e students acqu led w1 the lnteractJon amongst con porary po~tical s uctures, ideologies and processes of socio-economic change that occur in the so-called Th. d World countrieS. Emphasis IS placed on the understanding of the natura and causes of, and responses to , problems of underdevelopment (or. as conven ional sdom has 1t d Workfs fa ure to develop). Theories of undefdevelopment: lhe h oncal roo s of underdevelopment, deYelopment styles ;

tarrzation , po rtical instabihty; revolutlonary changes , and recurrent political processes are discossed by reflecting on the national

stones and soaal struct\Jres of countries such as Brazil, Chile, Senegal, and "troubled aeas· such as Southern Africa and Central Amenca. (52L)

POL.203Y Politlca and Govemment of the United States A compara · e study of the development of American government and the mam elements of the American political lrad1tlon; the structure and functioning of executives, legislatures, courts, bureaucracies, parties. and pressure groups n federal and stale government: characteristic processes of American potibc:s such as voting, bargaining, and regulabOn; and resultant patterns of pob poricy. (52L)

POL204Y PoOtlca and Govemment of the U.S.S.R. Md 1ta Successor States The formation and developrneo of lhe Soviet System of 9overrment under Lenin and Stalin , Soviet pol cs In the post-Stalin era and the struggle tor reform ; the collapse of Commun! t party rule and the Soviet state , government and politlCS in the new Russia. oompansons to other socoessor sta.86. [52LJ

P0l.205Y Cont.mpor•ry Brltleh Pol tics The main theme of this course • the effect of economic decline and the loss of great power status on political processes and pohtical institutions in Brrtain . Particular atteot100 w1 be paid 10 the mpact of sooal and economic change on the political partie& and the party system. (52LJ

POL.208Y Introduction to International Relations The con 1butJon ol the ll'ldlvidu , the group, the nation, the state, and the rnatiooal system to confliGt and oonllict managem t the nineteenth and tweo centuries, and an examlnabOn of the problems of equity and ju tioe 11'1 the coo tnpOfary rn rn lional system (52L. 26T]

142

POL.209Y Public Admln tratlon and Public Polley In Canada Combines a study of the organization, processes and issues m Canadian public administration with a study of the Institutions and processes involved in policy making Also focuses on the st\Jdy of specific policy areas including some of the following ' economic policy, soaal welfare, regional disparities, and industrial development (52L, 1 OT] Exclusion: POL307Y Prerequ1s1te. COM120H/121H/103H/ POL 100Y/102Y

POL211Y Canadian Polltical Parties The theore and practical problems that citizens have in USlng political par1tes to effect social change bo through election campaigns and in federal or provincial politics (52LJ PrereqUISJte: POL100Y •

POL212Y Canadian Polltlcal Thought This course will examine four main themes in Canadian pol1bcs, nationality, authority, equality, and technology. The approach will be historical and comparative, drawing on books, artides, sermons and manifestos from the e1~ teenth century to the present Special attention I be paid to s1m1lanbes and differences between Canada and the United States . f52LJ Prerequ1s1te.· POL 100Y/102Y

POL305Y Politic• and Society In Latin America The colonial heritage, the failure of nation· states to develop as integrated and autonomous power structures, dependent capctalism and pohtrcal order, contrasting types of domination, ngrd monopolizabon and the flexible use of the state by ruling sectors, nabOnal revolu on and sociali t alternabve (52L) Prerequ1s1te: A course m POUa course on developing countries .

POL309Y The State, Planning and Marketa Examines the principal theoretical argumeots of Liberal m, Marxism and D mocrabC Socialism; major d1ff rences w1thtn the Li ral and Marxl t tradition w II between them ; th htstork:al developm nt and current problems of pl nned and mark t eeonom1 , the rule of law, politics, nd the pot nt1 I lor democratic control in both cap1tahst and SOCI h t &Oeletl S (52l) Exclusion · POL214Y Prerequ1 11 POL 100Yt102YIEC0100Y

POL312Y C•n•dl•n Foreign Polley A theoretieal and historical view of Canada's external relations; the canadian foreign policy process, including policy approaches, government dee ion-making, domestic and external processes and instruments, techniques and bargaining; relations with the United States, Europe and the outer world ; foreign pohcy in the diplomatic, miltary, economic and rultural sectors. (52l) PrereqtS/te; POL.208Y

POL316Y Contempor•ry C.n di•n Federaliam Consbtubonal, political, adm1mstrabve, and financial aspects of federal-provincial relabons, reg onalism and rultural du ism. (52L) Prerequi ite: POL100Y/102Y

POL317Y Comparative Publle Poley and Admlnlatratlon Major theories and concepts in the elds of pubhc administration and public policy, drawing on the experience of Canada and other advanced industrialized nations [52L) Exclusion: POL.207Y Prerequisite: POL 100Y/102Y/104Y/203Y/ 205Y/209Y

POL320Y Modem Political Thought The development of pofi cal thought n e 18th and 19th centuries, 1nclud1ng Rousseau, Burke, Hume, Kant, Hegel, the English Ubhtarians (Bentham and J.S. I), Marx, and Nietzsche. [52LI PrerequiSlte P0L200Y

POL327Y Comparative Foreign Polley Comparabve study of the for91gn poiiaes ol the Sovl9t Union, the United Sta • Gr t Br1ta1n, Fr nee, and Germany [52S) Prerequi. . POL.208Y

POL329Y Marxism A survey of Marx t po tical lhought dealing wi Marx and Engels; the German Social Democrats : Lenin Trotsky and the AUSSlan revolUtion; Maoism; problems of contemporaty convnunism. (26L 265) Prerequ1si"'"" A course In political lheof)' or philosophy.

POL333Y Comparative Provincial PoHtlca Parties and party systems, elections, vo · g behavlOUI'. poli cultul'e, ad mm· tr e machinery, decislOO· g processes and

s tutions, sl anbes and d erenc:es n public policy. f52LJ Pf8fequiSlte'. F>ol100Yl102Y

POL336H Ontario Government and Polltlca (Formerly POL331H) Por ·ca1 structures and processes In Ontario; Cabinet government; the action of Cabinet. Leg ature and public seMc:e, po tica parties and 1he party system; pro -nci municipal relabons (26l) Prerequisite'. POU OOY /102Y ExcluSIOfl: POL331H

POL.340Y International L.-nlemational law as an inain.ment of conlid resolution Recogrutioo, sovereign mun • subjects ol nlernational law, and jurisdiction are some of the subjects examined (52Ll PrerequlShe-. POL.208Y

POL406Y From Ubenllam to Ubenl­Demoeraey The development o I al thought 1rom Loe to James MD, Including of Hume. S • Mon QtJ1eCJ Rousseau, Benlham and James (5251 A "18 POL2ooY/320Y

POL440Y PoHtlce and Govemmente of Ea tern Euro.,. Acom

Al

PSVC OLOGY

144

employment in a wide variety of bust , tochnical , educabonal, or social -service are . However, further formal or on·th&-Job tr mng is usually required . Nevertheless, undergraduate courses in psychology may be valuable to students ptanmng various professional careers m mediane, law, nur&1ng and education, for example. Students wanting information can consult either of the faculty advisors I sled abcwe

(") Courses designated by an asterisk require that the student arrange for a faculty superv or dunng the preoed1ng term and submit a ballot. Students may take no more than the equ1valeot of four •project• or "lhe&IS" half courses.

PSY100Y Introductory Paychology Psychology is the science of behaviOur, and the course seeks to acquaint the student w1lh the scienlJflc me od as it is app · in attempts to under tand both human and animal behaviour. Th course is a prerequisite for all other psychology courses [52L, 26P}

PSY201H Re arch De gn and Analy n P ychology I Basic descripllVe and mferen · sta · llC&. [26L, 2611 Exdusion: Ally concurrent or previous stall tics course Prerequisite Ally OAC MalhematiCS/ MAT108H/112Y/ 132Y/ 138Y/P l .,PSY100Y.

PSY202H Re arch Dea gn and Analy In Paychology II Concerned with the design of experiments and the more advanced method of s analysis, lnduding complex ysis of variance. [26L, 1311 EJCclu ion Ally concurrent or prevtoUS stabsllca course except PSY201H Prerequute PSY100Y,201H

PSV100Y

nt

PSY230H lntroduct on o Peraonallty A survey of theories of person ty, focusing on 1 formation and components. and an evaluallon of lhe empirical status of each lheory according to the current re&earch n ature. [39L) PrereqUISitlr. PSY100V

PSY252H An m B havtour A survey of the social behaViour of field and laboratory settings Emphasis placed on lhe application of evolubOnary theory 1IO lhe understanding of anim behaviour. A variety of ma emalical models of behavioural evolutJOn be cflSCUSSed . Although calcutus not required, students should have a good background · algebra a the high school or un ersity leYel l~LJ PrerequiSJtes: PSY100V, least one OAC

thematic:s/P .I

PSY260H oduc on to Leaming A survey of empirical findings and lheore

terpretal!Ons relevant o the scien IC study of lhe phenomena of and memOfY Ill human and a al subfeds f 39 J Prerequs1le. PSY100V

PSY270Y Introduction to Cogn P ychology A sys matJC '111¥estigai1<>n of t processes and mec:t\anisms under1 ·ng Topics include memory, problem solving, language and a llOn (781...) Prerequst : PSY100

145

PSY429H Soc al Paychotogy Laboratory (Formerly PSY329H) ndependent researc::ti projec 1n social

psychology. Each project indude !he design of an ex~·ment, data collection. and a

n report. 39P] Pfflll1qUi te: P Y100Y,201H,220Y

PSY430H Specl I Topics In Personality opics change period y)

Ex nation dep of acted topics perso 1ty. Cooteo ma y g· en y r depend on the ns uctoc. Course desCflpbOn s available from the department seaetary. (39L) Prerequi te PSY100Y 230H

PSY440H Spec Top cs In Abnorm Psychology (Topics change period y) Exam nallon in depth of a b ted topic wi n aboofm psychology. Con nt in any g en

ear depend on s uctor. Course description is av ble om the Psyc::tiology Secretary. [39SJ Prerequt tv. PSY100Y,340Y

PSY442Y Practicum n Exceptlonality In Human ~ming (Formerly PSY342Y) A sem· and practicum d ing W1 the philosophy and a~n of psychological principles tn eKcepbooal children , bo anchcapped and g fled . Seminar at E e, practJcum lhrough selective placement In elementary nd seoondary schools and o r public ageno , under the su Ion of the cour&e 10Structor. (265, 52P] Prerequt . PSY OOY and 10 n cou eq alen , Including PSY210Y

PSY471H Spec! I Topics n Cognl on (Topica chafl?e period ) Examlna JOO Ill depth of selected topics hin cog e psychology Coo t in any g en year I depend on ins ctor. Course descnptJoo ava ble from the department secretary. (39L] Prerequisite'. PSY100Y 270Y/260H

PSY479H Human Memory and Leaming Leboratory (Formerly PSV379H) Exper1men D be earned out to tra recent theoretical and expenmental · Studen use lhemselv (and other studeo as bjecis and gy design, carry out and report experimen 11in lhis area. l39PJ PrereqvfSltfr PSY100Y 201H,210Yl373H

1'48

PSY480H Special Topics In Pere ptlon (Topu:s cha~e penodically) Examination 1n depth of &elected topics w1th1n peroepbOn. Con ent in any given year will depend on In tructoc. Course description IS available from the P ychology Secretary. (39$) PnN9qU1site'. PSY100Y,280V

PSY489H Sensory and P r ptu I Processes Laboratory (Formerly 389H)) The tundamenta of sensory and perceptual pl'Ocesses. Students conduct laboratory expenrnen , using each other as sub1ects . (39PJ Prerequ1S1te PSY100Y,201H,280Y

PSY49 H Advanced Topics In Phy lologlcal Payc:hology (Formerly PSY390H) (Topics c::tiange periodically) Current areas of research in physiological psychology w1 I be explored In detail. ,These areas 1111r todude the following : the hormonal bases ot human and animal behaviour, the development ot motrvallonal systems and perceptual capac1 ·es , the physiological bases of memory. language, and other higher cortical functlOns in man, and the neurochemical bases of sleep and emobOn (39L) PrerequiS1te: PSV100Y,290Y,P.I.

PSY499H Psychobiology Leboratory (Formerly PSY399H) Supervised demonstration experiments designed to familiarize students with methods of collecting, analysing, and reporting data in e hological and physiological experiments employing animal subjects. Students win also learn how to hand e s acted species ot animals . {39Pl Prerequ1s1te. PSY100Y 201H.290Y

RELIGION

LJ Elmer, BA , S.T.B., ST D V Hori, B.A.,MA,Ph.D. E. Janzen, BA .. M A M.J. Lavelle, BA., MA. N.F. McMulhn, BA., S TB .. Mlh., Ph D. S. Nlgosian, BA .. MA., Ph.D. LE. Schmidt, BA .. M.A, PhD.

D/sdpline Representative and Faculty Advisor: Professor L.E. Schmidt

From the dawn of oonsciousne6s, lunai beings have expressed 1het responses t> 1he mysey of 1he origin and desbny of the cosmos, and of their own par11cipalion in the oosmc process, hough religious myths, ntuals and symbols of great diversity and complexity. These forms of expressK>n have, at times, coalesoed int> particular patterns and 1rooitions which we rDN idenllfy as •great" or "World" reigiollS. These religions have, in un, inlk.Jenoed Iha cul!ure (language, art, 1nsbtubons, vaues) of sociebeS and of 1he individuals who make them up. The academic study of religoo examines intellectual openness and sensitivrty the maior lradrtions and !heir oHshoots, and aiticaly evaluates 1he 11\Jlh ciains of tm adlerents as well as their heretics The slUdy of reigK>n offers usehA preparallOl'I tor participation in a religiously divefSe world As an 1nqury 11to an i~ dimension of human lite, it is intrinsically valuable and sa · tying, but can also help pr~ one for a wide range of careers ilduding social work. law, por cs from the local t> 1he intemabonal level. teadlng. mecAone, or leooorship in religlOUS organizabons The academic study of religion can also lead to graduate work. such as 1he MA and Ph D levels at 1he UnlVel'Sity's Centre tor The Study of Religion While sb.ldents on the Erindale Campus may major and speaallze 11 a vaiety of program in The Study of R igion, 1he pat1lc:Uiv slrength of the Erndale o rngs is In !he a-ea of religlon, ethics and society In fact. a Specialist Programme in Religion. Elhics and Society IS offered exclusively at Erindale and ccwi be taken in Its enbrety on the Erindale Canpus For fur1her 11tormation, please consUt the Depa1ment tor The Study of Religion handbook avalab 11 the o of the departmental secretary (Rocrn 227. Norfl Bulding) or from ny RLG in tructor. Should you . ht> t up n appointment Wllh a facuty I isor, please c:onlad 1he deparment (~ 3727).

RLG100Y An Introduction to the Religious Tredltlona (For ~El.220V) An intr SU ol the mal"I , pr . and lllJbons of the map, IWld

of rmor , religiouS Ir • mely. Bucl<ll m. CIYisll ty, Conlucianism, Hindu •

tam. Jainl&ITl, Judai&m, mo. m. T m IWld Z tr m l52l. 11 E c:luslon · REL100VIAEL220Y

RLG105Y Cont•mpor•ry Probl.ms In Rellglou• Ethic• Art introduction to lhe MalySIS of ethical problems in the context of reigious studies. Abortion; euthanasia, poverty; militarism; sex, mamage and the changing roles of men and women; reproduciive lechnologies (52L. 26T] Exclusion: REL105Y

RLG206Y The Buddhist R•llglous Tradition The teachings of 1he Buddha and lhe development. spread, and divers! catlOn of the Bud st tradition from &OUthem to northeastern Asia . (52l, 26T] Recommended Preparation: RLG100Y

RLG213Y Religion In P.rsonal Development (Formerly REL230Y) the positrve and 009ative roles ich re ion has played and con nues to play in the process of human developmen A general analyS1s of personhood and the need In authenlle human living tor self-transcendenc:e The phenomenon of fai , celigt0n as nder: rehgion as meaning; and rehgion as (52L) Exclusion · REL230Y,RLG300Y(G)

RLG225H Christian Ethics and Human Sexuality (Formerly REL223H) The basis inc nan ethics for · a klmlulanon of standards of inter,personal conduct and sexual relaoons, an analySIS of changing sexual mores, fa!Tlllial strudUres and chlldrearlng ledvliques; and a rotical evalua on of lhe development of reproductive techoolog1es (e g artificial insemlnallOO, surrog te motherhood) (26SI Recommended Preplratron llLG105Y Exclusion: REL223H

14

PSY31 H Perceptu I Oevetopm nt A survey of current res ch n auditory and visual abih es in infancy and child ood . (39L) EKcluslOfl: PSY312H(G) PrerequtSI PSY100Y 210Y/280Y

PSY315H Cognitive 0 velopment A survey of contemporary research and theory in the develo=isr:t of language. thin ng and iotel ence, ng on Piage s views [39L) Exclusion PSY312l-l(G) PrereqUJ 1te PSY100Y,210Yl260Hl270Y

PSY316H Early Soc I Behaviour A sem on topics sudl parent-infant rela onsh and earfy emotional development Students read onginal research reports, e wee y essays and parbcipate in seminac discussions. (39S) Prerequisi PSY100Y,210Y

PSY320H Soc al Psychology: Attltud • ntensive sll.ldy or soci att11Udes and

op ons, lnduding etr developmen description, measurement, mod1fica: on, and Ofganizabon f39L) Prerequsite PSY100Y,220Y

PSY324H Aggreu on ExammaliOn of 1he s· alional determinants of human aggressive behaviour. Some comparative lerature be related to a g obal v- of 1he problem. Topics include: de n of aggression, aggression as arousal, c:ohof and violence, personal space, anger and cogo e label · g, and deindivlduatiOo. (26L) Prerequi ll8: PSY100Y

PSY331H Payehologlcal Te t A sU1Vey of the fundame psychometric properties of , test construction, e factOfs uenong the e and m rPf' ta n Of iests. and a en ana~· Of s ected ap cations of ts (39L Prerequisite: PSY100Y, 1H, any o er 200

course io P chology

PSY332H Advanced Personality Oeta discus on of the ext Ion of maJOf

eo or personalty to treatment (therapy) !Of personalty disorders, and rese rch growing out of the theories (26L) Prsrequ11Pt¥T. PSY100V 230H

el cour n

146

PSY341H Paychopathologlea of Chlldhood Consider cone pt of normal, abnormal and delayed d volopment Schemes of class1f1cation and diagnosis, approaches to Identification of etiologies, and contemporary treatment methods are critically evaluat d. The emphasis Is on controlled research as a pnm ry source of knowledge about psychopathology and treatment. (39L) PrerequiSJte. PSY100Y,210Y/340Y

PSY354H Comparative Social Behaviour Types of social organizabon and interacbon in vanous animal groups will be discussed. Empha will be placed on the evolubon, ontogeny, and biological luncbons of social behaviour 10 animal groups which possess complex social systems. (39L) Prerequisite; PSY100Y,P I.

PSY373H Human Memory and Learning Facts, theories, and methods in the study of human learning Ma1or emphasis will be on recent trend in the study of verbal learning, memory and verbal behaviour. [39L) Exclusion: PSV371 H(G),372H(G) PrereqUtsite PSY100Y,260H/270Y (PSY270Y is strongly recommended)

PSY374H Introductory Paychollngul1tlc1 A contemporary approach to the psychological study of language and speech, highhghtmg lhe biol09ical and cognitive aspects of language acqu1S1bon and use. [26L) Exclu. ion; JLP374H(Gl Prerequ1s1te PSY100Y,210V/260Hl270V

PSY376H Payehol09y of Reading Survey of vartoua toptCS concerning reading processes and their acqu1 11ton, including perceptual processes m reading, reading comprehension and recall, learning to r ad, ndividual differ nces m reading skills, r pid reading, reading disabiht and rt1 ICl81 in hgence models of reading Emph D be on an understanding of the und rlying nfOfmallon processing mechanisms. [39LJ Prerequ1&1te PSV100Y.260Hl270Y

PSY381H Pere ptlon: Audit on Current elopments 1n research nd theory In audition (he nng) The m in empha wll be on perceptu I proce es, but the phy 1caf nature of e 1t1mult and th tr effects on the

rvoua sys m will lso b studied [39L) Prer qui tt • PSV100Y,280Y/290V. OAC Calcul /MAT112Vl132Yl138V/P I

PSY393H Cognitive Neurology Problems In cognibve psychology wll be explored from die viewpoint of clinical neurology. Some sample topic&: amnesia and model of memory, split-brain research; the temporal lobes and verbal and non-verbal memory; the role of the frontal lobes; perceptual asymmetries in normal peop , models of brain function. (26LJ PrerequiSite PSY100Y,252H/270Y/200Y

PSY3i4H Motivation and Emotion This course wlll examine models of emotion from an historical and theoretical perspective. Close attention will be paid to the role of cognibve-perceptual, autonomic and somatic variables particularly as they rela e to the phenomenolog~ of emotion and the motivation of behaviour. 26L) • Prerequisite: SY100Y, a 200 level course in Psychology

PSY400Y(•) Thesla Each student will conduct independent research and write a thesis under the supervision of a staff member(s). Seminar meetings will be held weekly to discuss: (a) general topiCS important to the conduct of research; (b) student research proposals · (c) thesis results. Adm1sS10n decided on the basis of acadellllC merit. (785) Prerequisite: PSY100Y,201 H.202H/ BI0360H PSY309H/laboratory course in Psychology, satisfactory progress in the Specialist Programme in Psychology or_ In erdisciplinary Specialist Programme in Animal Behaviour.

PSY402H Systems of Paychc:>logy . An In-depth ana sis of (a) key 1SSue(s) in the s~ of mind and behavlOUr. as debated w1th1n the con ext of twentieth century psychology (topics change f)efiodically). Such an alysis entails the consideration of the h torical, conceptual, methodological d f ctual foundations of m ·°' current approach to psycho~ical kno i;ie. Including their relation hip to ied n disc1phnes and professional expertise (39$) Prerequ1 1te: PSY100Y d one I psychology course t 300 level°' equiv lent, or expllClt P I.

of

PSY404H(•) lndlvldual Project Designed for students des 1ng to pursue independent research to a specific aspect of human or animal behaviour. Prerequisite: PSY100Y,201H, 309Hla laboratory course, P I.

PSY405H(") Individual Projee1 (Formerly PSY303H) Oesigned for students des ng to pursue independeot research a specific aspect of human or a · al beha lour Pr8fequisi'8: PSY1 OOY,201 H,309Hla labOl'atory course, PI.

PSY406 ") Individual Protect (Formerly PSY304H) Designed for students desiring k> pursue

dependent research into a specific aspect of human or anvnal behaviour. Prerequisite: PSY100Y,201 H,309Hla labOl'atory course, PI.

PSY409H Exper m ntal Design and Theory (Formerly PSY309H) Problems involved I'\ research design and inlerpretatJon of expenmeotal ngs, the logical structure o psychological lheor es Practice n the cri evaluation of research = 1~k.v10ov201H PSY410H Spee al Toplc9 In De lopmentaJ Psychology (Topics change periodically) Ex na in depth of a I 18d ICplC de lopmen psychology Content ·nan g n year depend on slrUCtof. Course description · available om lhe Ps chology Secretary (3951 Prerequisj1'8 pS Y OOY ,.21 OY

PSY419H Devefopmental P yehofogy L.abonitory (Formerly PSY319H) ~ din , labo e cises and rch pro,ec ned to acxiua1nt the IUd melhodology appropriate lot and child study. (39P) nereo111si,1t1. PSY100Y,201H 210Y

00 ,220V

1 7

RLG238H Religion d Id ntlty In Canada (Fomlerty REL207H) Personal and sooal Iden ty created and expressed lhrough sucti Canadian religiou g oops as "mainli e· religious ad1 ons, ev gelic:al sects, pentecostal-cha matte movements. e nic churcties, and the •new religions". Re ious behaviour studied as the m~lay be n belie ng and belongtng. (265) Recommended Preparation: RLG105Y ExcluSIOll: REL20 H

RLG241Y Early Ch stlan rlt ngs: The Tutament odoction to types of eratllfe n the

Testament (Gospels, Acts , Epis , Apocalypse) and to the d bnc e content of

lerature as a • The h. tory of texts and erstOOS, the process of canonization of

ature, and the en ·cal methods o scriptur study are exa ed. [52L, 26T) Exclusion· REL.241Y

RLG243Y Jor Themes n Bibi c:aJ Uteratura (Fonnerly AEL212Y)

rehg1ous themes running oug biblical e Old and ew Testament concepts of

ae · • election, covenant, satva on, drvine • prophecy, Wisdom, JUS cation, etc. (52L,

~SIOl'l' REL212Y

ty s Encounter with

150

RLG 273Y Japan: Culture and Society from Anc:I nt Tlmaa to the Pres nt Day All examinallon of the ways in whtc:h the major religious traditions (Shinto, Confusciantsm. Buddhism) have shaped Japanese culture and society. Topics include; Myths about the emperor and the sta ; Buddhist monastenes; Shogun; Samora and the "Way of the warrior" and modern views about the individual, the family and the nation. f 52L, 26L) Recommended Preparation: RLG100Y

RLG312H Religious lnterpretatlona of Cosmic: nd Blologlc:al Evolution Evolubon and Christian ty: cosmic and religious tmpbca ons in the twentieth century thought of Teilhard de Chard n. Concepts of build ng the earlh, converging and personalizing universe, matter and spirit, energetics of love. Evolution as It relates to rel1g ous themes of creation, hope, evil, c:osmte Chr st. the end of llme {26LJ Exc:Ju ion: REL362Y,312H Prereq111site: One RLG course

RLG314H Evil and Sin: A Christian lnterpr talion !Formerly REL363H) Ev s exam ed as a u ersal reality which presents elf both as a philosophteaV theological cti lenge, and as a mystery In human extStence. It calls into question tile goodness and power, ti riot the very exis ence, of God and raises questions about 1usbce and m antng of human and cosmic: existence. All examination of the b blteal nd theological background to a Christian nterpretahon of cosmic and moral evil [26L) Prerequisite· One RLG course Exc:Jusion· REL.363H

RLG315H The Future of Religion (Formerly REL382H) Thelsllc r I glon n e modern word forms, impact nd r vanoe. Nin teenth nd twentieth century er qu , and debat s concerning the ex t nco and conoop of a personal God God above, God head or no God ThetStJC and ath istic r pon to ecular1zat1on; the challeng of evolutionary

theory to religion [26L) Prerequ1S1t . On "'RLG cour Recommended Pr paration RLG213Y/312H Exclu ion: AEL382H

RLG324H Paul of Tereue (Formerly REL319H) The literary form of Paul's letters, the ources of his thought, and the theological V18W that emerges. [26L, 13T] Prerequisite: One RLG course Recommended Preparation . ALG241Y Exduslon: REL319H

RLG329Y The DeveloptMnt of Chrletlan Identity (Formerly REL375Y) The development of Christian identity, as examined from a psycho-social, ethical and theological perspecave, and as revealed in personal documents like auto-biograph18S, diaries and letters. l52S) Prerequisite: one RLG course Recommended Preparation. RLG105Y/213Y Exdus1on: REL375Y

RLG338Y Technology, Ethlce end the Future of Humenlty (Formerly REL224H) The role of technology Within various proJ0Ctlons of global economic development examined from a Christian ethical perspecave. Ethical responses ID some of the problems which threaten the future of humanity. poverty, resource depletion, environmental degradation and the arms build up. [52L) Prerequisite: One ALG course Recommended Preparation: RLG105Y Exclusion: RLG224H

RLG373H Modern J pan: Culture nd Society (Formerly REL347H/362H) The impact of modern technological developments and Western culture on traditional Japanese society. The role ol lhe "New Rehg1ons· as well as the older trad lions in 20th century Japan. (26L, 13T] Prerequ1s11fl: One RLG course Recommended PreparatJon: ALG100Y/207Y/ 273Y Exdus1on: REL347H

tron RLG100Y

RLG490Y lndlYlduel Studlee Student-initiated project of reading and research, supervised by a member of lhe Department. Pnmarly intended for Specialists and Majors. After obtaining a supervisor, a student must al)C)ly to the Department Exclusion: REU90Y

RLG491H lndtvldual Studies Student-initiated project of reading and research, supervised by a member ol lhe Depar1ment Primarily ntended for Speciais ts arid Ma;ors After ~ii a supervlSOI'. a student must apply IO lhe Deparilne11t Exclusion: REL4~1H

RLG412H lndtvldualSIUdln S!Udent-lni1ialed project of reading and research, supervised by a member ol lhe Depar1ment Primariy intended for Specialists and Ma;ors. After obtainif19 a supervisor, a student must apply to the Department Exclusion: REL492H

151

SOCIOLOGY

Erne Profi or W E. bach, B A, M.A. , Ph 0

M ,BA.MA.Ph.D H. Boughey, B.A. MA., Ph.D. D. Bro field, BA., M.A., PhD. D.F. I, BA, MA, Ph.D H . F ·edmann, A.B, M.A , Ph.D BS. Green, BA., PhD. J B Kervin, BA., Ph D. E S a. B.A. A , Ph D. J H Simpson, BA .• B D .• Th M, PhD.

W. Spencer, A B~ MA .. Ph D. AL.S 'n,BA~ MA,Ph.D . AB Whealoo BA , M.A , PhD.

O.Sapbne Representat1V9 and Fscut Advisor. Professof D.F. Campbell Con t on Mondays lhrough Thursdays. Telephone: 828-5317. Or see Departmental Secretary, Room 2098, Telephone 828-5395.

Sociology is the study of human group life. It e plores the processes by which people t

adMtles toge er. ~or example, It studies how child en acquire the habits of their groups, how adults deal confticts, how

s are punished, how SOCI ran ings are main ed, and how en· e societies

ustnalize Students 11 other ields may gain om sociology a clearer VW!Ni of the human

cond · n In the range of topics Iha t 00\/ers, sociology• an extraord1nanry broad area. However, sociologists pose characteristlC kinds of quesbonS, and by mtbng the scope of

ques oos they ne the boundaries of their d1SC1pline. , sooological reseatch 1& lhe pursu· of genera zabfe a wers to puzz ng ques · ns about the causes and consequences of r8QJmng patter , or "structures," of g oup actJv . Studerlts may select from a anety of special areas of m est in sped st or majOI' programmes They may also coosutt the department for other combinabons of courses such as lho6e emphasiZ1ng Canadian society,

terpel'sonal relatJons or research method The department otters a Specla t a Major, and MIOOr programme in Sociology, a maior Crune & Deviance, a major n Peace and Con Stud , and a tnajor 1n Population and Soaety,

SOC101Y ln troduct on to Soc o logy An ntroduction to the b IC concepts, pnnclpl , and melhoda of sociology as a d phne for the study o soaety. (52L,26TJ Exclu51on SOC216Y

152

SOC152Y Introduction to Communlcet on Th ory and Research An introduction to a variety of theories and empuical melhods used to describe and explain verbal and non-verbal forms of commumcabOn. The course will cover aspects of in personal, htera and electronic communication and provide a sohd background for courses o ered at higher levels 1n the area of communicabons [52L. 26TJ PrerequiS1te; SOC101Y either taken previously or concurrently.

SOC200Y Introduction to Social Research How social obsecva ons are used to develop and test sociological ideas. A variety of theoretical approadles and research techmques are cnbcally examined to illustrate general principles of conceptualization, measurement, and explanation [52L, 26T] PrerequiSlte: SOC101Y/216Y '

SOC202Y Structure of Interpersonal Relations A study of patterned relabonships, social roles, and social expectabons that arise out of rnteraction among individuals. (52L. 26T] PrerequiSJte. SOC101Y/216Y

SOC205Y Urban Sociology Examines the city both as a significant development n world civirzatJon and a working mechanism guided by contemporary policies. Studies human behaviOUr in i mulbface ed relations with the urban environment. [52L, 26T] Prerequisite SOC101Y/216Y

SOC206Y Social Org nlzatlon Classical and recent theories spectfying lhe organizational bases of d fferent types of society. These are applied comparabVely through empirical tudies of selected toplCS. (52L, 26TJ Pr requ1s1te SOC101Y/216Y

SOC210Y Ethnicity In Social Organization Impact of racial, ethntc, and hngu· be heterogeneity and of vanous patterns of immigration on economic, politJcal, and cultural insbtubons, and on individual iden ty, self.conceptions, social attitudes, and relabons . (52L, 26T] Prerequisite: SOC101Y/216Y

SOC212Y Deviance and Control A sociological analysis of deviant behaviour which examines theories of its genesis , social definition, maintenance, control and socia consequences. l52L. 26TJ Prerequisite SOC101Y/216Y

SOC214Y Sociology of the Family Development of the contemporary western family with special emphaStS on chang1~ relations among its members. (52L, 26T] Prerequisite: SOC 1o1 Y 1216Y

SOC215Y Soclallzatlon The ac:qu1s1bon and reproductlOll of personality, culture, and social structure Topics will nclude socialization and the soao­b101ogy debate, psycho-social, cognitive and behavt0unsllc approaches to human development, child rearing practices, sex-role acquis1bon and learning structural nfluence on values, attitudes and aspirations, political socialization, adult soclarzation and aging, and the comparative study of socializatlOn [52L, 26T] Prerequ1S1te SOC101Y/216Y

(52L,

OC 101 Y/216YJPSY100/220Y

SOC231 Y Peace and Wer VIOient and nonviolent struggles Blologica , psychological, and socia sources of war. e historical frequencies and ocatlons of wars Global m tanzatiOn : causes, consequences, possible alternatives on ea ing defence. Who pro ts from the ms ade? Is war ever jusbfiable? Media on Sucoess bargaln'ng. Proposa for interna ·ona1 order and sea.inty, sustainable economic devetopmeo and justice. (52L. 26T] Prerequis te: SOC101Y/216YJPSY100Y/ HIS 110Y/PHL101Y

SOC245Y The Sociology or Aging Social gerontology a growing d1sapf111e de ng · many social aspedS of advanced age e g ., problems of re amen post-ret rement le, ng arrangements and famt changes in iden , new rol or la e [52L, 26TJ PrerequisitfT SOC101YJ216Y

SOC152Y

s

to

nd soc

S0C301 Y Social nequallty E ·nes the causes, prevalence and man• esta ons of social, pol tical and economic 1neq 1bes, internationally and

• in canada Particular focus i placed on the ascnp e and other characteristics of people Iha lead to their being Victims or beneftci s of inequ ty--1Jendef, age, e 'city-race, social class of lhetr parents, location o residence in Canada, d b1 tty. The v '° circumstances of inequality are ex ined lhroug multiple theoretical and empuical perspec es . Addi onal emphasis is placed on the poss e means to lessen or el' na social 1nequa ·11es [52l, 26TJ Prerequsi e: SOC101Y and 1 soc course at the 200 level

S0C303H Careers In Crime nd Delnquency An exammatJon of del nquent and criminal Ii e · styles from the pe~s of social psychology, 1he sociology of oocupations, and the sociology of I . The etiology, social history, organization , and soc:ie response to

fferent types of crime and delinquency e consider9d. Special attention given to the career cri · at {26l, 13T] Pre<equtSJ SOC101Y/216Y,212Y

S0C304Y Change and Conflict In Con emporary Society The sociolog cal aspects of the world economy and state syslem in htStorical perspective.

s r and social bases of mar e • espeaa land, labour, and mooey. Patterns of state forma!Jon, includ ng colonial sm, national states Eval a n of concep al

ameworks, such as rstlsecondl · d world; Nor1h/Sou1h; capita ISi/Social t , and nationaV transn onal. Contemporary chan In agr1CU re and ustry. Speoal emphas on gender, race, and class relaoons. f52L, 26T] Prereq te · SOC101Y and 1 SOC course at

200 level

S0C305Y Sociology of Retlg on Vanous theories of rel ous behaviour org zabon are examined w special a JOn g en to the role of re ion in r tion to social change and social integration. Current research and methods of study w I be s essed (52L, 26T] PrerequlsJUT. SOC101Y/216Y, 1 SOC cour a1 200 level 0 ed n rna e year

S0C306Y Sociology of Crime and DellnC1u•ncy Definittons and sociological explanations of crime and delinquency. Social background of Canadian criminal law; the role of police, courts, prisons and other Institutions of social control. (52L] Prerequisite. SOC212Y

SOC308H The Canadian Media An analysis of both the 1nst1tutlonal foundalions of Canadian Media as well as several Canadian theorists/empiricists such as Innis , McLuhan and Grant Historical development of Canadian media including boo publishing, radio, film, television and computer technologies and the constraints on such industries will be discussed. The role of censorship boards, public and private broadcasting, bilingual and multilingual media may also be presented for analysis. (52L, 26T] Prerequtsite: SOC 101Y and 1 SOC c:Ourse at the 200 level.

SOC309H Sociology of Mau Communication The course critically appraises some modem communications theorists · and dissects some old and new Canadian media institutions. Sped emphasis on the origin and destiny of lnnova on, governmental media organizations and their art1CUlabon with media In btutions . [52L. 26T] Prerequisite: SOC101Y/216Y, 1 SOC course at the 200 level

SOC311Y Sociology of Educat on An ana sis of the relation hip between educatJon and society Ill comparattve perspective; the consequences of the in rnal strUC1ure of educational sys ems, and current controvers es surrounding the function nd structure of educational 1ns1Jtut1ons (52L, 26T] Prerequisite SOC101Y/216Y, 1 soc cour at 200 level

SOC312Y Population nd Soc ty An analys· of population chang and consequences from both global and C nad1 n perspectives. Trend in mortality, f rllhty, and migration re ex mined r lative to th r signif noe for growth, d th r relabOn to aocial tructure and soc ch ng . l52L, 26T] Prerequl ite SOC101Y/216Y,206Y//300Y

SOC313Y History of Socia! Theory Thi course Is a survey of the classical ninet nth-century tradition 1nclud1ng the works of Auguste Comte, Kart Marx. Emile Durkheim, and Max Weber for example as well as of some twentieth-century schools of social theory l52L, 26T] Prerequisite: SOC101Y and 1 SOC course at the 200 level.

SOC315Y Interaction In lnstltutlonal Settings Ethnographic descnption and comparattve analysis of standard social occasions taking place w thin the domains of the OOl'poration, the church, school, government. and the court. The primary course objective is the observation and documentabon of the everyday enactment of institutional rules of the game· for social Interaction. (52Ll Prerequisite: SOC101Y/216Y, 1 SOC course at 200 level Offered 1n alternate years

SOC316Y Group Structure and Process The study of smaU group processes and structures, ndud1ng leadership, in uence, cliques and coalibons communication patterns, productivity and morale. (52L, 26T] PrerequiS1te: SOC101Y/216Y,202Y Off red in alternate years

SOC317Y Industrial Soclology This course will survey the classical theories of industrial society as weM as some of the more recent theories. A sanes of speotic, pertinent issue will then be addressed. (52L, 26T] Prerequisite: SOC101Y/216, 1 SOC course at the 200 level Off red 1n ternate years

SOC319Y Gene Culture Coevolut on Some recent developments in social theory are examined with particular emphasis placed on thr evolubonary processes · 1) biological evolution, 2) the "e olution• of beh V1our in nd idual li cy (1ndMdu learning), and 3) soclOC\Jltural transmt ion

nd evolu11on; nd h th thr proces re thought to Int ract with nd

oth to E!'oduce hu n V10ur. (52L, 26T { Prerequi 1te ANT100YISOC101Y/216Y, BI0101Y/151Y/PSY100Y nd 1 SOC cour. t the 200 I

SOC322H Social Statistics II: Techniques and Applications The understanding and appfication of mulllvariate analysis using com~rs in the survey reseatch environment 26L, 13PJ PrerequiS1ts: SOC101Y/216Y, 1Y/300Y Offered in al1ernate years

SOC324Y Polltlca and Society The social basis of politics. Culture and social organizabon in their relation to power and application. (52L, 26T] PrerequfSJte: SOC101Y/216Y, 1 SOC cotne at 200 level

SOC325Y Sociology of Health and Medicine Med one is examined as a soc:ioo.J ral phenOmenon. A compat ·ve approach be used to analyze sociocultural processes related to disease and ness etlOlog es ; lhe social organization of he care: u zabon pa ems: and the development ol he r and patient roles. (52L. 26T] Pr6f9qUl51te: SOC101Y/216Y, at least 1 SOC course at 200 level

SOC326H The Socfology of Mental Disorders A survey o sociological pefSpedlVeS and research in mental disorder. Fi t e problems of de lll9 disorder, and aria ons in mental hea be considered Ways of expl ing mental diSorder in socioeo ronmental or social psychological terms are considered next A model of e treatment process and the oonseq nces of treatment. ncludlllg and oo::upatiOn outcomes, complete body o the course. (26L, 13T] PrerequiSJte. SOC101Y/216Y and 1 SOC course a the 200 level

SOC101Y/216Y,205

SOC329H Collective B havlour An an sis o non-conventional social action as seen in crowd and mass behaviour (panics, riots, demonstratlOOS, aazes, e .) nvolving a study or rela onships between forms of colledive action and th more convenllonal ord r, 1.e • the refa onship of coUectJve behav10ur to social action d control, stability and change. l26L 13n Pl'fN9qUi ts: SOC101V/216Y, 1 SOC course at 200 level

SOC330H Race and Ethnic R lat ona Social processes nvolved in m nority rela ·ons in ms or race and e n1e1ty and their social, economic, and political consequences. (26L, 13TJ Prorequi te. SOC101Y/216Y, 1 SOC course at the 200 level

SOC334Y Commun cat on and Chi dren Descripnon and analys s of children's verbal and nonverbal communication networks, pa s and s in the playgroup, In the classroom and th SI ·ngs. and th teachers , paren and some other adults. l26L, 26T] Prerequi51te SOC152Y, 1 SOC course at the 200 k!Y

SOC335Y The Language of Conflict The study of con and its enactment in vanous micro-social settings (family, educational, wOfk-plaoe, le ure, e .) with special emphas' on iden cation, typ1 cation , s ategees of parbctpation co 1ct as 1t really oocurs n natural se ngs and on different soaal oocast00s Theorrzing on con ct as a SOC1al ocasrrence, based on mater I collected in real e sllUatlons. [26L. 26T] Prereq 'site: SOC101Y/216Y and 1 SOC course at the 200 level

SOC346Y Sodety, Organ zation, and the lndlvkfual An analySIS of formal organ zationa, e g • hospitals, pnsons, schools, busines rms, governmen agencies, etc , focusing upon ttelr slrudllraf characterislica, effects of social environments. and the innuenc:e upon their members (52L, 26TJ PrerequrS1te: SOC101Y/216Y, 1 SOC course at the 200 level

SOC365Y Gender Relation• The rol and statuses of women and men. Theoretical explana11<>na tor gender 1nequahty (materlahst, ideaht, interaetionist) H toncal patlefn of gender rela ons in lam ly, work, and other social conteXla Contemporary changes in patterns of paid and dom tic

bour, parenting, sexuality, ands services (52L. 26T] Prer9QU1S1te · SOC101Y and 1 SOC oour the 200 k!Yel

SOC387H Qualltatlv Analyala Thss course will investigat selected methodological wnbngs, classtcal field studies and ht torical works . Themes such as the following Wtll be de 11 with : lndUC!JOn , deducl!On, formation of hypotheses, grounded theory , intersub1ectivity, "verstehen." Appropria historical and/or field work methodologies will also be utilized. Prerequ151te: SOC101Y/216Y, 1 SOC course at the 200 level, SOC200Y (Highly Recommended) 0 ed in ternale years

SOC390Y/3Sl1H/392H Ind pend nt Re arch Intended for Sociology Spectalists and Majors who have completed ten university courses, i e .. are in third year, and who wish to explore In depth a particular subject area in sociology Students must have completed or be taking concurrently the required method and theory courses (SOC200Y/201Y/300Y,313Y, or thetr equivalent), and have attained a B average 1n SOC courses. Students may take a maximum of two tu cour e credits, or equivalent, of independent studies. Not more than one lull course or equivalent may be taken with the same instructor. To enrol, a student must submit a specific proposal and obtain the approval of both the instructor and the Faculty AdviSOf.

NOTE FOURTH-YEAR COURSES provide the opporturnty for grea r specialization in !tie sociology subspecialty areas than Is generally possible in the second or third years of the sooo ogy program. The actual content for "selected top!CS" courses will vary in focus from year to year. Students are advised to check with the Faculty Advisor/Soct0logy OfflC8 for more specific lnlorma!Jon re availab1ltty, course outhnes nd for n tructions on ballo ng, which IS reqwed

SOC410H Sel cted Top ca In Theory and Reaearch M thoda: I [26S, 13P) Prerequ1s1t . SOC200Y/201Y/300Y for research m !hods toptes, SOC313Y tor &oeiolog 1heory toptCS, at le tone addthon course beyond the introductory level in th su peclalty ar

SOC411H Selec1ed Toplca In Theory and Rea arch Methods: II (26S, 13PJ Prerequ1 n . S ea for SOC410H

SOC420H Selected Topics In Interaction: I [265, 13P) Prerequ1s re: SOC200Y/201Y/300Y,313Y, at least two additional courses beyond the Introductory level in this subspectalty area

SOC421H Selected Topics n Interaction: II [265, 13Pj Prerequisite: Same as for SOC420H

SOC422H Selected Topic• In Population, Socletiea, Urban Ute or Inequality: I (265, 13P) Prerequisite: SOC200Y/201Y/300Y,313Y, at least two additional courses beyond the introductory level in the designated subspecialty area

SOC423H Selected Topic• In Population, Socletlea, Urban Ufe or Inequality: II f26S 13P] Prerequisite: Same as for SOC422H

SOC431H Negotiation and Nonviolence Violence is a means of reaching decisioos in confhcts Here alternative means are reviewed - e.g. mediation, brainstorming, strikes, petitions, spraypamting protests, fa ·ng, or huQging trees to prevent their being felled . Negotiating practice and films on nonviolent sanctions-e.g., Gandhi, Martin Luther King, Jr. and Solidarnosc. (26L, 13T] Prerequisite· SOC231 Y /313Y

SOC490Y/491H/492H lndepend nt Reaearch Open only to stud nts wtto have completed fift n university courses, I e , are In fourth year, and have a B average in SOC course For other requirements and restrictions, see SOC390Y/391 H/392H

SPANISH

M Cohen, Doc Fil Rom 0 . Hegyi, B.A.,M A ,Ph 0. E.G Neglia, B.A, MA., Ph 0

D cipline ReprBS8flta ve and Faculty Advisor: Pro essor 0 Hag Telephone: 828-5284 or 828-3727

Students are advised that after 1993194 the Spanish programme at Enndale College be discontinUed. Students requmng Spa111sh courses hcwe to take them on the St George Campos.

Office Houra: (during term): Monday • 2 oo pm. - 3:00 p.m. Wednesday - 2.00 p.m. - 3 oo p.m.

Room 270

For appointments at other bmes or d ng vacation periods phone the academic secretaries at 828-3727.

SPA220Y Compoa on and Ofal Pract ce Conducted in Spa h and desJQned for who haVe compleled a basic course in e language. A gr ar revie and ns

• en and Ofal pracbc::e provide an opport\.nlty for a grealef range of express100 and a broader unclers g of language (52L, 26T] Prereq . Grade 13 Spanish/SPA OOY

ot open to atJVe Spe ers •

157

STATISTICS

A ,PhO

Sis

158

STA302H Regression Analyala Simple and multiple linear regression, hypothesis testing and interval estimabon , regression diagnostics and remedial measures, polynomial regression, 9ualita ve Independent variables, model building , detection of autocorrelation In me series data. Computer packages are used (26L, 13T] Exclusion: EC0327Y Prerequisite: (ST A212H/242Y/250H/262Y/ 010361 H/EC0220Y/227YIPSY202H/ SOC300Y),(MAT112Y/132Y/138Y), (MA T222H/248Y)

STA312H Topics In Statlatlca Topics selected from : nonparametric techniques, multivariate analysis, decision theoretic methods, Bayesian analysis, computer-intensive techniques, exploratory data analysis, sequential prooedures, log· linear models, reliab hty and life-testing. Computer packages are used. l26L, 13T] Prerequts1te: (STA242Y/257Y/'J.62Y/ EC0227Y},(STA302H/EC0227Y) Offered in alternate years

STA402H Experiment.I Design Statistical issues m the design of expenmerits and the collection of data. Analysis of variance, randomization, factorial designs, blocking , confounding, high01'-way tables [26L. 13T) Prerequ1S1te: ST A302H/EC0327H Offered In alternate years

STA412H Estimation and Testing Basic theory of estimation and hypothesis testing (26L, 13T) PrereqwSJte: STA242Y/257H/262Y/EC0227Y Offered in ternate ye rs

STA437H Applied Multlv rfate Statistics Pracbcal echmques for the ana of multivari data P sts, of m s, simultaneous confidence bounds, profi analysis Multrvariate a ysis of v nance, regression, correlation growth curve mod data reduction , principal component d1scnm1 t naly . Compu pack

e used. (26L, f 3T] Pr requis1 : (STA242Y/257H/262Y/ EC0227Y), SfA302HIEC0327Y) 0 red 1n terns rs.

SURVEYING SCIENCE

Emeritus Professor LA. Gale, 8 A., D.T.S., C.LS

I. de Rijcke. 8 Sc , LLB .• 0 LS. G Gracie, 8 A Sc., Ph.Eng., Ph D., P.Eng R.C. Gunn, B.A.Sc , MA.Sc . MSc , P Eng .,

0 LS D.W. Lambden, BScF., Dip. T.C. P~

F.R.l.C.S , F.l.S Aust, M. Z 1.S , C.LS , O.LS

V.B Robinson, B.S., MS., Ph.D. T.C. Seawng t. B.A .. M.A~O LS AM Wassef. B Sc., Ph.D., A.A l.C.S J.K. Young , B.Eng., M.Eng .. P Eng , C LS .

OLS

Adjunct Professors GA Doug as, BSc., C.LS. J .H O'Donnell, B ASc~ 0 LS., 0 LS

Discip e Repres8fltative and Faculty Advisor: P ofessor G Gracie

Cennt tor SUNieyng Science Room 3125 SOUltt Bu ing Telephone 828-5298

For reg•slra n as a Canada Lands Surveyor or wi ano er provincial ociation , students should enquire directly to the seaetary o the Committee or Board o E o that ufisd ction.

SUR251H,352H,353H,454H,455H,456H and 458H count social science cred1 . All o er SUR cou es count as saence er 1

Copies of the Surve 1g Science h dbook av able n Room 3125.

SUR201 I) Surv ylng I: lntroduc on I odudlon to the procedu~ used to acquire

Id da a applications v 1oos surve ng actM s . [26l, 39P) Prerequ1She. Grade 13 hema · (Algebra and R&F) or Ootano AcadelT\IC Credi · Algebra and Geometry

SUR202H I) Survey ng II: Ba c Surveying Proces ng o s rvey da a or presentation in v lous forms Traverse calculations, coord 18 ~metry and a cular curve geometty (26L, 39P) Prerequi ts SUR201H

SUA203H Surveying : Advanced Surveying CelestJal and rerrestrial coordlllate systems and e ation Ip. The determination of onomic az uth De nitlon of elevanon,

10S umentation and analySIS of er onv precise lev ing procedure (26L, 39PJ Exclu5ion SUR230Y Prerequ151te: MAT112Y/ 32Y/138Y, PHY135Yl140Y, SUR202H

SUR235H Photogremmetry I Vertical photograph eom try . St reoscopy and parallax . f>hotogrammetnc optics, th metric cam ra and t photoqraphic process lntroducbon to tereoplotbng instrumentatton, st reomod I orientation and photogramm tnc mapping (26L, 39P) Prerequisite: SUR201 H

SUR251H Survey Law I: Law and the Lagal System Legal history; legal systems and inst1tut1ons, in oduction to English law 1n general, with emphasis on land law; legal proceeding ; the law of prof ssional practJce. (39L) Prereqws1te: INE203Hl205H/WRl203H/205H/ ENG100Y/ 103Y We specifically prefer students to take WR1203H or 205H most perbnent and valuable nstrucbOn for this Programme.

SUR261H Spatial Data Management and Repre entatlon An overvi or all surveying and other resource sciences students which introduces both fundamental concepts of computtng systems and practJcal knowledge rela!Jng to d fferent hardware and software environments Themabc mapping and cartographic analysts as part of data man1pulab0n and graphic d splay. (26L. 26P) Exclus10<r. SUR~2H Prerequisite. SUR210HJfamiliarity wi use of the personal computer, and P. I

SUR311 H Survey Analya a I The statistical theory of measurement; preasion and accuracy : variance covariance propaga on; error ellipses and ellipsoids and their statJstical properties Pre-analySIS of measurements The adJ tment of observatlOll ; p ametr c, conditional and combined least squares procedures, with appl1catJons to surveying probl ms [26L, 26PJ Prerequisite SUR203H,210H,STA202H/ 242Yl250H

SUR320H Introduction to Geodetic Method a Conoep of geodesy and the evolution of geodebc methodology; basic principles of modern geodettc ted'lniques; control surveys in the context of recent adVanoes in sa hte methods of positioning; overview of geodetic methods tor projects of high accuracy standards on limited sites and for monitoring time-related d'langes. (26L, 26T] Prerequisite: SUA203H,210H

SUR321 H Geodesy I Figure of the earth, gravitational potential, gravity field, principles of satellite and nertial positioning systems, levelling and geopo entlal numbers, tidal effects. [26L, 26P) Pf9fequ1site; SUR320H

SUR322H Geodesy II Reduction of geodetic observations, horizontal, vertical and three-d ensional networks, map projections. gravimetry, accuracy assessment. (26L, 26P] Prerequisite: SUR321H

SUR325H Geodetic Astronomy The celestial sphere and its coordinate systems, variations in celestial coordinates, time systems, star catalogues and instrumentation. Determination of astronomic azimuth, latitude and longrtude. (26L, 39P) PrerequiStte. SUR204H,~10H and P.I.

UR336H Photogrammetry II Stereomodel orientation. Stereoplotting instrumentation. Photo control and phototriangulation. Image coordinate mensuration and preprocessing lntenor and ext rior orientation of the metric photograph; the projective model and collinearity equations . Analytical procedures . PrOjed planning. [26L, 39Pl Prerequisite: SUR~5H/335H CorequiStte: SUR311H

SUR341H und Man9gerMnt I: Pt nn ng nd Dev lopment

Fund menials of obtain ng si inform oon to provid the fra ork for d development Elements oft munici infr tructure. Leg d engineering pects o nd dr 1 ge (26L, 13T] Prerequisite. GGR 117Y,SUR204H,251 H EKclUSJOfl SUR241 H/346H

I Property

SUR353H Survey Law Ill: Boundary uw Boundaries ; land parcel descriptions; principles of evidence. (39L) Prerequisite'. SUR352H

SUR361H Mapping and Charting Figure of the earth Proiec;tions and grids; classification and mappng. Map conten Review and procesS1ng of data Cartographic and reproduction tec:tiniques {26L. 26PJ PrerequiSJte: SUR203H

SUR391H Special Topic. In Surveying Science Studies of selected topics in Surveying Science not covered n the regular courses PrerequiS1te: Permission of nstructor

SUR392H Special Topic. In Surveying Science Studies of selected topics in Surveying Scieooe not covered in 1he regular courses . Prerequisite Permission of 'nstructor

SUR405H Field Survey Projects An intensive session of 144 hours in lhe Id COYering various aspects of survey project design, data acq ltion, data redudion and layout Prereq111si1V SUR204Hl320H, and comple on of the first lhree yeas or the Surveying Scieooe specialist programme.

SUR423H Appllcatlona of Geodetic ethodology

ApplicabooS 111 surveying. geophysics and engineenng C tena for selection of method design and mplementa · n o sa e projects assessment of resu • (26L, 26P) PrerequisJ SUR322H

161

SUR455H Surv y La Semln r A earch in some aspect o related to surve ng: a topic o · d ldual selecbon for study under supervision, or presenta n before the class and sobm ion o a professiona paper. [39S] Prerequt 'te. SUA353H and spea ic P.I.

SUR456H Law of Sea and Offshore Boundarl a

tional la related to man · e jurisdictions; development of the Law of lhe Sea and U ations Convenllons; Canad Tern!Of I Sea and Fishing Zones Act, Canada lands S rveys Act. Technical aspects of the de rtation of m 1 me bounclanes [26L 13TI Prereq site: SUA251H and speahc PI.

SUR458H Proteaslonal Affairs Perspec:ti e on the professions: professtonal c:harte by statute ; pro essional e ics, respo · 1ty and ·ability. Fundamen of bu ness management, contract law; neg genoe law Court prooedure d expert

ess (39L) Prereq Site: SUR251 H, comple of the

t ree years of the Surveying Science specialist programme, and P.I

SUR483H Spatial Information Systema Data structures for spatlal nformation systems Hardware and software for geographical and land informabOn sys ms. Spatial search and geoprocessing An

troduction to graph theory and topology. The use of arti in igence language. (26L. 26T] Prerequi61te: SUR261 Hf362H or any data managemen or n ormatton science course

proved by i tructor.

SUR471H Hydrograph c Surv ylng I Underwa r acoosliCS as related to deplh me ement. POSlbon ng at sea Sounding data collection and processing . Chartwo pilotage and navigaoon ds . (26L,39P) PrereqU1S1te: SUR311H,320H

SUR472H Hydrographlc Surveying II Tidal theory, wa r tran port and dynamics of

e oceans. Vertica da ms Sw ping opera aoos and use of sido scan sonar Phy cal oceanography. Geological surveys

d measurement of geophysical parame rs 126L,39PJ Prerequis1ts · SUR471H

SUR495H Survey ProJ ct and Seminar I a on of a soen fie or hnical subject in surveying, w1 oral pre ntal.Jon befor the

a and sot>rru ton of a wnn n r port (39$) Prere sit · SUR405H

162

WOODSWORTH COLLEGE COURSE

Faet.Jlty Advi or: Professor P. Siicox

WDW260Y Organiza onal Behaviour An ntroductJon to th nature of organ1zati0ns and the behaviour of people within organiza ons. Thr major topic are e covered : a) lndividu I and Groups In Organizations:

motivation, job sabsfacbon, leadership, group and intergroup behaviour;

b) OrganlzabOn Structure and Design: bureaucracy, classical theories of management, contingency lheories of design;

c) Improving Employee Performance and Organizaoon EffectlVeness. communicabon, decision-making, performance appraisal, reward systems, work design, organizational change. Not recommended for students in the Bachelor of Commerce programme.

Exclusion: COM362H. 363H,WDW103Y Prerequ1s1te: Four courses including one 100-senes course in ECO/HIS/PHllPHUPOU PSY/SOC

WRITING, PROFESSIONAL

G. Allen, BA., M.A., Ph .D. P. Dimitroff, B.A., MA. M. Procter, BA., M.A. Ph1IM. Ph D. P Saunders, BA., MA., Ph.D.

D1sclpline Representative and Faculty Advisor: Dr. P. Saunders

Telephone: 828-3858 The term "Professional Writing• refers to those documents currently written by bus ess personnel, scienbsts, technologtsts , and documentabon speciahsts. Among lhese forms are reports, proposals, journal at11cles, newsletters, manuals, memoranda and letters. During the course of the programme, students are encouraged to explore lhe application of computer technology to the design of these documents. Students from all disciplines of study can expand their career options and gain a •competitive edge" over graduates from other Universities by taking a minor programme (six half courses) in Professional W ·ng (See SectiOn 8) .

·courses designated by an asl8ns require that !he student submit a ballot Students should see a representative n room 3091 or

lephone 828·3858 for an appomtrnent before the end of the Spring term

"WRl203H Expressive Writing (Formerly INE203H) ThlS course offers theory and practice ·n expressive prose, the most basic prose mode. Expressive writing emphas11es lhe ter's self.expression. Writers learn to select styles and forms appropriate to their personal meaning and purpose. 'The course COYers wntmg and ed1t1ng s · Is and communica techniques . Wee ly assignmen demons ate how expre rve elements opera In vanous prose forms : person narra · es, arguments ev uallons, Mews, reports (26L, 13PJ

•wRl301H The GenrH of Scientific •nd Technlc.i Writing (Formerly I E301H) Students D examine current lheories of rhetonc for science and '9cilnology and explore how our cu re uses language and written discourse to meet · goals of SClen08 and producton. Readings ill include ngs by Bacon, Kuhn, Toulmin and Popper. A vanety of technical documents D be examined and wr tten. Students develop analytical Is and mprove !heir lechnlcal wri ng s . f26Ll PrerequiS1te: WA1205Hl203H

-WRJ303H Spec:l9ftzed PrOM Advanced theory and practice of speciafized prose Is examined. The distindive fea res and standards associated persuasive, express· e, scieo c, technical and journ s c prose be discussed. Students be able to work in ateas of special teresl (26l) PrereqwS1te: WA1203H

•wRl305H Persu.slon, Buslneu Writing •nd Computer Technology (Formerly I E305H) The nature of persuasion Is exanlned oug various genres of business · g - sales tefa , · onna · e documentation and

proposals. An exploration of 1he rhetorical trad and the communica!IOl'I process !he foundation of study as students lear to use language, logic, symbols, signs and principles of des . The contribution which comp r ology has made ID 1he rhelonc of bu ess cloct.t n highligMed as students create pers e documents, newsle s , reports and proposals. course iD help students deYelop analytical s and rnprove lhH wn11ng PrerequiS1te: WRl205H/203H

•wRl31SH RHMrch Per..,.c ProteasJon.i Writing Current research perspective$ and methodologies employed by scholars 1he emerging field of Professional W are examined. Students e am samples from growing body of reseat Each student conduct original resemch usklQ one of the research deSlgns examined. (26L 13PJ P. 18 ' WRl205H/203H

163

G Rules and Codes

Tenn Work Borh ays (or equiv ant work) and 1Ya.inin;m·On!': (1nduchng rm ~ts) are

requ eel lor standing n courses . In e only one form of evaluation is

used, a le pteee of should not norma coun for of e nal mark. Sel -ev uatiOn by ividu studen or groups of studen not perrmssable unless the speafic consoot of the Comma on AcadelTllC Standards is received.

As; early as posslble in each course and no la than the last date to enrol tn courses. the instructor must announce in a reg rly scheduled dass e me ods by which student performance must be ev ated, and rela ve weig t in the nal mar • duding any discretionary factor. These methods must be in accord ·th applicable Un ersity and Faculty po JCies

Once the wetght of each component of the course wor is g;ven, it may not be changed un s approved by a majority of the students present and voting at a regularly schedu ed meeting of the class.

natructora MUST a sign, grade and re um at I ast one slgnlllcant assignment aa early as possible, and at the latest BEFORE the tlna date to withdraw without academ c penalty.

A r the last date to withdraw from the lhout academic penalty, no change g may take place unless there IS

mous consent of al studen present and vo • and notice must be grven at the reg rty scheduled class meebo(1 previous to

at a lc:h the issue is to be raised . Ho t rm te t or combination of term

ate h d n ttMI ast two weeka of classea at the end of term may have a total weight gr .. tar than 25% of the flnal mark.

term wor must be subm1ttod on or before the last day of classes in the course concerned, uni an earlier da spoafied by the instructor. Students who for r asons beyond their control wish to see an e n ion of thi d ad must consult Col ge Registrar and petitJon f necessary (A f r P n Proced es outlined 1n Section 7, General RegUlabOn )

164

All term tes must be held before the last day of classes, and no m last may be scheduled during the December Examination Period, the "Reading W • n February, or the study period precechng the Final Examinat>on Period in Apnl.

Aft written work which has bean evaluated should be returned with such deta~ed comment as the instructor deems appropriate, and time made available for d1SCUSsion of it Unclalmed erm work must be kept by the · strucsor for six months beyond the end of the course

Faculty Final Examinations A Faculty final exam na on common to all sections of the course and counting for between one-third and two-thirds of the final mark must be held tn each 100-senes course, unless exemption has been gran ed by the Committee on Academic Standards. In 200-, 300-and 400-series courses, the Departments w decide whe~r or not an examination is appropriate, and report to the Committee

Final examinations are held at the end of both terms in each session . Students who make plans whtch may interfere with wnting examinations do so at their own risk. No special arrangements wr/I be made in the event of oonflicts nor will defeffed exarmnations be allowed. Information regarding dates and times of examinations will not be given by ephone.

Students taking courses during the day may be requ1rod to write evening . examinations and stud nts taking evening courses may

0

be required to write examinations during the day.

The relalive value of each part of a written exarmnation must be indicated on the quesbon paper. .

The ratio of m m rks to ex m1natton mark I be the sam for all sections of mul section cours th t have final examinations

4 Bags and books are to be deposited in areas de ignated by the C ef Presiding Officer and are not to be taken to the exam1nab0n desk or table. Students may place their purses on the flo<X under their chars.

5 . The Chief Preskfng Othoer has authority to assign seats

6. Candidates shaN not oommunica , th one another n any manner whatsoever during the examinabon

7. No ma rials shall be broug t into e room or used at an examination except those authonzed by lhe Chief Presid1t19 0 ICef or Exammec.

8 . Candidates who bf. g any unauthorized material to an examinabOn room or assist, or obtain assistance from other candidates or from any unauthor zed source, are liable to penalties under the Code of BehaVJOUr, Including the loss o academic aedit and expulsion

9 . In general, candida es no be permitted to enter an exa · ation room later than fifteen minutes a r lhe oommenoement of the exam bOn, nor llO leave except under supervision un at least half an hour after the examination has commenced.

10 Candidates shall rema sealed t lhe desks during the al teo mm of each examina ·on.

11 . At the condusion of exarmnabon, all wribng shall cease. and lhe C f Presiding Officer may refuse to accept the papers of candidates who to observe this requirement

12. Examination books and o r ma rial sssued for the examlna n s I not be r moved from the examma room e oept by authonty of the C t Presid 0 icer.

13 Smo ng in thee not permitted.

Checking of Marks All rf:!<!uests for re-reading of examinations, checl<ing of marks and photocopies of examinations must be filed six monlhs of lhe final exarnina!iOn period. After that date, the exa ·nations are destroyed.

Re-Reading of Exwntnatlon a) Obta a pholDcopy of lhe examinalion

from the Registrar's o ice . These are available after lhe release of final marks. There is a fee of S 13 00 tor each exa nabon.

b) Comple a Request or Remar1dng of Final Examlnabon.

c) n completing lhe reques demonslralle lhat your answer is substantially oorrec using evidence other than your own optlllon, such as : klcture noees, textbooks, SI lat ques V'I ts, etc

d) If the Reg ar sa tied at you haVe made a case tor emar g YOUf fonn be attached to lhe oog·na1 ex ·nation and sent o lhe Depa11men If you have not made a va case, no r1her action

be taken unless you request that matter be te erred to the Commit11ee on Sta · ng. They rule only on 111 r or no you have made a sabsfac:Dy case !of rereading

of

165

Student Records

Policy on Access to Student Academic Records 1. PrHmble

{a) Academic records of students are ul ma ly the property of the . . University, and it Is the respoo bihty of the Univers1ty to establish overall University policy in this area. Thi policy establishes un1vel'Slty-wide

ms objectives, cnter1a and prooBdures w 1c:h shall apply to the academte records of stvden~ of . academic dJVisioos of the University

(b) The purpose of this pohcy IS to . combine consistency with flex1bihty 1n such a way as to ensure that: (1) Students, umni and former

students are lowed as great a degree of access lo their own academic records as IS academically justifiable and administraliv~ly feasible . .

{il) A student's right to prrvacy m_ relation to his or her academic records is sa eguarded as far as both internal university access and external public access are concerned .

(ii) There W1 be basic university-wide consistency in the kinds of information collected, recorded,

ed and made available . {iv) In keeping with the pluralis ·c

nature of the University academic divisions may retain some ftexibilrty in the impl mentalion and apphcabon of the policies established w1th1n thts document

(c) Individual dMsional regulations and procedures on access to student academte records, including the s ment n the diVISional calendar coocer ng such, shall be reported by the Provost to the Comm1 e on Academic Policy and Programs Any subsequent rev1Slons shall also be reported

(d) Th policy supersede the 1979 access policy for undergradua studen records and the 1981 acoess policy for gradua tudent records

2. For the purpoaea of this policy: {a) studenr means any person reg1s ed

at the University for futl lime or part

166

me tudy a program that I ad to a degree or post secondary d1plom or certi 1ea of the UnJVer ty or n a program designated as a progr m of

~ t econdary tudy t the Unw r lty

Governing Council or other rnver 1ty body having d

authority On the date of an enquiry or request relevant to this policy. persons who have been registered w1th1n a period of two calendar years shall be included In the provisions which relate to "students•.

(b) "alumnus or alumna· means any person who has received a degree or post­secondary diploma or cernficate from the Unlver ity, or any person who has completed one year of full-lime studies or the equivalent thereof as determined by the Governing Council, towards such a degree, diploma or cerbti~te. and is no longer regrstered at the Un1Vers1ty.

(c) "former student" means any person who is not a student or an alumnus or alumna who has been registered at the . University in a proQram as defined_ in Section 2 (a), and ts no longer reg1Stered at the University.

(d) "academic division" means a college, school, institute, faculty or other d!vislon of the Univ,ersity that has acadef!lic . autonomy {i.e. the right to administer its own degrees, diplomas, oerbticates and other programs of study), subject only to the authority of the Vice-President and Provost. the President and the Governing Council.

3. Definition of the Offlcl•I Student Academic Record• The official student academic record refe~ to information relating to a studenrs ~m1Ss1on to and cademic performance at this University. The "official student acad mlc record" shall contain : . . . {a) {I) Personal information which IS

required in the adm n1strab0n of offic1 student acad mic records such name, student number, Cl zensh1p, social 1n urance number

{Ii) Reg1Strallon and enrolment information.

(iii) Resul for ch course nd academic period

{b) {i) Narr tJV eve ualions of a studenrs dem1c perform nee subsequent

to h1 or r admission. used to Judg hi or her progre through an acad m1c program.

{Ir) Bas for a stud nt's admtS ron such th application for admtS ton nd

supporting document {hi) R ult of pe1Jt1ons nd ppe hied

by a stud nt (Iv) Modi inform lion r l v nt to a

tud nl's mic performan which h n furnish< d t req t or with th con nt of the s nt co

4.

(v) Letters of re erence ch may or may not have been provided on the understanding that they sh be maintained in con idenc:e.

(vi) Personal and biographical information such as address and telephone number.

The "official student academic record" shall be maintained by the University. For each type of informabon, academic divisions shall designate which document. form or medium contains the official version and how official oopies of such information WI I be Identified

167

168

Access to medical information a de ed in Section 3(b)(iv) shall be granted to members of the teaching and admrnistratrve staff only with the prior expressed ex implied consent of the student and, 1f apphcable, in the case of a medical assessment, the ongrnatcx (physician, e .) of such.

The Department of Alumni and Community Relations sh have access to appropriate personal Information on students and alumni for the purpose of maintairnng contact

th umnt. (d) Acc;ess by UmvefSlty Campus

Org izations Recognized campus cxganizatlOll in the University of Tcxonto shall have access to the informa ion referred to in Sectron 3(a)(ii) as well as to the sessional addre and telephone number of students named by that cxgantzation for the legitimate internal use of that organization. The Students' AdmrnrstratJve Council, Graduate Students' Union Associa on tor Part-time Undergraduate Studen , and The ewspaper shal be entitled to publish and distribute within the Un ersity community a University-

e d ectory of students (1nduding undergraduate, graduate, full-time and part me) giving the sessional address and '91ephone number of students as long as there is a re stic provision for studen to decline to consent to the disclosure of that information

ames and addresses of students also be provided to recognized

campus org zabons for the purpose of d tribu ng ormabon when all of

fotloWlllg conditions are met: The name and address 1t1formation Is not r eased to a th rd party. The name and address information is no used tor commercial purposes The orgarnation proposes to distr1bu lnforma on Which, 1t1 the opinion of e

tant Vic& President (Planning) and Un sity Reg tr , the University would be w hng IO tribute If retmbUrsed by the organtzation The lnfcxmation to be di tr1buted

tended provide lnforma on bout the Ul'llV8fsity and 11 not pr1mar ly adve for non University orga za on The campus organlzatiOn agre to U$G nam and addr s lnformabon only for the specific purpo fcx wh1cti

w provided

(e) Access by Othsrs (i) By the act of regi trati<m, a

student gives implicit consent for a minimal amount of Information to be m de freely av 1lable to all enquirers : the academic divlslon{s), d gree program{s) and the session{s) in which a student or has been registered, degree{s) received and date(s) of convocation .

{fi) Any other information contained in the official student academtc record Oncluding any comments generated under Secbon 4{a)(1 i) but with the exceptlOll of the material speci cally excluded in Section 4(a){i), shall be released to other persons and agencies only with the student's prior expressed written consent. or on the presentation of a court order, or In accordance with the requ1remen of professional licensing or certification bodies, or the Ministry of Colleges and Universities for annual enrolment audit, or otherwise under compulsion of law. Requests granted to any persons ex agencies outside the University for access to a student's academic record shan be kept on file within a division The rele e of the mformatlon concerni"9 alumni and ormer students contained in the

portions of the academic record as defined in Section 3(a)(1) shall also be governed by the above provisions

(1 ) General statisbcal material drawn trom academic record not disclosing the identities of studen , atumru and former students may be rel sed for researcti and inform bonal purposes authorized by th Unrv rstty by the academic div ion m int ·n1ng e reoord

(rv) In the ev nt th ta stud nt, alumnu or alumna or a former &tud nt I d sed, the

xecu or& of ht or h r esta h I have c & to officl tudent academic record under th

would lnd1v1d It I living

(f) Refusal of Access The University reserves lhe nght to withhold access to the sta emeots of results and transa'1pts of students, alumni and former students who have outstand1119 debts or obligations to the University 1n accordance with the Policy on Academic Sanctions for Students Who Have Outstanding University Oblig ons. The University may also choose not to release lhe official diploma to such persons nor to proV1de written or oral certificatJons of degree on !heir behalf.

5. Custody and Retention of Official Student Academic Records

6.

(a) Academic records of students are normally under the costodial responsibility of the academic div ion. EvefY academic division m nta ng official student academic records sha draw up plans for lhe eventual disposition of their records in consultabon with the University ArchiVist and in acex>rdance an approved records schedule which Is n compliance with tis policy.

(b) Those por1ions of lhe official studen academic record as defined in Section 3(a) sha be ma111 ned permanen • Each academic division's reoor sc:hedule specify the document, form or medium in · these records wtll be maintained

(c) Official student academic records preserved in the University Archives because o their archi al v s become open to researchers

uthorized by the Universi seventy­five years alter a student has ceased lo be registered.

Perao I Information Personal information provided at lhe lime of adrrusslOl'l IS verified and brought up lo date by the Office of the Registrar at 1he time of registra ·on n subsequent sessions Tiis nformation is a vital part of lhe slUdenrs

official Uoivers1ty record and s used lo issue statements of resul , transcripts, gradualion information, diplomas and olhef official documents. The University aJ&o required by law to colect oe · n nformalion tor lhe Federal and Provincial Governments; lhis is reported only 10 aggrega form and considered coolideotial by lhe University. Any change n the lolowing must therefore be reported immediaaely lo the Office of lhe Registrar: 1 Legal name 2 Permanent or home address and

telephone number 3 Sessional address and telephone number 4. Social lnstSanCe umber 5 C111Zensh status In Canada 6 Mantal Status.

Student C.rd The student card is a t·sized card bearing lhe students pho!Ograph, used for . ldentificabon purposes n lhe Universtty, such as evidence of reglstrallon lhe Faculty and ·n a particular College, par1X:ipallen in student actMties, A Ile Assoaabon privileges, and Iden llcalion al FaaJty examinations.

The loss o the s dent card mus1 be reponed promp to lhe of lhe Reg trar, and the card must be sUT91"1dered i a student aws from University or IJansfers ~ anoltlef College Of Facu

a tee of $6 00 tor replaoemeot of

Code of Behaviour on Academic Matters

Code of Behaviour on Academic atters

The Governing Council of the University of Toronto has approved a Code of BehaV1our which se out cl rly the standard of conduct 1n academ c matters e peeled of members of

e Unrvers1ty community. The Code eotorced by the Provost and the DISClphnary Tr' un Below are extrac from Code

e full text of the Code is available from lhG Faculty 0 and the Offioe of the Registrar.

B. ACADE IC OFFENCES The University d its members have a responsi ty to ensure at a dima that might encourage, or cond1 ons lhat might enable, chea ng, m1Srepresentallon or uni mess not be tolerated To is end all must acknowledge that see tng cred t or other advantages by fraud or m1srepresenta on or seeking 1o disadvantage others by d ruptlve behaviour unacceptable, as is any dishonesty or unfairness in de · ng WI work or record of a student. B.J. 1. It shall be an offence for a student

intentlOflally;

170

(a) le forge or in any other way alter or falsify any document or evidence required for admission 1o lhe Univers • or lo utter, circulate or ma use of any such forged, red or falsified document, whe er the record be in print or electronic form ·

b) to use or possess an unauthoriZed ilid or aid or obtain unauthorized assistance many academic examination or rm test or in cornecttOO 11h any olher form of academtc work;

(c) lo personate another person a any academtc exam· atJon or term test or

oonneet>on Wtlh any olher form of acad c wor ,

(d) to represent as ones own any idea or expresst00 of an idea or work of ano er n any academte examination or term leSt or in connection w1 any other form of academtc work, I e , to commrt plagiarism (tor a more d taHed accoun of plagiarism, see Appendix "A" 1n full text of lhe Code)

(e) to submit for credit, without lhe knowledge and approval of lhe

tructor to whom It ts submitted ny academ c work for w 1ch cred1 ' previously been obtained or tS bo ng sooght n ano COUf e or progr m of

tucfy lhe Unrv sty or ewhere · (f) to submit for credit any acadomte w0rk

containing a purported stat ment of f ct or roference a source which

concocted

2 . It shall be an off nee tor a faculty member n ntionally: (a) to pprove any of the previously

described offences ; (b) to evaluate an application for

adm ssion or Iran fer to a course or program of study by other than duly estabh hed and pubh hed crit ria·

(c) to evalua acad mic work by a ' student by re ranee to any criterion that does not relate to its merit, to the time w1th1n which It Is to be submitted or to the manner in which it is to be performed.

3 . It shall be an offence for a faculty member and student alike intentionally: (a) to forge or in any other way alter or

fal 1fy any academic record, or to utter, circulate or make use of any such forged, altered or falsified record whether the record be In print or ' electronic form,

(b) to cause by action, threat or otherw se In a classroom, laboratory or examination room a d. turbance which the 'member knows or ought reasonably to know, obstructs the teaching of a course or the holding of a test or exam1natoo.

4. The following are offences le the extent that '!18Y relate to the teaching and learning relationship. It shall be an offence for a faculty member and student

i e 10tent1ona ly: (a) to remove or copy or ter stored

information such as bool\s, film, data fil or program from a library, compu er or other information storage, processing or retrieval system or 1ts penpheral communications devices W1 out proper authorization; or to mutlla , m1 pl ce, misfile. install or render 1noper ble any such Information, program, system or dev ce .. or 1n any other way to d 1priv immediately or at some point n the future without authorization another member or m mbers from u tog or having access to any such resource;

(b) to use in a sub tanb I w y any information torag , processor or r nov f cthty such as a II r ry, comput r, t I phone, n twork or

locommunicat1ons system, or f cs1m1I or photocopying equ1pm nt or 1mllar u1pment. for any ot r purpos th n th t for which priv11 of U&G or oc h v n rant ,

c) to access any University comp r, library, or other informabon storage, process ng or retrieval system or any personal academ·c file without proper authorization .

5. A graduate of the University may be charged with any of the above offences committed intentionally ·1e he or she was an active student, when. in the op nion of the Provost, the offence, if detected, would have resulted a sancbon sufficiently severe that the degree would not have been granted a the time that it was.

8.11. Parties to Offencea 1. (a) Every member is a party to an ence

under thls Code who inten (i) actually commits : (ii) does or omits 10 do anyttling for

the purpose of ·ding or assisbng another member to commit the offence;

(in) does or omits to do anything lor the purpose ol aid g or assisbng any other person o, that person were a member, Id have committed the offence.

(iv) abets, counsels, procures, or conspires with another member lo commit or be a party t> an offence; or

(v) abets, counsels, procures, or conspires ·lh -any other person who, if that person were a member, would have comrrutted or have been a party to the offence

(b) Every party to an offence under s Code is liable upon dmission of the commission thereof, or upon conviction, as the case ma be, to the s nctJons applicable to at o oce.

2. Every member who, having an intent lo commit an offence under · Code. does or omit lo do anything for the purpose of carrying out that in ntJOn (other n mere preparation to commit the offence) s g ty of n attempt lo commit the oHeoce and 11 upon COflVlction to tne same sancbons 1f he or he d comm ed the o

3 W n group IS found lly ot \Kid th Code, e ry officer, dir or

ent of the group. being mem of the Unrv 1ty, who dw cted, uthorized or

rtici in the comm ion of the otl rty to nd gu ty of of nd r upon con ldlOO to lhe

lions pro ided for the o ce

C. PROCEDURES CASES VOLVING STUDENTS

At both dMsional level and the level of the Urwersity Tribunal, the procedures lor handling charges of academic offences involving students reflect the gravity · which the University views suc:ti offences At lhe same lime, these procedures and ose which ensure students the right of appeal represent the Univ9fSlty·s commrtment to

· ness and the cause of justice.

C.l.(a) Divis onal Procedures ote Where student co an offence e

faculty n which the student reg ered has responsi OVE!f the student in the maDer. In the case of Scarboroug and Erindale colleges, lhe college is deemed eo be e faculty.

171

Dean' or ch · 's meeting with stvdent 5 When the dean or the department chair ,

the case may be, has been so 1nfooned, he or she shall notify the student in wn ng accordingly, provide h m or her wl a copy o the Code and subsequently afford the student an opportunity for discussion of the matt r. In the ca of the dean being in ormed, the chair of the department and the instructor shall be inV1ted by the dean to be present at the mee ng with the student. The dean shall conduct the erview.

Dean's waming; admissions used at a hearing 6 . Before proceeding with the mee ng, the

dean ha m orm the student that he or she entitled to seek advice, or to be accompanied by oounsel at the meeting, befofe making, and 1s not obliged tom e, any statement or admission , but shall warn that 1f he or she m es any statement or admission in the meeting, 11 may be used or reoe1Vable in evidence against the student In the hearing o any charge with respect to the o ence or egad offence in quesbOn. The dean shall also ad e e student, without further oomment or discussion. of the sanctions that may be imposed under Section C.l.(b), and that

e dean is not obliged to impose a sanct>on but may instead request that the Provost lay a charge ag nst the sb.Jdent. Where such adVice and warn 1g have been g· en, e statements and ad ·ss1ons if any, made in such a mee ng may be used or received in evidence against the student in any such heanng

No furfher action 7. If dean on the advice of the

72

department chair and the nstructor, or f department chair, on the advice of the

ins Uctof, subsequently decides that no academic offence has been committed and t no turthef action the matt r requtred, the student be so informed in and lhe a t s work shall be accepted for norm ev a nor, f the stude prevented from their wing from course by th drawal da , h or he be owed IO do so

ea , ma haft not be oduoed evidence at a Trlbu

arlng tor ano of

Imposition of sanction 8 . If the tudent adml the alleged off nee,

the dean or the department chair may either Impose the sanction that he or she considers appropriate under Sectlon C .l.(b) or refer the matter to the dean or Provost, the case may be, and In either ev nt shall Inform the student In writing accordingly. No further action In the matt r shall be taken by the instructor, the department chair or the dean 1f the dean imposes a sanction.

Student may refer matter 9 . If the student is dissabsfled with a sanction

imposed by the department chair or e dean, as the case may be, the student may refer the matter to the dean or Provost, as the case may be, for consideration.

Referral of matter to tribunal 10. If the student does not admit the alleged

offence, the dean may, after consultation with the instructor and the department chair, request that the Provost lay a charge against the student. If the Provost agrees to lay a charge , the case shall then proceed to the Trial Division of the Tribunal .

Decanal procedures at trial 11 . Normally, decanal procedures will not be

examined in a hearing before the Tribunal A failure to carry out the procedures referred to in this Section, or any defect or irregularity in such procedures, shall not invalidate any subsequent proceedings of or be ore the Tribunal, unless the chair of

e he ng oonslders that such failure, de eel or irregulanty resulted in a subs tial wrong , detriment or prejo ice to the aocused The chair will de ermine at the opem g of the he ring whether there 1a going to be any objecbOn to de ect, lai ure or 1rregu1 rlty

Students standing p9fldmg di position 12 No d ee, diploma or certificate of the

Univer 1ty hall be oonf red or BfN rded, nor hall a stud nt be lo to thdr from a COUf&e from m of a o u e aid po IOl'IOI e accu non , studen I

r to e Un ty wh ad Ion pend g, un v id r ons tor t

r from ty.

Recording C<Jses; referral to recorr:Js; reportJng cases; advice on cases 13. A record of cases d1&poged of under

Section CJ.(a) and of the sancoons imposed shall be kept In the academic unit concerned and may be re erred to by the dean in connection with a decision to prosecute, or by the prosecution tn making representations as to the sanc:tJon or sancbons to be imposed by the Tnbunal, for any subsequent offence committed by the studen Information on such cases shall be available to other academic units upon request and such cases sh be reported by the dean to the Secrelaly of the Tribunal for use In the Provost's annual report to the Academic Board. The dean may contact the Secretary of the Tribunal for advice or for Information on cases d1sposed of under Section CJI. hereof.

Analogy to faculty member 14. Where a proctor or 1nvig1lator, who is not a

faculty member, has reason to believe that an academic offence has been committed by a student at an exarmna on or tes the proctor or nvigda or shall so orm lhe studenrs dean or department cha , as lhe case may be, who shall prooeed as he or she were an instructor, by analogy lo the other provisions ol lhrs sedlon

Analogy to procedures 15. In the case of eged offences not

covered by the above and not involving the submission of academic such as those conoerning forgery or uttering tibrary or computer ma rial or Ubrary or computer resources, and in cases involving cancel ation, recall or suspension of a degree, diploma or certilical8, the procedure sh I be regula eel by log to the other procedures of section

SanctJons led 2 One or more of lhe following sanctions

may be posed by the decwl where a student admits to the commission of an offence. (a) a wntlen reprimand; (b) a written repnmand and, the

permission of the ins1ruaof, the resubmission of the piece of academic work, tn respect of which the o ence

as comm tied, for evalu on. Such a sanction s be posed only tor minor offences and whefe the student has commiUed no previous offence;

(c) assignment of a grade of zero or a failure tor the piece of academc wo in respect of lCh the offence as com eel ,

(d) assignment of a penalty in the lorm of a reduc n of the ~ in the course in respect o which the offence

as com tted,. (e) denial of~ ID use any fad

of UnivefS' • ind ng ary and oompuler f ties;

(f) a monetary ID CCNer the costs of replacing damaged propeny Of misused supplies n respect of ich the offence as committed ,

(g) assignmen of a grade of zero or a fa re tor course respect o

oftence was commoiftAn· (h) suspooslOO om atl8ndance in a

eour e Of courses a program, academic division or or U ers tor a period of no more

moo Where a sll.ldent not co lated a course or courses in respect o an ence has not been commit1ed, lhd course or courses thout academic penalty be lowed

Reccrding on academic ~ 3 The dean s have ID record

an sandlon · posed on studen s academic record and lranSa1Pt lor such le of t as he ot he considers appropria sand!Ons o s ion or a no academic isoonduct as the reason fof a grade of zero for a course be eoorded kx a period o

Proves t's CIUltJRJll7SS

4 The p

C.11.(b) Tribunal Sanction SanctJons I t8d 1. One or more of the following sanctions

may be imposed by the Tribunal upon the c:oovictlon of any student

174

(a) a written reprimand, (b) a written reprimand and. With the

perm ·on of the instructor, the resubmission of the piece of academic wort<, n respect o which the offence was comm1 ed. for ev ua on. Such a sanction s I be imposed only for

nor offences and here the student has committed no previou offence;

(c) assignment of a grade of zero or a failure for the piece of academic work in respect of whldl the offence was committed ;

(d) assignment of a penalty in the form of a reduction of the final ~rade n the course 1n respect of which th offence was committed;

(e) denial o privilege to use y facilty of the University, includ ng rary and computer facilities ;

(f) a monetary fine to Ct:Ner the costs of replacing damaged property Of misused supplies in respect of whictt

e offence was committed; (g) asS1grvnent o a grade of zero or a

fai re for any completed Of uncompleted course or course in respect of ch any offence was committed ;

(h) suspension from attendance 1n course or courses. a program, an academte un or div1&t00, or the University tor such a period of time up to five years as may be de mined by the Tribunal Where a student has not completed a course or courses in respect of which an o ence has not been committed,

drawal from the course or courses academic pen ty shal be

owed,

Expuf. ion i) recommendation of expul ion from the

University . The Tribunal has power only to recommend that such a penalty be imposed. In any such case, th recommendation shall be made by the Tribunal to the President for a recommendation by him or her to the Governing Council. Expulsion shall mean that the student shall be denied any further regi tration at the University in any program and his or her academic record and transcript shall record permanently this sanction. Where a student has not completed a course or courses In respect of which an offence has not been committed, withdrawal from the course or courses without academic penalty shall be allowed. If a recommendation for expulsion is not adopted, the Governing Council shall have the power to impose such lesser penalty as it sees fit

Cancellation of degree 0) (i) recommenda on to Governing

Council for cancellation, recall or suspension of one or more degrees, diplomas or certificates obtained by any graduate: or

(ii) cancellation of academic standing or academic credits obtained by any former student who, while enrolled, commited any offence which if detected be ore the granting of the degree, diploma certificate, standing or credits would, in the judgement of the Tribunal, have resulted 1n a conviction and the apphcation of a sane on uf iciently severe that the degree, diploma. oert1ficat , standing , credits or marks wou d not have been gr nted .

Recording sanction 2. The jury &h II h ve the power to order

th any sanction imposed by the Tribunal be recorded on the student's academic r9COl'd nd tr nscript for such length of tim the jury considers appropri

Publ1&hing 1ury dee/ ion nd sanction 3 Th Tribunal may, if 1t con iders

appropriate, r port any e to th Prov06t who may publish a notice of the d Ion of the Tribunal and on or 11 nction imposed n e Unrv ty new paPGf , with the n of the stu nt withh Id.

Code of Student Conduct

Summary of Code of Student Conduct Non-academic offences are de ned in lhe University's Code of Student Conduct (1992), the full text of whldl may be ob ·ned from lhe Office of the Reg lrar. A summary of the Code Is provided below.

A. Preface

1. The University of Toronto is a arge community of teaching staff, administrative staff and students, involved in teaching, research, learning and o er activltieS. Student members of the University are adherents to a d. ision of the Unillerslty for the period of thetr reg· !ration in the academic program to which they have been admitted and as such assume the responsibilities that such reg trabon entails.

2. As an academic community, lhe University governs the actMtieS of its members by standards such as !hose contained n 1he Code of Behavioor on Academic Ma ers, which provides de 'llOOS of oltences that may be committed by studeot members

4

d which are deemed to ect lhe academic lntegnty of lhe Unlversrty's activities.

The UniverS1ty sponsors, encourages or tolerates many noo-acadelTIIC act ties of its members, both on its campuses and away from them. These actiVlties, although genera y separate from the de ned requirements of students' academic programs, are a valuable and important part of lhe life of lhe Un rslty and of i students.

University's pl'eml89S. Strict regulation of such aciJVlties by the Univ9fsity of Toronto is olherwi.se nellher nec:esury r'lOf appropriate.

5. University members are no as such, immune from the crimuial and civil laws of lhe wider po itical un lo !hey belong Provisio for non-academ1e disciplJOe should not auemp lo shelter students from !heir civic responsibilities nor add unnecessanly lo these responsi-bi es. Conduct cons es a breacti

6

7.

8

of lhe Cr minat Code Of olher stalUte, or that would glVG nse to a avt claim or action, shoUld ordinar ly be dealt by lhe appropOalle c:ri al or civil court In cases however, In ich cnminal or civil proceedings have no been taken Of would not adequalely protect lhe University's inlerests and responsl as defined belo.v, proceedings may be brought under a discipline code Of the University, but only in cases ere such internal Pfoc:eedi are appropriate the c:lra.mstanc:es.

• includes

9. In 1t11s Code, <studenr means a member of the UnlversJty

(i) engaged In eny academic wori( lc:h leads 10 the recording andJot Issue o a mark, grade Of sta t of pefbm-ance the appropnate _,lhorily lhe Un ty or anollar lulion, andJor

175

(ii) reg· tared 1n any academic course enbtles the member to the use

o a Untversity library, library ma · . library resources, compu er faa 1ty or dataset

1 o. In the following, the words ·university of Toronto• refer to the University of Toronto and include any insbtubons federated or af lated wlth 1t, where such inclusion has been agreed upon ~ the University and the federated or a liated insbtutJon, with respect to the premrses, facihbes, eq1J1pmen services, acbV1 es. studen and other members of the federated or af ·aled institubon

11. In Code, where an offence is described as depending on 'knowing•, the offence sha likewise be deemed to have been committed 1f the person ought reasonably ID have known .

12 Th- Code is ooncemed with conduct that the University considers unacceptable. In the case of student members of the University, the procedures and sancbons described herein sh apply. In the case of other members of the University, such conduct is to be dealt wlth in acoordance

the established policy, procedures and agreements that apply to the members.

B. Offences

176

llle CNi g offences consbtute conduct lhat shall be deemed to be offences under Code, when committed by a student of University of Toronto, provided that such conduct

(i) has not been dealt With as fa1 re to meet standards of profesS10nal conduct as required by a college, faculty or school ; and

(11) ts not speafically assigned to the risdictlOn of the Un ers1ty Tribunal,

as In the case of offences desa1bed In the Code of Behaviour on Aca demic Ma rs, or to another dlsciphnary body within University of Toronto, as In the case of sexual harassment as described in th Polley and Procedures · Sexual Har ment, and

1. Offencea against per9ona

(a) No person shall assault another person sexually or threaten any other person with sexual assault.

(b) No person shall otherwise assault nother person, threaten any other

person with bodily harm, or knowingly cause any other person to fear bodily harm .

(c) No person shall knowingly create a condition that unnecessarily endan­gers the health or safety of other persons.

(d) No person shall threaten any other person with damage to such person's property, or knowingly cause any other person to fear damage to her or his property.

2. Disruption •

No person shall cau e by action, threat or otherwise, a disturbance that the member knows obstructs any acbVity organized by the University of Toronto or by any of its divisions, or the right of another member or members to carry on their leg1bmate activ1 ·es. to speak or to associate with others

For example, peaceful plcl<eting or other act/Vtty outside a class or meeting that doe not substanli fly Interfere with the communication Inside, or impede access to the meeting, Is an acceptable expres­sion of dissent. And si/enr or symbolic protest Is not to be considered dlSfUption under th1S Code. But noise that obstructs the conduct of a meetmg or forable blocJan9 of llCC8 to an act1V1ty consti­tutes disruption.

3. Off ncea Involving property

(a) No person sh I knowingly take, de troy or d m g premises ot th Univ ity of Toronto .

II know1ngtv ta • ge y physical

not or h own

(e) No person, knowing 1he effects or property to have been appropriated without authoriza on. sha possess effects or property of 1he Unrversity of Toronto

(I) No person, knowing 1he effects or property to have been appropflated Without authorization, sha possess any property that is not her or his own.

(g) No person shaft kllOWlllQly aeate a condition that unnecessarily endan­gers or threatens destruction of the property of the University of Toronto or of any of its members

4. Unauthorized Entry or Preaence

No person sha , contrary to 1he expressed instruction of a person or persons authorized to give sucn !ruction, or intent to damage or destroy the premises of the University of Toronto or damage, destroy or steaf any property on the premises of 1he University of Toronto that IS not her or his own, or · out just cause knowingly enller or remain n or on any such premises.

5. Unauthorized UN of University tac 1-tlea, equipment or Nrvlce•

(a) No person shall knowlllQly use y facility, equipment or service of e University of Toronto contrary to the expressed instruction o a persoo or persons authorized to give such instruction, or thout 11.1St ca e

(b) No person sh g · access to or use any University oompubng or internal ore rna commorncatJons faality to which leg1 a ·zation

not been granted o persons use any such faa ty for any commef-CI I, d rup or unautholized purpos

6. FalN chargff

o person shall knowingly or maliciously bring a false charge against atlY member of 1he Univer11ty of Toronto undef this Code

7. Aiding In • Commlulon of.,. Offence

o person sh coooset, procure, ooospue or a pe son the oommisSIOl'l of

an o nee de ed ·n Code

8. Refusal to comply th uncdona

o person found gum: of an ol'lence under thlS ~ shal refuse to comply a sanctJon or sancoons posed under 1he procedures of · Code

C. Hnrtnga ProcedurH

Below, I• a summary of the ha ng procadurH.

never possible and appropriate. reason ald moral suasion shal be used to reso e Issues of Mdual behaviour before resort is made to formal disclphnary proced es

An Investigating Officer, ma be a studen shall be appointed annually by

e principal, dean or dll8Ctcf (heretn­aher called "head1 of each facU , college or school, In SIUdenlS are 199 tered herema called • islonj, to vestigate oomplainlS made against student members of lhat

ion

of Student Conduct. the head of the division shall have the discretion to request that a heanng ta e place to detennine whether the student or sl\Jden have committed the o ence alleged

The heanng be chaired by the Hearing Officer. The case will be presen ed by the lnves ga ng Officer, who may be sted by leg counsel . If the right to a hearing 1s waived, or a a hearing, the Hearing Officer will rule on the gu t of the student or students and may mpose one or more sanctK>ns as listed below. The accused student or students may be assisted by another person, who may be legal counsel.

Appeals against the deosion of the Hearing Officer may be made to the OIScipbne Appeals Board of the Golleming Cooncil.

Where the head of a division has reason to believe that a non-academic offence may have been committed by a group of students including students from that diVision and from ano er dMSion or diVisions, the head may consult with the head of the o er division or divisions involved and may then agree that some or all of the cases w1 I be investigated j0tntly by the Investigating ottioers ot the diV1Sions of the sllldents involved and that some or a of the cases will be heard \:>ge er by the Hearing Officer of one of the divisions agreed upon by the heads and presented by one of the nvestigatlng Officers agreed upon by e heads

D. S.ncUona

of

178

In addition, students found guilty may be placed on conduct probation for a period not to exceed one year, with the provision that one or more o the following sanctions will be applied if the conduct probation is violated .

1. Formal written reprimand 2. Order tor restitution, rectification or the

payment of damages 3. A fine or bond for good behaviour not

to exoeed $100 4. Requirement of publ c service work not

to exceed 25 hours 5 . Denial of access to specified services,

activities or facilities of the University for a period of up to one year.

6 . Suspension from registration in any course or program of a d vision or dMsions for a period of up to one year

7. Recommendation for expulsion from the University

University Grading Practices Policy

University Grading Practices Pol cy The purpose of the Univer&1ty Grading PractJces Policy is to ensure : (a) that grading practices throughout the

University renect appropriate academic standards;

(b) that the evaluation of student performance 1s made in a fail and objective manner against these academ c standalds:

(c) that grade scales, while remaining suited to the pa111rular circumstances of wery diV1sion, are c:ompabble wilh each other;

(d) that the academic standing of awry student can be accurately assessed even when courses have been taken in different divisions of the University and waluated aocording to different grade scales.

Application of Policy The Policy applies to all indlvidu and committees taking part n the evaluation of student performance 1n degree, diploma, and certificate credit COUfses (herea r referred to as courses), excluding courses in the School of Graduate Studies

Amendment to Polley Amendments to the Policy be recommended to the Academic Board

Changes to the divisional regulations on grading practices s be orwarded to the Commi on Academic Policy and Programs.

PART I: GRADES

1.1 A grade assigned in a course is no( an assessment of standing 1hin a program of studies. To determine the requirements for cred and standing in a program of slUcfies, the academic regulations of lhe dMSion in which lhe program is onered should be consulted.

1.2 Grades for each course sha be assigned references to the tolowing meanings

(which may be expanded the divisional regulations under Part II): Exce ant Good Adequate Marg1nal nadequate Wholly Inadequate

Grade Sc.llJH 1.3 Once a judgment on the performance of

lhe student has been made, the owing grade scales may be used in acx:ordance

'th cfMSional practice. (a) a compa leUer grade scale, (b) lhe numerical scale of marks; and/or (c) e scales HonourslPass/Fal and

Cred. Credit

Gr.des vs. ScorM I 4 Grades should always be based on lhe

approved grade scales. HOWUYer, students may find lhal on any one evaluation !hey may receive a umerical or lener m !hat reflects the score achleYed on lhe IBSt or essay. The cumula SCOf8S may not be directly ideo fled grade Grades are al only sher review by the d ional r ae desalbed below.

1.5 A table of COfl'espoodeoc:e and a translation table are de n the Append lot' each of lhe letter grade scales relerred to in t .3(a) order to

the conversion, necessary, of a grade assigned om one scale to corresponding grade in ano I should be noted t are not to be used o an a SO()(e to a grade

179

1.7 Grades n each course sh be a igned according to the practice of the divi ion o taring the course.

Grades in each course sh II be reported acoord1ng to the practloe of the division admin1s ring the program in

'ch the student 1s registered (the reporting division). (a) Grades shaft be reported as assigned

when e division ottering the course Is so the repor11ng division, when the

ottering and reporting divisions use the same ade scale, and when the grades are ~ned from the HIP/FL or CRi CR

(b) In o r cases, grades s I be repor11ed as convened to the scale used by the reporting diV1Sion, and the convers1on shall be made according to

e tables o correspondenoe and translallon tables defined in the Appendix.

(c) With e exc:ep on of HIP/FL and CR/ NCR scales, two d1 erent letter grade scales may not be used on the same transcript

(d) A grade not reported In the form oogin y assigned by the offenng division must on request be made available to the student in that form by the reporting dlVISIOO .

I 8 AD non-grade symbols used in reporting course resu must COl'Tespond to the University-wide standard. A list of the currently approved symbols and their mearungs 11iven in the Appendix A 2.

1.9 The nformatlon in grade reports and tra :rip must be communicated to the

, wh er within or ou id the UNllersity, n a dear and meaningful way. To end. transcripts ssued by fNery

of the Unrvers1ty must indica the relationship between the div ·onal iJrad seal , the grade mean1~ , the basic letter 91'ade scale, !her r fined or unrefined by plu and minus signs, and sea e or numerical marks as w I as the tr hon table A list of non-grade symbo and rnea'ling shall also be included in the transcript

PART H: GRADING PROCEDURES

180

11.1 OM tonal Review Committee In each division, a committee chaired by the divisional head or a designate, and where appropriate, an additional committee structure, with the chairs (or their designates) of departments or other academic units of divisions serving as chairs, shall :

(a) administer the implementation of the University Grading Practice Policy at the divisional level and oversee the general consistency of grading procedures with the division;

(b) formulate, approve, and administer the University's specific regulations concerning the grade scale or scales to be used, the assignment of non·grade symbols for course work, classroom procedures and approved methods of evaluation;

(c) review, adjust and approve course grades recommended by instructors. The grades recommended for any Individual student n the professional faculties may be adjusted according to his or her performance in e course or program as determined by the committee. The divisional committee has the final responsibility for assigning the official course grade.

11.2 Classroom Procedures To ensure that the method of evaluation in every course reflects appropriate academic standards and fairness to students, d1v1sion I regulallOn governing classroom procedures must be conslstent with the practioes below. (a) As early as possible In each course

(and no la r th n the division's last da for course enrolment) the 1nS1ructor shall make avail le to the class, and shall file with the div ion or department. the method by which stud nt performance shall be fN ulated. This hould include whether the m !hods of evaluation shall be essays, t ts, ex m nations, etc, the rel 1ve ight of the methods n rel lion to the over II score, and th liming of e ch m r fN luation.

(b) Alt r them thod of fN uation hav be n m de known, e m tructor may not ch nge them or th 1r r lallVe w lght without the con nt of t I t a s mpl majonty of th students

nrolled 1n th cour . Any chan h II be r ported the drv Ion or the

dep rtment

(c) Student performance in a course shall be assessed on more than one occa ion. No one essay, test, examination. etc shoutd have a value of more than 80% of the grade. Crteria for exemption may be determined by the division.

(d) In courses that meet regularly as a class there sha be an exammatJon (or examinations) conducted forma ly under divisional auspices and worth (alone or in the aggrega ) at least one-third of the final grade. Cri eria for exemp on may be determined by lhe d vison The relative value of each part of an examina on sha be ndicated to the student In lhe case of a wn examination, the value shall be indicated on the examination paper.

(e) Commentary on assessed term wor and bme for discussion of sha be made avatlable to students.

(f) At least ooe piece of term is a part of the w uabon of a student performance, whether essay, lab report. reYJew, etc, s be returned to the studen prior 10 the last date tor

drawa from the course "lhout academic penalty.

(g) Grades sha be recommended by the nstructor In reference to lhe apprOY9d grade scales on the bas of each student's over performance

In ormula ng lhe own regulations divisions may add to 1 ems (a) to (g) and may adopt fuller or more speafic proV1S10ns, for example In place of such

rms as ·a simple mapnty• (b), •one-of the final grade" (d), or in particularizing the ev uation methods referred to in (a)

nd (b).

Procedures (a) The Vice-Presiden and Provos or

AcadetnlC Board, deciare n a disruption of lhe academic program has OCCUl'red . The Provogt sh e steps ID lllform the U ersi1y community at large of the changes to be 11T1plemented, and · report to the Cornmit1ee on Academic Policy and Programs regarding 1he 1mplementa of the procedures and changes to the status of acad le programs

(b) lodividual i tructcrs or sectio ooordinalors 1esponsible tor COUT5eS 1hat are disnJplled detennine, as the d' rup proceeds any changes ID classroom procedures are needed to complete the course.

(c) Changes ID the classroom procedures should where ~ , I be discussed students priof ID class in a o oC students present on lhe PfOP06ed changes io be en. Changes agreed upon by consensus should 'be bwarded to department or dMSlOO a report on

attendance at dass ol8 was taken

(d) Where ainsensus on changes has not been nilled , or a vo no teasible, lnstruc:tof, a class diSCUSSIOl"I, provide head or ch of """""'--""

-depar1men her recommenda , along resu of alY classroom chair or · · head a decision.

81

182

(e) Where classes re not le to convene, the 1nstructol', th the priOr approval ol the ch r in mul departmeo facolbeS or the division head, I make changes deemed necessary to e classroom procedures In the enoe of the iostructof such changes w1U be made by the d lonal head and require the approv of the Provost Where courses e to be canoelled, approval ol the dMS1onal council ls reqUtred If

e drviSlonaJ couool cannot meet, approval of the division head, or the absence of the division head, the approval of the Provost, is requ ed

(f) Students must be nformed of changes to classroom procedures This may be done by arculating e changes n writing to the dass, posting in the departmental and faa.irty offices , reporting to the divisional council, as well as ng n the campus press. Should classes resume students must be formed, at class, of any changes made durmg the disruption.

(g) Where changes to the dassroom procedures are made, studen who do not wish to comple e course under the revised procedures may

· draw without acadermc penalty. This must be done prior to the last day of classes.

(h) Where students have not attended classef> that are meeting, they none ess remain responsible for the course worX and mee ng course equlrernen However, where

poss ble reasonable ext sion of de 111es for the course requirements, or provlSlon of make·up t ts shall be made and reasonable alterna e access to ma iaJ covered should be provided.

(1) A tudent who , owing to his or her speaa arcum tances, that changes to the cl room procedure have unreasonably affected his or her grade may appeaf the grad f0Uow1ng the procedures as set out 1n each drv ion

11.4 AssHsment In Clinic I end Field Settings Divisions may make reasonable exeme ons to the classroom procedures described above 1n cira.imstances such as field or chmcal courses where adherence to these procedures is not possible. Neverlhel ss, it is obligatory that the assessment of the performance of students 1n clinical or field settings should be fair, humane, valid, reliable and in accordance with the principles enunciated in the University Grading Practices Policy Accord1ngty, where a studenrs performance in a clinical or field setting Is to be assessed for aedit, the evaluation must encompass as a minimum : (a) a formal statement describing the

evaluation process, including the criteria ,to be used in assessing the performance of students and the appeal mechanisms available. This statement should be available to all students before or at the beginning of the clinical or field experience;

(b) a mid-way performance evaluation with feedback to the student;

(c) wntt n documentation of the final assessment.

In addi on, for such din1cal and field expenences , divisions must ensure that (d) clinical and field assessors are fully

informed regarding UniverS1ty, div ional and cour e polic!es concerning evalu lion procedures, indud1ng the specific assessment procedures to be applied in any partJcular Id or clinical se ng

Any exceptJon from the above would require a drv1 ion request with explanatJon for pprov by t GoY rn ng Counol

(b) However, a division may provide broad limits to instructors se ng out a reasonable distribution of grades n the drvision or department Such broad limits shal recognize that considerable variance in class grades is not unusual . The division may request an explanation of any grades for a course that exceed the limils and hence appear not to be based on lhe approved grade scales or otherwise appear anomalous in reference o the Pohcy. It is understood that this section shall only be US6d when the class size Is thirty students or greater. Each division shall make known n !he dMSIOnal Calendar 1he exisleoce of any such m1ts

(c) The criterion that the Divisional Review Committee shaft employ in its evaluation is whether lhe instructor has followed !he Unrversity Grading Practices Policy. The Review Committee shall not normally adjust grades unless !he consequences of allowing !he grades ID stand wiould be Injurious ID the standards of lhe University, Of' 1he dass In general.

(d) Membership on the DMsional Review Comminee may indude students but should not include members oC the divisional appeals commitlee(s).

(e) Where grades have been adjusted by a divisional oomm1ttee, the sllJdef'!ts as well as the instructor shaft be formed On request. the students or lhe nstructor sh I be g en 1he reason for !he ad stment ot grades, a description of the methodology used to adJUSl !he grades, and a descnpbon of lhe divisional appeal process

(f) Where a departmental rev committee changes course grad , the faculty o ce shaQ be so informed. H v1ng done so, the facu olfice sh relay lh1 Information, upon request, to Iha studen or the tructor a descr ptton to th r son tor the change methodology used

(g) P t ta da includ g d op-out r t m n n m be · r~. tc. should be provided to 1he Div onal R teW Comm1 s ground H'lform bon ii ble The comm1 win not use lh1& lnforma e dus· ly to judge er as gr des d tn ution anomalou Rattier, 1he nlorm tion hould pro

rt of the basis for an o n r of gr In drvlsion

(h) Where class gfades have been changed. or when lhe Divisional Review Commitlee had reservations about lhe grades, lhe issue be taken up With !he lnstrudor by the d'rvl&ion Of' department head, wi1h a view to ensunng lhat lhe GracMg pradices Poficy 16 lolowed In future

Appeal Procedure Every d ion shall estabish divisional appeal procedures Students may appeal grades according ID lhe procedures established for 1hat purpose In lhe diYfsion. The appeal may be made whelher maks have been allered by !he review process or not These procectures shall be ned in lhe divisional Calendar, and available upon request at lhe facutty or reg1Strar's o ce.

11.15 Student Acea• lo E.nmlnatlon p.pe,. (a) divisions should prc:Mde access to

copies of !he previous year's final exarrunallon papers and other years' papers where teastlle Exempliol • may be granted by an appop ial9 c:ommitlee of Ile dMsion Of dep;wtment.

(b) Al divisions should pnwlde sa.ldenlS · lhe oppof1l.mtty a

reasonable lime ID r8Yl9W 1heir examination paper where '8asibie A reccNfJt'/ lee should be set to cover administrative costs Inducing pholccopying

(c) All divis10ns shoold pnMde, in addi to lhe rustcmary re-reading of papers and !he re-chec:klng of mami. lhe opportunity for s!Udents to petttiOn for lhe re-teading ol lhalr exanWnatlon where taasible. A CCJSt feccNely tee should be set Md rftlmed appropria

Publications

Th• Cal ndar The Erindale ca dar serves as a counselling guide and sta ment of the most important ru es and regulabons tor students see ng to obtain the degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science Of Bachelor of Commerce from the Un Elf'Slty of Toronto through Er dale College,

Each department offering course at Er n e has ncfuded a · t of its academic staff, an introduclofy essay, and details of the prog mes which t sponsOfS When selecting courses . the student should read these essays, as weff as the descr pbOn of courses offered, and seek adVIC8 from the College Registrar and from Departmental academic counsellors Particular attenoon should be paid to exclusions, prereqU1S1 s and COfeqU1S1 es Students who wish to have such req ements wa· ed, or who have equ· ent q ali icanons, must consult the department offering the course

students should refer to the list of SesS1onal Dates so as to avoid incurring academ·c Of financial penalties and are urged to read the sections en tied Academic Status and Degree Requwements as these state conasety Whal is required in order to quar fy !of the degree.

Ca ndar Supp m nta Two supplements to the Calendar are issued one Jo e and the o er tn Sep ember 1n me for the Winter Sess10n registranon wee

They contain speohc nstrucbons for reg tra on and enrolment, and d tailed m and sched ng informa11on for the

s Ston The informaoon they contain is ju a mpo t as at tn th' Calendar

Fees nformatlon Booklet pu catJon, ch cont · informa!IOO on

academic and incidental fees, payment procedures and refunds, sent to each s nt before reg tra on

Summer Seas on Information The st of course offerings for Sumll'l8f'

SIOO av e n F bruary.

184

University and College Officers 1993-94

Officers of Erindale College

Principal O.P Morton, BA, BA .. MA., Ph 0 , F.R S.C

Vice-Principal (Academ c) & Auoclate Dean (Humanities & Part-time Studies) O.A Trott, BA., MA, Ph.D.

Officers of the University of Toronto

Chancellor R. Wolfe, BA.

Chairman, Governing Couneff R.J. Mc:Gavin , BP E .. MSc, Ph.D

President Vice-Principal (Research & Graduate Studies) J .R.S. Prichard, M. BA., LLB., LLM. & Associate Dean (Sciences) J.R. Percy, B.Sc , M.A.,Ph.D.

Vlce-Prlnclpal (Student Services) A Associate Dean (SoclaJ Sciences) P. Silcox, B A., MA., Ph D.

Chief Administrative Officer G.M Walker, B Comm , CMA

College Ubrarlan J . Snow, BA., B.LS.

Registrar LT. McCormick, BA., A.M., Ph.D.

Director, Development and Public Affair• H. Benson, BA

Officers of the Facutty of Arts and Science

Den MA Chandler, BA .. PhD

Vice-Dean ON. De , BSc., LLB , Ph 0 .

Assoc ate De n SS. Tobe, MSc , Ph 0 , F R.S C.

Aaaocl t Dean CM. Gr , M.A , PhD.

A aocfat De n MW Donnelly, MA , Ph 0 .

Secret ry of the Faculty PD. Har , MA.

Vice-President and Provost J E. Foley, BA., PhD.

Vice-President, Bua nna An.In and Chief Administrative otfk:er BP. Davies, B. Comm .• M.P.A.

Vice-President, Computing and Communlcat ona C.D. Sadleir, 8.A.Sc M.A Sc , PhD, P Eng

Vice-President, Department of Development and University Relations G.C. Cressey, B Sc . MSW.

Vice-President, Human Rnources MG Finlayson, B.A, • Ph.D

Vice-President, ReMerch J F. Ke r, BA Sc., A.Sc , Ph.D., P.Eng

Vice-Provost C. Tuohy, BA., A., Ph.D.

Vice-Provost, ti. th Sciences A.A Ten Cate, B Sc., P .D, B D.S

VJce-Provoat. Staff Functlona D.B Cook 8 A , M.A , Ph 0

Assistant Vlce-Prffldent, Finance R.G. ,C.

Assistant Vlc:e-Pr en Opentlona and Services J . OI er, 8. Com , MSc.

Aulatant Vice-President (Planning) and Unlver lty Regtstnr O.W. Lang, 8 A , M.A , PhD.

Ass tant Ya-President, R ... an:h Rela Ions A Technology Transt.r P. , BA, A :l>h D

Aulatant VJce.-Preslden Student Affairs W 0 BA , A , M Div, Th.D

Secretary of the Gowmlng Councl J G Dimond. BA , A • Ph 0

Index

A Aboriginal Students, Office of 17 Academic Behaviour, Code of 170 Academic Counse ing 14 Academic Offences 170 Academic Record Cooections 29 Academic Records 166 Academic Status 27 Access To Student Academic Aeoofds Admission Into the Faculty 8

wi Transfer Credit 8 on-Matricolant 8

as Special Student 8 Visiting Student 9 Senior Citizen 9

on Probation 9 Animal Behavior

Programme 31 Anthropology

Courses 59 Faculty 59 Programmes 31

Appeals 28 App icatJon Dates 9 Applied Physical Science

Programme 31 Art and Art History 44 Astronomy

Courses 63 FaaJlty 63 Programmes 31

A letics and Reaeabon 14 Awards 12

B BA, BCom., BSc.

Degree Requiremen 18·21 Behavior, Code of 170, 175 Biochem. try

Biology Programmes 32

Courses 64 Programmes 32

Botany Faculty 64

12

70

167

Commerce Courses 126 Faculty 126 Programmes 35

Computer Science Courses 77 Faculty 77 Programmes 37

Corequisite, Definition 24 Counselling 14 Course Key 58 Courses

Choosing 24 Definition 24 Desaiptions 58 Grade Review Procedure 27 Limitation of Enrollment 4 Loads 24 Other Divisions 25 St. George Campus 25 Withdrawal from 22

Crime and Deviance Programmes 37

D Da es, Sesslonal 6 Deans Honour List 27 Degree Requirements

3 Year Degree Requirements 19 B Com. Degree requirements 20 Honours Degree Requlfements 19

Degrees Offered 11' Del ting Cour es 22 Department AdVisors 14 DtSablhty, Services to Persons with 16 DtStlncbon 27 D1str1bution Requirement 21 Drama Studies

Courses 80 Programmes 38

38

F Faculty Scholar 27 Fees 11 Financial Assistance 11 Fine Art History

Courses 93 Faculty 93 Programmes 43

Fine Art Studio Courses 96 Faculty 96

Foreign Student Fees 12 French

G

Courses 99 Faculty 99 Programmes 45

General RegulalJOns 22 Geoardleology Programme 45 Geography

Courses 103 Faculty 103 Programmes 46

Geological Sciences Courses 09 Faculty 109 Programmes 46

German Courses 112 Faculty 112 Programmes 47

Grade Point Average 26 Grade Rev &N Procedure 27 Grades 26 Grading Practices Policy 179 Greek

Courses 115

H H service 15 High Distinction 27 H1 tory

I

Courses 115 Faculty 115 Progr mmes 48

Ind of Study 30 Ind tr I Rel lions Programm 49 In r tional Student Ce tre 17 It

J

Cou 122 Faculty 122 Programmes 50

Joint Co 125

L tin Cour 125 tin Am n Stud

Program 50

Le s of Permission 25 Librarians 15 Library 15 UngU1slics

Courses 126 Faculty 126

Logic Programmes 50

M Management

Courses 126 Faculty 126 Programmes 35

Map, Erindale Campus 189 Ma~. See Grades 26 Marks , checklng of 165 Mathema ·cs

Courses 130 Faculty 130 Pr~rammes 50

Meleo.liar Biology 51

N o Smoking Policy 4

0 Officers

of College 185 of Faculty 85 0 u . ty 185

Ombudsperson 7 OSAP 11 Outstancfmg FifliWldal ObbgationS

p Paymen of Fees 11 Peace and Con Studies 51 Personal Cou ing 15 Personal nlorma on 69 Pe . 28 Ph osophy

Courses 133 Facut 133 Progr mes 52

PhysJCS Cou 138 Fa 38 Progr mes 52

Poli . Sclenoe Cou 141 Faculty 41 Programmes 52

Population and

Prerequ Progr 53

27

87

s Scholarstups 12 Secondary School Prerequisi es O Senior Citizens, AdmissK>n 9 Services to Persons with a 01sab ·ty 16 Sessional Dates 6 Sexual Harassmen Education

Coonse ng and Complaint 0 ice 17 Sociology

-Courses 152 Faai!ty 152 Programmes 55

Spanish Courses 157 Faculty 157 Programmes 56

Sped Students, Admission 8 Standing Deferred 26 Stand ng in Courses 24 Sta

Courses 158 Facul1Y 158 Programmes 56

Sta , Academic 27 Studen card 169 SIUdent Conduct, Code of 175 SIUdent OrganizatioOs 13 Student Records, Policy on Access 166 Student Services 14 Student Telephone Service 23 Study Elsewhere Programme 57 Sutveylna Science

Courses 159 Faculty 159 Programmes 56

Suspe on 27 Symbols Used in Cour Oescrrptlon 58

188

T Teach'ng - Leaming Ceo e 16 Term Wert 28, 164 Theatre and Orama Studies 38 Transcripts 25 Transfer Credit 25 Transfer Credit, Admission with 8 Transf91"s, between Colleges 23

u University Grading Practices Pohcy 179 Urban Stud s

Programmes 57

v Vist ng Students, AdmissK>n 9

w Withdrawal 23 Woodsworth College

Courses 162 Wntlng, Professional

Courses 163 Faculty 163 Programme 53

z Zoology

Faculty 64

Prep ed for publ on by L GI dm n. Centr Word Pr rng

Edited by

Photogr ph by S. J unz , In trucbOn I Modta 5 fVI